Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D08-117 - WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER MALL - ZOUNDS HEARING - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
ZOUNDS HEARING 426 SOUTHCENTER MALI. D08 -117 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY This certificate is issued pursuant to the requirements of Section 110.2 of the 2006 edition of the International Building Code. At the time of issuance, this structure or portion thereof has been inspected for compliance with the requirements of this code for the occupancy and division of occupancy and the use for which the proposed occupancy is classified. Building Permit No.: D08 -117 Occupant /Tenant: ZOUNDS HEARING Building Address: 426 SOUTHCENTER MALL, SUITE NO. Parcel No.: 6364200010 Property Owner: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT PO BOX 130940 , CARLSBAD CA 92013 Use: RETAIL Occupancy Group /Division: M Type of Construction: II -B Automatic Sprinkler System: Provided: Required: Design Occupant Load: BUILDING • FFICIAL 47 ZaZe DATE d THIS CERTIFICATE TO BE CONSPICUOUSLY POSTED ON THE PREMISES Parcel No.: 6364200010 Address: 426 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Suite No: Tenant: Name: ZOUNDS HEARING Address: 426 SOUTHCENTER MALL , TUKVVILA WA Owner: Name: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT Address: PO BOX 130940 , CARLSBAD CA 92013 Phone: Contact Person: Name: DEVON REDMAN Address: 1327 POST AVE STE H , TORRANCE CA 90501 Phone: 310- 328 -6300 X101 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: TENANT IMPROVEMENT OF NEW MALL SPACE. doc: IBC -10/06 CityllIf Tukwila • Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Contractor: Name: MARCO CONTRACTORS INC Address: PO BOX 805 , 100 COMMONWEALTH DR 15095 -0805 Phone: Contractor License No: MARCOCI016L8 Value of Construction: $58,000.00 Fees Collected: $1,487.85 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS International Building Code Edition: 2006 Type of Construction: II-B Occupancy per IBC: 0008 * *continued on next page ** Permit Number: D08 -117 Issue Date: 04/28/2008 Permit Expires On: 10/25/2008 Expiration Date: 05/28/2010 D08 -117 Printed: 04 -28 -2008 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Flood Control Zone: Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: N Permit Center Authorized Signature: The granting of this pe construction or Signature. Print Name: doc: IBC -10/06 City Tukwila • Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us e_s Permit Number: D08 - 117 Issue Date: 04/28/2008 Permit Expires On: 10/25/2008 Date: d-t -V r I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating ance of work. I . ; a uthorized to sign and obtain this development permit. Date: This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. D08 -117 Printed: 04 -28 -2008 Parcel No.: 6364200010 Address: Suite No: Tenant: • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 426 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW ZOUNDS HEARING 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** PERMIT CONDITIONS Permit Number: Status: Applied Date: Issue Date: D08 -117 ISSUED 03/04/2008 04/28/2008 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. 7: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 8: Insulating materials, where exposed as installed in buildings of any type of construction, shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a smoke development index of not more than 450. Where facings are installed in concealed spaces in buildings of Type III, IV, or V construction, the flame spread and smoke - developed limitations do not apply to facings, that are installed behind and in substantial contact with the unexposed surface of the ceiling, wall or floor finish. 9: Fire retardant treated wood shall have a flame spread of not greater than 25. All materials shall bear identification showing the fire performance rating thereof. Such identification shall be issued by an approved agency having a service for inspection at the factory. 10: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. 11: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 12: A Certificate of Occupancy shall be issued for this building upon final inspection approval by Tukwila building inspector. 13: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the Cityof Tukwila Permit Center. 14: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -117 Printed: 04 -28 -2008 Department (206- 431- 3670). 16: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 15: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors m the construction documents and other data. 17: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 18: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (WC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 19: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 nun) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 20: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas m which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 21: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 22: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4) 23: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 24: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 25: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 26: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 27: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -117 Printed: 04 -28 -2008 nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 28: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mrn) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I ", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 29: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 30: Means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. The means of egress illumination level shall not be less than 1 foot -candle (11 lux) at the floor level. The power supply for the means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premise's electrical supply. In event of a power failure an emergency power system shall provide power for a duration of not less than 90 minutes and shall consist of storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 31: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 32: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinlder heads. (IFC 901.4) 33: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13- 8.6.5.3.3) 34: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinlder systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recognized by the City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinlder work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #2050) 35: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2051. 36: Local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #2051) 37: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2051) 38: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2051) (IFC 104.2) 39: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206- 431 -3670) is required for this project. 40: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 41: New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -117 Printed: 04 -28 -2008 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers or alphabet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7mm). (IFC 505.1) 42: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 43: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2050 and #2051) 44: Arty overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 45: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. doc: Cond - 10/06 * * continued on next page ** D08 -117 Printed: 04 -28 -2008 I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work or local laws regulating construction or the perform of work. Signature: Print Name: doc: Cond -10/06 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us a /Ct� F ��e/Z Q S Dater ; 2 D08 -117 Printed: 04 -28 -2008 SITE LOCATION � 'ng Co Assessor's Tax No.: 636 ¥21 f Site Address: 1 �� Suite Number: '` Floor: Tenant Name: Z 2 Qv t ef . et, r't v+ New Tenant: ,Yes ❑ ..No Property Owners Name: Mailing Address: • l 1 601 CONTACT PERSON — who do we contact when your permit is ready to be issued Name: Mailing Address: CITY OF TUKW1• Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 lttt /�: trir•ir ci.trrkirila . iia.xs Company Name: 1 Jj7 Company Name: Mailing Address: Contact Person: Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** I,✓ ls Ira' Po E -Mail Address: ` - r \-- t In Q:\Applications\Fonns- Applications On Linc\3 -2006 - Permit Applicanon.doc Revised: 9-2006 bh Av-e Building Permit o. � ((� I - 1 1 7 Mechanical Permit No. Vto k 010 Plumbing/Gas Permit No. W) 0 O 0 Eo 7 Public Works Permit No. Project No. GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION — (Contractor Information for Mechanical (pg 4) for Plumbing and Gas Piping (pg 5)) E -Mail Address: Contractor Registration Number: E -Mail Address: ltd G vl City c�/J F O t s"-? (For office use only) i f State Zip AO 74 Day elephone: / /a 3 (3e7 dx /o/ o + �. (i}- qo f- o/ e y7 ,7- ne?') / ax Number: ✓ 1 O 9 p� U 3 3 G Mailing Address: City State Zip Contact Person: Day Telephone: Fax Number: Expiration Date: ARCHITECT OF RECORD — All plans must be wet stamped by Architect of Record 'T/K 6a /� ty D v I� e � 35 5 6 / 6 Day Telephone: / L Fax Number: O / //&S S 6 f i ENGINEER OF RECORD — All plans must be wet stamped by Engineer of Record Company Name: 1 1 ( V e — .. ) rd ( a ev'4-4-,-f 5 /`1 ec � 4- E /-e c- eta 9 / r)z -ef-f Mailing Address: ( O Mo d c" c O r i m _ O t' $ �2 X1 1 �s `/ Tn 'a5�/ City 7 Tc2 3 8 ' 6 6'33 nri Contact Person: Day Telephone: p�? E -Mail Address: Fax Number: q' rz q / 3 ?6 p 4, - Page 1 of 6 BUILDING PERMIT INFORI'I'ION - 206 - 431 -3670 • Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 5g 1 0 Scope of Work (pleas, provide detailed information): Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact Handicap: Will there be a change in use? Q: 1Applications\Forms- Applications On Line\3 -2006 - Permit Applicanon.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Existing Building Valuation: $ (Q Le>it n And % - e-- - / f1Sr ' Y Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. ❑ Yes No If `yes ", explain: FI ' ' R ■ ECTIONIIIAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Sprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes ❑ No If ''yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1 /2 "x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Page 2 of 6 Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC IS1 Floor 2n Floor 3 Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck BUILDING PERMIT INFORI'I'ION - 206 - 431 -3670 • Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 5g 1 0 Scope of Work (pleas, provide detailed information): Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact Handicap: Will there be a change in use? Q: 1Applications\Forms- Applications On Line\3 -2006 - Permit Applicanon.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Existing Building Valuation: $ (Q Le>it n And % - e-- - / f1Sr ' Y Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. ❑ Yes No If `yes ", explain: FI ' ' R ■ ECTIONIIIAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Sprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes ❑ No If ''yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1 /2 "x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Page 2 of 6 Unit Type: Qty Unit Type: Qty Unit Type: Qty Boiler /Compressor: Qty Furnace<100K BTU Air Handling Unit >10,000 CFM Fire Damper 0 -3 HP /100,000 BTU Furnace >IOOK BTU Evaporator Cooler Diffuser 14 3 -15 HP /500,000 BTU Floor Fumace Ventilation Fan Connected to Single Duct Thermostat 15 -30 HP /1,000,000 BTU Suspended/Wall/Floor Mounted Heater Ventilation System Wood /Gas Stove 30 -50 HP /1,750,000 BTU Appliance Vent Hood and Duct Emergency Generator 50+ HP /I,750,000 BTU Repair or Addition to Heat/Refrig/Cooling System Incinerator - Domestic Other Mechanical Equipme t Vo.V hOX / 0� o C F Air Handling Unit <10,000 CFM Incinerator — Comm/Ind MECHANICAL PERMIT Il'.vA TION — 206 -431 -3670 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Mailing Address: City State Zip Contact Person: Day Telephone: E -Mail Address: Fax Number: Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: Valuation of Mechanical work (contractor's bid price): $ '\3 e 0 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Y\ cj t c. \ VA V lo o K +1 'CC 1 x /11 i o r"'A i l ( \ Sup - p \y (t/f S'vs 5411 G/�S r,,5-ers , c %/ t,�ork Use: Residential: New .... ❑ Replacement .... ❑ Commercial: New ...j1 Replacement .... ❑ Fuel Type: Electric ....II Gas ....ID Other: Indicate type of mechanical work being installed and the quantity below: Q:WpplicationsWorms- Applications On Linel3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Page 4 of 6 Fixture Type: Qty Fixture Type: Q Fixture Type: Qty Fixture Type: Qty Bathtub or combination bath/shower Drinking fountain or water cooler (per head) Wash fountain Gas piping outlets Bidet Food -waste grinder, commercial Receptor, indirect waste Clothes washer, domestic Floor drain i Sinks / Dental unit, cuspidor Shower, single head trap Urinals Dishwasher, domestic, with independent drain Lavatory 1 4 Water Closet / Building sewer or trailer park sewer Rain water system — per drain (inside building) Water heater and /or vent S Additional medical gas inlets /outlets — six or more Industrial waste pretreatment interceptor, including its trap and vent, except for kitchen type grease interceptors Repair or alteration of water piping and/or water treating equipment t Repair or alteration of drainage or vent piping ( Medical gas piping system serving one to five inlets/outlets for specific gas PLUMBING AND GAS PIPINNERMIT INFORMATION - 206 - 431 - 0 PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: 713 0 Mailing Address: City State Zip Contact Person: Day Telephone: E -Mail Address: Fax Number: Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: Valuation of Plumbing work (contractor's bid price): $ Salo Valuation of Gas Piping work (contractor's bid price): $ Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): w \ Un' .X 11,(0 f of 1(141 Tetivnicti i2 9- d G✓a matikcale tl o /,✓ WAR— phonc. Indicate type of plumbing fixtures and/or gas piping outlets being installed and the quantity below: Q:\AppticationsWonns- Applications On Line13-2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised 9 -2006 bh yter Building Use (per Intl Building Code): j k-e Occupancy (per Intl Building Code): Utility Purveyor: Water: Sewer: Page 5 of 6 Date Application Accepted: Date Application Expires: Staff Initials: IA/ 1 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Applicable to all permits in this application Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. Building and Mechanical Permit The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). Plumbing Permit The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not exceeding 180 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 103.4.3 Uniform Plumbing Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO 13E TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR A D GENT: Signature: Print Name: 7s>e r r � - _ 1,`�zd►n �] Mailing Address: \2' ° 7 ( PO o f - 1* Q: Applications\Forms- Applications On Linel3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Date: Day Telephone: "/U ^ - "`0 IV ,r r s.- ‘-1 !�� ��T 905 i City State Zip Page 6 of 6 Parcel No.: 6364200010 Address: Suite No: Applicant: ZOUNDS HEARING Receipt No.: R08 -01751 Initials: WER User ID: 1655 Payee: TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method doc: Receiot -06 426 SOUTHCENTER MALL TURW MARCO CONTRACTORS Payment Cash City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Descriptio ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000/345.830 RECEIPT Amount 60.00 Current Pmts 60.00 Total: $60.00 Permit Number: Status: Applied Date: Issue Date: Payment Amount: $60.00 D08 -117 ISSUED 03/04/2008 04/28/2008 Payment Date: 05/21/2008 09:30 AM Balance: $0.00 2700 05/21 9710 TOTAL 60.00 Printed: 05-21 -2008 Receipt No.: R08 -01355 Initials: WER User ID: 1655 Payee: MARCO CONTRACTORS • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 59949 903.50 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description BUILDING - NONRES STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 000/322.100 000/386.904 RECEIPT Account Code Current Pmts 899.00 4.50 Total: $903.50 Parcel No.: 6364200010 Permit Number: D08-117 Address: 426 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 03/04/2008 Applicant: ZOUNDS HEARING Issue Date: Payment Amount: $903.50 Payment Date: 04/28/2008 08:36 AM Balance: $0.00 1706 04/28 9711 TOTAL 903.50 doc: Receipt -06 Printed: 04 -28 -2008 Receipt No.: R08 -00611 Initials: WER User ID: 1655 Payee: EXPRESS PERMITS ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description PLAN CHECK - NONRES • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us RECEIPT Parcel No.: 6364200010 Permit Number: D08-117 Address: 426 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: PENDING Suite No: Applied Date: 03/04/2008 Applicant: ZOUNDS HEARING Issue Date: TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 11077 584.35 Account Code Current Pmts 000/345.830 584.35 Total: $584.35 Payment Amount: $584.35 Payment Date: 03/04/2008 09:42 AM Balance: $903.50 9399 03/04 9710 TOTAL 813.80 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 03 -04 -2008 Project: - ,oz.lar 9 Type of Ins ection: F ,v 4 L \, Address: y2. (,, 1, Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 7- 2 5` c 5 5 . m. Requester: Q Phone No: INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 1 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit t7 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -36 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: r CCML 16 -le /r kiA cle , .pPkiv 5 Insp ctor Date: 7- 25 -o8 6'.00 REINSPECTION Fa REQUIRE Prior to inspection, fee must be . id at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Re eipt No.: !Date: COMMENTS: 6 „--,2,,,r,,,„6._- -,09,,,,7,-,,, e ....-- � u, i Date Called: -__.) Q pc, (', ,c (4' 6 1 /z S715f /Vr - - / z / T ArsAv (,7 o A/ •4 DO z / PS Tv ,fZ /A/(, Requester: , Phone No: Project: Type of Inspection: j~iv4/ Address: ' 2 6 in4/1 Date Called: Special Instructions: — Date Wanted: 7-- 2.2...- c a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT O. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd.; #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -367 D Approved per applicable codes. IN Corrections required prior to approval. Inspe $60.00 REINSPf:CTION FE EQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter lvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: ,Date: J oth - ..s-t ..d._.. ,,.feel. _.._ _ -- * - - Proje �/ / rf�/j� /f/1/� Type of Inspection: / / / Address: ' - g7 4 9/ Date Called: . '•* Special Instructions: p Date ed: er- t/.7 —a6 a Requester: Phone No 72-44-3/ fr. °5616 .2)4B //7 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 D Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. 39 COMMENTS: ..$1,4c e lle d Inspector: , Date: El $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: \9\ Project: Z6-4101—$ Type of Inspection: F 'kw i♦ Address: 4Q G +' �G II Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a.m. Requester: Phone No: 1/7 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION x.- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 El Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: pA Ok To clock 44Fr vh/ Inspector: I ‘ I El $60.00 IN ECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: IDate: _mac,_ ft. e : Project: Type of Inspection: , co Addressv2.6 /Ad/ Date Called: / Special Instructions: Date Wanted: e g� �m Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 N I Approved per applicable codes. r:+ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: &tar'e ro 474-- Inspector: 4 60 EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. cied ri $ EQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: Pro'e : ,�q Type of In ection: tA , AA Address: i L./Z(0 Y4Atk Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: ml _ 06 Requester: Phone No 124' 3 /, — 65b42 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 0 Approved per applicable codes. Il Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: P74- r1,, 7cior- / 5 - arr( -a ,9 l� Inspector: 5 8. � INSPECTION FEE Date: 7z f'/ ' $ REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid`5t 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: t _.�.r �•L 'a.�,... c : xaa�rra� .fir ...�;� � ` _°�a➢nti4.f97� - : A.s __ �.'�Ji�� Project: / Type of Inspectio Address:� Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: ,, Ar m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: 7I/ 3/& 05%6 k• pair- ir7 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION I� 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 El Approved per applicable codes. Fi Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: /Po t iO.ro,/ei i0 f4 c Sr - I Date r45/0 1' e D $58. ' EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be pai• at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENTS: Type of n ect� 66-c..b F) .''5 ab, c.r,: &(mr Lie It 0.+41 0z...alby X 0 Special Instructions: r . )c e- / i. g OY1 (°arr. Vo r c.-<// 4. a si.,.a F-I !,,,. /1 ok Project: O 2 / 5 /10�4/N b Type of n ect� Address: `'-/ eo m A9 l Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 5 — ha _ p.m. Requester: Phone No: - 7Zij -3/6 a1 INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit DO8 - /7 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION It- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector: . V • Date: c -i(-6, $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior o inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: Project: z.ovi As /itA r , .., Inspection:,_ Type of Inspection: c r►, • ..., ✓ Address: // [[ 4 1.26 5OGT !14(I Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 5--- t----y a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: ? 3/6. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION E.- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD' - Retain a copy with permit Oak- I/7 Ei Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: PC 'th 1 Al et-1 4_9 frA k Date: 5/ $58.00 INSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior o inspection. fee must be paid iaf 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: Project: jn Ua40, Type Inspection: Address: tl j( GC v tcu., Suite #: ' Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: • Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: INSPECTION NUMBER CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East. Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 --e per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 PERMIT NUMBERS ri Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: t (Noel. — ()1L e^ •i Inspector: iuj 1 Date: Vz21 . Hrs.. / $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from e City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project; ....., tt e—Outx.)()S -Type of Inspection: t.- it 1. - Aaaressti (.9 h s . c . fv),41.. e__ Suite #: Contact Person: Special Instructions: • • Phone No.: %- lal V - 3 Ito - 0._S (6, Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: • Pre-Fire: • Permits: Occupancy Type: • 1.?olootiRAKtryfrNiika,41,1W INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit ' INSPECTION NUMBER ERMIT NUMBERS # • • CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT \ 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 .„. proved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 67:11e 1.1 .• . Inspector: /i 5 --/y . Date: Hrs.: n $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. ....Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project/ . Sprinklers: CND elof Inspection: Addre4s: q _ b 5..k.. Suite #: . „. { _ Contact Person: Special Instructions: - Pre= Fire: Phone No.: eds S iift Inspection: Sprinklers: ' Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: ' Monito l: - Pre= Fire: Permits: ' Occupancy Type: J. q ? "..! -n_ ai. A63k�s :'..��i�l:�^."�:J1lSlfe'11�37•m • �.''i'.1�. -]'nil'ra'4 -- 7 ' r' INSPECTION NUMBER CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 44 Andover Park East Tukwila Wa. 98188 206 -575 =4407 n 1' t pproved per applicable codes. ,/ Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc • INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Po s - 117 iM& Oh3 PERMIT NUMBERS n Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 7 k44- • 4,4- • s 4 • Inspector' • .y I Date: •//t fp .. Hrs.. $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. 1/13/06 : • _ w,e/ T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: 2 a 5 Type of Insp ion: ic) cool, E e..2.. /L5id( • Address. c.{ . 6 S . (, h'ibt t„ L. Suite #: Contact Pers n: Pre -Fire: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: INSPECTION NUMBER I I Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 03 PERMIT'P t1MBERS 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 -575 -4407 Ik orrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: SP g,w4L aut 40c.7 /;iL„A r,.: Le • w. Inspector: ics''`i Date: 7/1 gem Hrs.: $80.00•REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila -Finance Department. Call to scheddle a reinspection. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 r T.F:D. Form F.P. 113 Project: ttiD Sprinklers: Type of Inspection: /6 oL YL Address: q � , Suite #: 5. c . 4. L L...- Cot tact person: c h ,it Special Instructions: Phone No.: • Need s Shift Inspection: '. Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: .: est,+r - k: INSPECTION NUMBER J . 4pproved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 /A 7 /I PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 Corrections required prior to approval. /0-0 $80.00REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You_will eceive an invoice from the City of Tuk ,ila Finance Department: CaII to schedule a reins p ection: T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 COMMENTS: 14 DILO — OKA-7 s - 9a-49 P5! /0oc Atftis a-c) mss- /7 c c) S g 4'. v • .$ �� K.— 'c ..s• • : . _.o:. ,r sto .. + 'e4 ies'.id$ .$_� X eta ..S a5 +': • k Inspector: s -y k Date: sifigo Project: 0+ /0 , # )s Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Type of Inspection: 5. A Address: q)6. Suite #: , •- � ".13.1.E Contact P rson: - - e hA- Special Instructions: -, Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: 4 INSPECTION NUMBER Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc IN RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Approved per applicable codes: 1/13/06 / • /17 PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 Corrections required prior to approval: n $80.00 'REINSpECTION. FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance-Department: Call to schedule a•reinspection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 COMMENTS: 5 &PA-7 r 4 L • a • m • d' • T �' �T- s.s...p�,. •.Lza.'� `$.: ^�� -�* •.P 30 • • %O.L —4••-•111-•-•W- Inspector:i J Date: 11 /a •Hrs.. R .Kr zan & ASSOCIATES, INC. June 2, 2008 Dear Mr. Furge, Kathryn Gordon Project Manager Puyallup Division CC: City of Tukwila GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION RECEIVED r. I) '. 2008 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Mr. Tom Furge Marco Contractors 100 Commonwealth Drive Warrendale, PA 15086 RE: In Process Inspection Report Zounds Hearing Aid Tukwila, WA KA No. 066 -08097 Permit No. D08 -117 Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939 -2500. Respectfully submitted, IS;RAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC e .09716vz Offices Serving The Western United States 922 Valley Avenue NW Suite 101 • Puyallup, Washington 98371 • (253) 939 -2500 • Fax: (253) 939 -2556 08097 Break Template •QIIUy "vviniC Buhl, awte IV I, ruydIIup, VV/A, V0311, (L3.)) `Ji - LDUDU Project No. 066 -08097 Cyl. Code 80586 Pour Date 5/6/2008 Report No. 21180 Weather Overcast Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. D08 -117 Project Zounds Hearing Aid Location 436 Southcenter Mall Tukwila Client Marco Contractors Inspector Steve Taylor Jr. Laboratory Data 80586 -2 6/2/2008 80586 -3 6/2/2008 80586 -4 80586 -5 80586 -6 80586 -7 80586 -7 Remarks Results Reviewed By g Engineer Architect Contractor Marco Construction Field Data CYLINDER REPORT Concrete X Other Supplier Corliss Plant No. 2 Site Mix Mix Air Unit Slump Temp. Temp. Wt. Time Truck# Ticket # % Air (in.) (F) (F) (pcf) 12:OOpm 137 39039 4 68 52 Placement Area Location Concrete placed @ trench pour back for plumbing & electric. Sampled @ 1yd /2.5yd total. Remarks Concrete placement was completed per approved plans. Please refer to field report #82414 Design Strength 3,000 @ 28 days Date Specimens Rec'd. Cyl. Test Field Max. Comp. Tested Break Code Date Cure Age Dim. Area C.F. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 80586 -1 5/13/2008 7 4.012 12.64 53450 4,230 1 MT 28 4.013 12.65 75275 5,950 1 SW 28 4.013 12.65 80185 6,340 1 SW H Date Reviewed 1 Codes for Break Types: 1: Cone 2: Cone & Split Measurement Uncertainties: ASTM C -39 +1- 8% Form 03101 Revision 3 Effective Date 5/17/01 The Information provided on this report is prepared for the exclusive use of the Glen. This report may not be reproduced In any format without the wrften permission of the client and Krazan 8 Assodi 3: Cone & Shear 4: Shear 5: Columnar (Split) EEL: -Mil Reported Batch Data Design Actual Weights Weights Mix No. P13010 Cem. lbs. F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. 1 C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. Water lbs. Alr Ent. (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Water Added on Job (gals.) 0 Field Test Methods X ASTM C143 ASTM C138 X ASTM C1064 ASTM C173 X ASTM C31 ASTM C172 OTHER ASTM C231 Laboratory Test Methods X ASTM C39 ASTM C109 ASTM C617 X ASTM C1231 ASTM C780 Other Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming • & ASSOCIATES, INC. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION May 16, 2008 KA No. 066 -08097 Permit No. D08 -117 Mr. Tom Furge Marco Contractors 100 Commonwealth Drive Warrendale, PA 15086 RE: In Process Inspection Report Zounds Hearing Aid Tukwila, WA Dear Mr. Furge, Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939 -2500. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC Kathryn Gordon Project Manager Puyallup Division CC: City of Tukwila Offices Serving The Western United States 922 Valley Avenue NW Suite 101 O Puyallup, Washington 98371 e (253) 939 -250F . Fax: (253) 939-2556 08097 Rreak template f�1 aLa01 Ot ?%bbU111.;IdLeb, 11U . Project No. 066 -08097 Cyl. Code 80586 Pour Date 5/6/2008 Report No. 21180 'Weather Overcast Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. D08 -117 Project Zounds Hearing Aid Location 436 Southcenter Mall Tukwila Client Marco Contractors Ell=1144:t=1115/13=1. Field Data CYLINDER REPORT Concrete X Other Supplier Corliss Plant No. 2 Site Mix Engineer Architect Contractor Marco Construction Mix Air Unit Slump Temp. Temp. Wt. Time Truck# Ticket # % Air (in.) (F) (F) (pcf) 12:OOpm 137 39039 4 68 52 Placement Area Location Concrete placed @ trench pour back for plumbing & electric. Sampled @ 1 yd /2.5yd total. Remarks Concrete placement was completed per approved plans. Please refer to field report #82414 Inspector Steve Taylor Jr. Laboratory Data ucc vaney avenue rvvv, aul[e 101, ruyanup, vVa, JO3! 1, vb.)) JJJ JUu Reported Batch Data 'f 't QiHTa., Design Actual Weights Weights Mix No. P13010 Cem. lbs. F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. 1 C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. Water lbs. Air Ent. (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Water Added on Job (gals.) 0 Field Test Methods X ASTM C143 ASTM C138 X ASTM C1064 ASTM C173 X ASTM C31 ASTM C172 OTHER ASTM C231 Design Strength 3,000 @ 28 days Date Specimens Rec'd. Cyl. Test Field Max. Comp. Tested Break Code Date Cure Age Dim. Area C.F. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 80586 -1 5/13/2008 7 4.012 12.64 53450 4,230 1 MT 80586 -2 6/2/2008 28 1 80586 -3 6/2/2008 28 1 80586 -4 H 1 80586 -5 80586 -6 80586 -7 80586 -7 Remarks Results Reviewed By / Date Reviewed Codes for Break Types: 1: Cone 2: Cone & Split 3: Cone & Shear 4: Shear 5: Columnar (Split) Measurement Unc =_rtainties: ASTM C -39 +/- 8% Form 03101 Revision 3 Effective Date 5/12J0 The information provided on this report 0 prepared for the exclusive use of the client. This report may not be reproduced in any format without the written permission of the client and Krazan & Assod: Laboratory Test Methods X ASTM C39 ASTM C109 ASTM C617 X ASTM C1231 ASTM C780 Other Test Results Conforming Non - Conforming -_.1519:ti.113 ®•11112.02912:1401 May 16, 2008 KA No. 066 -08097 Permit No. D08 -117 Mr. Tom Furge Marco Contractors 100 Commonwealth Drive Warrendale, PA 15086 RE: Special Inspection Zounds Hearing Aid Tukwila, WA Dear Mr. Furge, In accordance with your request and authorization, our firm performed special inspections for the above - referenced project. The inspections were performed by our inspectors on May 6, 2008. Copies of our inspector's field reports are attached. Unless otherwise indicated, the structural activities noted on the attached daily field reports were in accordance with the approved project plans and specifications. A guarantee that the contractor has necessarily constructed the structure in full accord with the plans and specifications is neither intended nor implied. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939 -2500. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC Kathryn Gordon Project Manager Puyallup Division CC: City of Tukwila azan & ASSOCIATES, INC. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING * ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION Offices Serving The Western United States 922 Valley Avenue NW Suite 1 0 1 • Puyallup, Washington 98371 • (253) 939 -2500 • Fax: (253) 939 -2556 )S($)7 DFR hmpmic a A. • .■ lella 11 -‚ azan & Associates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: s/b/goeb PROJECT #: 0(.6 06 PROJECT: LOCATION: KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: CONTRACTOR://7U JURISDICTION: /4- IA-49. PERMIT #: INSPECTOR: 4 3414j.eir4ZOleely: .5 WEATHER:A/Z/142Sr TEMP: / 1 41/1,/u.151/ zy e a/bAf‹, o i# 444--ack-: FIELD REPORT NO: 8241 4 //- • , ef/ / 06-e41. 044d Tc the best of my unowtedge, the obov / ' // 4 I er M Superintendent/Representative: Equipment/Asset Number(s): AS NOT oerfcrrred :n accordance :Nth the (. plans. sp rs, and regulator/ requrerreryi Techni Serving the Western United States Re.r..ton . .morsrmi n • o 111.. _C7••1: ;CM hl • .11.1■ri • 0. •- 3 :fly '..1 v4r,)41 ne - l - er , ,r..,l,I . th• •4.411 41‘1::...tzan L1=11. AM AR/WV RECEIVED m110 2f4 mean D tt Mr. Tom Furge Marco Contractors 100 Commonwealth Drive Warrendale, PA 15086 RE: Special Inspection Zounds Hearing Aid Tukwila, WA Dear Mr. Furge, GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING In accordance with your request and authorization, our firm performed special inspections for the above - referenced project. The inspections were performed by our inspectors on May 5, 2008. Copies of our inspector's field reports are attached. Unless otherwise indicated, the structural activities noted on the attached daily field reports were in accordance with the approved project plans and specifications. A guarantee that the contractor has necessarily constructed the structure in full accord with the plans and specifications is neither intended nor implied. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939 -2500. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC Kathryn Gordon Project Manager Puyallup Division CC: City of Tukwila azan & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION Offices Serving The Western United States KA No. 066 -08097 Permit No. D08 -117 922 Valley Avenue NW Suite 101 • Puyallup, Washington 98371 • (253) 939 -2500 • Fax: (253) 939 -2556 081197 DFR Tanplate mao1 K Superintendent /Representative: an & Associates, Inc. CEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: PROJECT #: C“ (, ` c 8 ©q '1 PROJECT: 2 O U ,Ud S LOCATION: LI YM a l KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: \<" L G To the best of my knowlecge, the abov Jur i* d +■,.r.r fir Serving the Wester i United States FIELD REPORT NO: 8 2 9 0 5 CONTRACTOR: I'"11 ARC. 0 C CY \}r ` L(-kO `'S JURISDICTION: J VW ,l PERMIT #: g- 1 t ) INSPECTOR: 7 ) WEATHER: 0 N./e r-CaS`k TEMP: ( 5 0)3 S « Q 7 x < Cc i . eS* O (2 For►M S -e, r^k l () 5'4 O 2 . - 3AA1,,novA., ' ceAKc o o , r 1.) e.--1;Q4eck of 0 -tom n l 13 C1ems.;r koIes a S way SQAa -a 0) y, - 3 1- 0 r' 1 , ± o -e \ " �M;� - mu w e► r 60,4,1 i - o V3-t- (2( J " 10,1 C'1 r ct S o-e_d r- i L�•� I o i l S c& 4 - 1N e 1 IBC a4t p��IS Equipment/Asset Number(s): WAS NOT performed r accordance with the approved clans, specifications, and regulatory require ch :ci f7"J' R,. won ! l ilernye D:nr_ 5,t2`•05 1 he inttumuuon prneulyd .ttt :hi, relnm is ncpnrru : ,r he cxd u•rve use he .iient, rep n -uav .1.n h rcpw,wlu.: d ;n unv :ann. •r uhout he •r.t:ru x m..u.ri n .he 'lent .md X :.v_.m Location (floor /room no.l Fixture Description Numberof Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Retail space A: 2'x2' Parabolic Troffer W/ 3 -T8 -U1 lamps 6 EB 6 96 576.0 Retail space B: 2'x4' Parabolic Troffer W /3 -T8, 32 watt lamps 6 EB 4 96 384.0 merchandise display C: Lighting Track with 75 watt (max.) PAR -30 heads 12 50 600.0 Retail space CL2: Fluor. Cove Lighting W/ 1 -T8, 17 watt lamp 6 EB 1 17 17.0 Retail space CL4: Fluor. Cove Lighting W/ 1 -T8, 32 watt lamp 6 EB 6 32 192.0 Retail space D: 6" Rec. CF downlight W/ 1- 32watt lamp 6 EB 9 - 32 288.0 Retail space Dl: 7" rec. incd. downlight W/ 100 watt (max.) amp REY JEV LO.J iiik 100 200.0 merchandise display 02: 7" rec. incd. wallwasher W/ 90 watt (max.) aGOILE CO NCE 90 540.0 merchandise display D3: MONOPOINT W/75 watt (max.) lamp (�( �', ��� -- �41® 75 675.0 Retail space F: Fluorescent strip light W/2 -17 watt lamps 6 MAR 2 " Nif8 34 34.0 Retail space Fl: Fluorescent strip light W/2 -32 watt lamps 6 4 64 256.0 merchandise display 55.5 111.0 G: Display light W/3 -18.5 watt LED lamps O¢ T�� Ilill:::11 Retail space Hl: Incd. wall sconce W/1 -100 watt (max. 1 amp � _ p 100 200.0 Retail space K: Incd. pendant light W/4 -60 watt(max.) lamps 1 240 240.0 Retail space K2: Incd. pendant W/1 -100 watt (max.) lamp 2 100 200.0 Retail space T: Bathroom exhaust fan W/1 -100 watt (max.) lamp 1 150 150.0 `I'VE C P roject Info ProlectAddress S /i '�7i ce r» j / Date 2/26/2008 - -- - - re ay For Building Department Use FILE copy my ,R Tukwila, WA 98189 Applicant Name: zounds Applicant Address: Applicant Phone: Pp�� 6..1 "!ese Project Description r a 'S C)u '= New Building • Addition ® Alteration Plans Include Indicate controls (Sections 1513) including commissioning requirements on plans. Compliance Option 0 Prescriptive 0 Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ■ No changes are being made to the lighting & space use not changed. • Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts ner f12** Area in ft2 Allowed x Area Retail space PALL RETAIL STORE 1.50 1790.0 2685.0 merchandise display MALL RETAIL STORE 1.50 1532.0 2298.0 f REC MAR 0 4 2008 PERMIT CENTER 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Proposed Lighting Wattage 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form nterior � r p umm From Table 15 -1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior 1DO� (11 Redsed Juty2007 Total Allowed Wattsl 4983.0 Total Proposed Watts 4663.0 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T -8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts /Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For hard -wired ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. For track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, note section and exception number, and leave Watts/Fixture blank. pjlattnift AP ,fr . ) r ,,, Oi Use' LPA (W /sf) Use LPA` (W /sf) Automotive facility 0.9 Office buildings, office /administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches) 1.0 Convention center 1.2 Penitentiary and other Group 1 -3 Occupancies 1.0 Courthouse 1.2 _ Police and fire stations 1.0 Cafeterias, fast food establishments restaurants/bars 1.3 Post office 1.1 Dormitory 1.0 _ Retain retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores .allet rack shelving) 1.5 Exercise center 1.0 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.2 Gvmnasia assembly spaces 1.0 Theater, motion picture 1.2 Health care clinic 1.0 _ Theater, performing arts 1.6 Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group I -1 and 1 -2 Occupancies 1.2 Transportation 1.0 Hotel /motel 1.0 Warehouses ", storage areas 0.5 Hotel banquet /conference /exhibitionhall' 2.0 Workshops 1.4 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified "laboratory' shall meet office and other appropriate categories) 1.8 Parking garages 0.2 Laundries 1.2 Libraries 1.3 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Manufacturing facility 1.3 Main floor building lobbies' (except mall concourses) 1.2 Museum 1.1 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.8 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy. O Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers • Other Qualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type is "Other" and fixture answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on plans. It not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fixtures: (Section 1521) • Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. 1. Fluorescent fixtures which are non - lensed with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector or louvers, c) 5 -60 watt T -1, T -2, T -4, T -5, T -8 lamps, and d) hard -wired elec- tronic dimming ballasts. Screw -in compact fluorescent fixtures do not qualify. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps <= 150w c) electronic ballasts 3. LED lights. 4 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form eri *ummar 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance For Revised July 2007 TABLE 15 -1 Unit Lighting Power Allowance (LPA ootnotes for Table 15-1 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.10 w /ft may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W/ft 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three - quarter- height partitions (transparent or opaque). and lighting for free - standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional 1.5 w /ft of merchandise display luminaires are exempt provided that they comply with all three of the following: a) located on ceiling - mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). b) adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). c) fitted with LED, tungsten halogen, fluorescent, or high intensity discharge lamps. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. 711 N.Fielder Road • Arlington,TX 76012 • T: 817.635.5696 • F: 817.635.5699 March 20, 2008 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Attn: Allen Johannessen Re: Zounds Hearing 426 Southcenter Mall Development Application Number D08 =117 ukwila Dear Mr. Johannessen, Per your conversation with our project coordinator David Sorgman, on March 19, 2008, please accept this letter and the attachment as our response to your review comments dated March 10, 2008. The numbers listed below coincide with your comments. Architectural Comments: 1. The sound attenuation blankets are a Class A material and are suitable for use within a return air plenum space. Attached is the manufacturer's cut sheet for your record. I trust that this response meets with your approval. Please feel free to contact our project coordinator, David Sorgman at (781) 331 -4000, ext. 205 with any questions. Sincerely, Cortland Morgan, Architect cc: Luanne Perry David Sorgman enclosure M 7,AN Y, it �YiCS:.:,.' ?Ji3 REVIEi CODE COMPt. ANCE O 1 D MAR 2 F X008 Ci CORRE TIOIV LTR # DOBfl7 errors ar=d cur' rx.p t � r 'f c, .. - RF.' MAR 2 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEFi THERMAFIBER Sound Attenuation Fire Blankets 4 pct Nominal Density SAFB 2.5 pct Nominal Density SAFB R- Value, per 1" Thickness 4.2 3.7 "k" @ 75'F (24'C) btu • in./hr. • sq. ft. •'F (per ASTM C518) 0.24 0.27 Widths 16", 17", 24 ", 25" 16", 17", 24 ", 25" Length 48" 48" Thickness (t) 1" 1 -1/2 ", 2 ", 2 -1/2 ", 3 ", 3 -12" 4" 5" 6" Flame Spread (per ASTM E84, Surface Burning Characteristics) 0 0 Smoke Developed (per ASTM E84, Surface Burning Characteristics) 0 0 Submittal Sheet 07210 Description Roans arrow IA1YNb Installation Sound Attenuation Fire Install THERMAFIBER Sound Attenuation Fire Blankets In stud cavities of sound -rated partitions and where Blanket Application required to achieve fire -rated design. Friction fit securely between studs. Butt ends of blankets closely together and fill all voids. Technical Data Creased Sound Install Creased THERMAFIBER Sound Attenuation Fire Blankets after gypsum panels are applied to the Attenuation Fire Blanket resilient channel and before panels are applied to the other side of the studs. Insert 17" wide blankets in Application 16" stud cavities or 25" wide blankets in 24" stud cavities of sound -rated partitions and where required to achieve a fire -rated design. Bow the blankets slightly to fit In the stud cavities. Slit the blankets approximately 1" deep with a sharp utility knife or hook -bill knife to ease the pressure of the blanket against the gypsum panels when they are Installed. Butt ends of blankets closely together and fill all voids. Floor - Ceiling Application Install THERMAFIBER Sound Attenuation Fire Blankets between joists in joist cavity or over metal furring channels below joists where required in fire -rated designs. Ceiling Overlayment Application Notes: Thermal resistance values (R tit) for use In calculating heat trans- mission coefficients (u) are based on listings in ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals. For test data, Thermafiber, Inc. Representatives will provide Information on published fire, sound and structural systems designed and constructed according to their pub- lished specifications. THERMAFIBER ATTENUATION FIRE BLANKETS (SAFB) Insulation for unsurpassed sound and fire performance In walls and ceilings • More fire, sound and thermal tests than any other insulation product. • High density of THERMAFIBER® SAFBs makes them resist sagging and stand up better in stud cavities. • Enhances fire protection —adds to fire performance of many assemblies. • Efficient sound performance —adds STCs to wall and floor - ceiling sound ratings. • Special details —can be used in acoustical ceilings as overlayment to reduce flanking sound. • "Creased" systems provide additional sound performance through acoustic engineering. THERMAFIBER Sound Attenuation Fire Blankets (SAFB) are the best way to stop sound in wall and floor - ceiling assemblies. THERMAFIBER Sound Attenuation Fire Blankets are manufactured from slag, a by- product of iron ore reduction, and naturally occurring rock. Because of this composition, THERMAFIBER Blankets are highly resistant to fire. Thus many of the systems this product is used in have high fire ratings as well as sound ratings. A fire test conducted according to ASTM E119 test procedure showed that THERMAFIBER Insulation remained intact at temperatures In excess of 2,000 ° F for five hours. Tests prove that THERMAFIBER SAFB is the best performance value for multi- family residential projects, hotels and motels, offices and retail businesses. The mineral fiber blankets are resilient enough to fit around obstacles, yet are rigid enough to stand up well in stud cavities. SAFBs are available in two nominal densities, 4 pcf (available 1" thick only) and 2.5 pcf. Two types of SAFBs are available, regular and "Creased." Creased SAFBs are 1" wider than regular blankets and are designed to bow in the stud cavities, providing an "engineered" sound performance. For system information on assemblies containing THERMAFIBER Sound Attenuation Fire Blankets, see brochure TF885. Install THERMAFIBER Sound Attenuation Fire Blankets over ceiling panels (1 -1/2" single or double layer over entire ceiling) (3" over entire ceiling) extending 48" beyond all partitions and tightly fit around all grillage, hangers and other vertical penetrations. Product Data Specification Compliance Good Design Practices Submittal Approvals: Composition and Materials Warranty Job Name Contractor For fuller Information on these products, Including nonstandard shat, contact Thermafiber, Inc. at 1- 888- TFIBER1 (or 834- 2371). Trademarks THERMAFIBER and THE NAME IN MINERAL WOOL are trademarks of Thermafiber, Inc. THERMAFIBER Sound Attenuation Fire Blankets meet the following: 1. Class A interior finish rating per NFPA 101, life safety code. 2. ASTM C665, Type 1, per Federal Specification HH- I -521F. 3. ASTM C553 (SAFB Blankets absorb less than 1% moisture by weight and volume). 4. ASTM C612, Type 1, per Federal Specification HH- I.558B. 5. ASTM E136 (rated noncombustible as defined by NFPA Standard 220 when tested according to ASTM E136). 6. Accepted by New York City Department of Buildings (MEA- 207 -82M). Approved by the New York City Board of Standards & Appeals for use in New York City under Calendar Nos. 35-66-SM, 173-77-SM, 249 -74 -SM and 34- 66 -SM. Availability and Cost THERMAFIBER Sound Attenuation Fire Blankets are distributed throughout the United States and worldwide. For additional information, call Thermafiber, Inc. at 1- 888- TFIBER1 (or 834 - 2371). THERMAFIBER Blankets are a mineral fiber material manufactured from slag, a by- product of iron ore reduction, and naturally occurring rock. Thermafber blankets contain 85% post - industrial recycle content. This product contains No Asbestos. See MSDS for further information. System performance following substitution of materials or compromise in assembly design cannot be certified and may result in failure of sound and /or fire performance under certain conditions. Products provided by Thermafiber, Inc. are warranted to be free from defects in material workmanship. Contact Thermafiber, Inc. for complete warranty details. 1. System performance following substitution of materials or compromise in assembly design cannot be certified and may result in failure of sound and /or fire performance under certain conditions. For example, substitution of a low- density glass fiber insulation in place of the THERMAFIBER SAFB will compromise the acoustic balance and therefore reduce the acoustical performance of the system. 2. Adjacent assemblies should be designed or selected to be of similar sound control performance. Flanking sound paths should be acoustically treated or eliminated. The combined sound performance of the systems between adjacent spaces will be close to that of the lowest performing element. 3. Proper application of acoustical sealant* is critical to effectively seal the wall and reduce sound transmission. For drywall partitions, place a continuous bead of sealant along all perimeter edges between the gypsum wall board panels* and the surrounding floor, wall and ceiling elements. Do this on each side of the wall. Also, place a bead of acoustical sealant* around ducts, electrical boxes, sprinkler heads, telephone jacks and any other penetrations. 4. Wall Penetrations and Perimeters — Penetrations for windows, HVAC and all wall perimeters must be sealed with acoustical sealant *. Insulation must be used behind medicine cabinets and other wall - inserted devices to prohibit passage of sound. 5. When penetrations, such as telephone jacks, electrical outlets, pipes, etc., occur on the opposite sides of a demising wall, offset them by at least one stud cavity. 6. When outlet boxes occur on the opposite side of a demising wall, the backs and sides of the outlet boxes should be acoustically caulked with acoustical sealant *; acoustically caulk any gap surrounding the box as well. 7. Vapor Retarders —Vapor retarders normally are placed on the warm side of the wall to prevent moisture from entering the stud cavity. Actual placement of moisture barrier should be specified by a qualified professional engineer, based on local climatic conditions. 8. Ceilings — Insulation should be carefully fitted around —not over —light fixtures. Improperly covering light fixtures with insulation causes heat to build up, possibly resulting in fire. Note that THERMAFIBER Sound Attenuation Fire Blankets may be used in a wide variety of acoustical applications, including those in occupied spaces and ceiling air plenums. See UL Directory for list of approved manufacturers. Note Products described here may not be available In all geographic markets. Consult your local sales office or rep- resentative for Information. 3711 West Mill Street Wabash, IN 46992 1- 888- TFIBER1 (834 -2371) www.thermafiber.com Notice THERMAFIBER, Inc. shall not be liable for Incidental and consequential damages, directly or Indirectly sustained, nor for any loss caused by application of these goods not In accordance with current printed Instructions or for other than the Intended use. THERMAFIBER liability Is expressly limited to replacement of defective goods. Any claim shall be deemed waived unless made in writing within thirty (30) days from date it was or reasonably should have been discovered. C I Date THERMAFIBER MATERI FROM MATERIALS Safety First, Follow good salary and industrial hygiene practices white handling and installing products and systems. Take necessary precautions and wear the appropriate personal protective equipment as needed. Read Material Safely Data Sheets and related litera- ture on products before specification and/or installation. Health Aspects For Health and Safety Information see Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) and North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (NAIMA) Health and Safety Facts for Rock and Slag Wool insulation; Document 163 MADE IN USA TF886/4-04/ Rev. 10/06 Copyright 2004, Themnafiber, Inc. Printed In U.S.A. March 13, 2008 Devan Redmon 1327 Post Avenue N, Suite H Torrance, CA 90501 RE: CORRECTION LETTER #1 Development Application Number D08 -117 Zounds Hearing - 426 Southcenter Mall Dear Mr. Redmon, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. At this time the Fire, Planning and Public Works Departments have no comments. Building Department: Allen Johannessen, at 206 - 433 -7163 if you have questions regarding the attached comments. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, 4p,kat Brenda Holt Permit Coordinator encl xc: File No. D08 -117 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director P:\Permit Center \Correction Letters\2008\D08 -117 Correction Ltr #1.DOC wer • • Jim Haggerton, Mayor 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Building Division Review Memo • • Date: March 10, 2008 Project Name: Zounds Hearing Permit #: D08 -117 Plan Review: Allen Johannessen, Plans Examiner Tukwila Building Division Allen Johannessen, Plan Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and/or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. Sound Attenuating insulation is shown in the ceiling. Ceilings are part of the HVAC return plenum. Please provide insulation material specifications and type recommended for insulation installed in plenums. Insulation shall meet mechanical code test standards for insulation allowed in plenums. Highlight specification on the plan. (IMC 602.2 & 604.13) Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 -117 DATE: 05 -12 -08 PROJECT NAME: ZOUNDS SITE ADDRESS: 426 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter # X Revision # 1 After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: B ild j g Dlvisio Public Works DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS R CORRECTIONS: Approved Notation: d REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 PERMIT CORD COPY • PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Fire Prevention Structural Incomplete Structural Review Required C n DUE DATE: 05-1 3-08 DATE: DATE: Planning Division Permit Coordinator n Not Applicable ❑ Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: No further Review Required DUE DATE: 06-10-08 Approved with Conditions n Not Approved (attach comments) n Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 -117 DATE: 03 -20 -08 PROJECT NAME: ZOUNDS SITE ADDRESS: 426 SOUTHCENTER MALL _ Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: ing l ivision Public Works DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 03-2' -08 Complete Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP n Fire Prevention Structural Incomplete Structural Review Required n DATE: Planning Division n Permit Coordinator Not Applicable ❑ No further Review Required DUE DATE: 04 -22 -08 Approved n Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) Li Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 -117 DATE: 03 -04 -08 PROJECT NAME: ZOUNDS HEARING SITE ADDRESS: 426 SOUTHCENTER MALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: l�uil ing�3i4i�i� r1 Public Works Dift Complete Please Route Notation: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 * PERMIT COORD COPY • PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP TUESITHURS ROUTING: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: fit Am 3.6 -ob Fire Prevention Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Incomplete Structural Review Required n DATE: DATE: YID )4- 3-V-06 Planning Division n Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 03 -06 -08 Not Applicable Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: No further Review Required DUE DATE: 04 -03 -08 Approved n Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) FVf Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: 3' Departments issued corrections: Bldg Fire ❑ Ping 0 PW ❑ Staff Initials: &y REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS 1 OS 12 -c79 Summary of Revision: C WvjM ft,A(-4, WOW, tv W, 14 p Received by: C- (��ve/E'5 (j, ect , ,et°s REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Sununary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: PROJECT NAME: /1>Vcrtkc. • SITE ADDRESS: i ii AsoV Ain rr,l\, V Jett REVISION LOG PERMIT NO: 17 j ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE: 01 • lib (please print) (please print) (please print) (please print) (please print) • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http : / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: OS ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ❑ Response to Correction Letter # ❑ Revision # / after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Project Address: t Entered in Permits Plus on Plan Check/Permit Number: Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by:/ OW kapplications\forms- applications on Iine\revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: • Steven M Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director RECEIVED crry OF TUKWILA MAY 12 2008 PERMIT CENTER Summary of Revision: 11 0t r- - ux 0 $ / f� S' Created: 8 -13 -2004 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite # 100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: //www.cLtukwila.wa.us Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc Date: ° g ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Plan Checic/Permit Number: 7 /17 Project Name: Ze LL n c, Project Address: 2- //Mr; 4- is /l Tt &i4 i� /a k'A— 5'8 Contact Person: 7)4 t/c f-q , ,, Phone Number: 7k / - 3 f - *46 X 2,QS Summary of Revision: �l j `J C� P. e f e r - r e .e-n . P 12) At / 5 / -' J a 77� I7 e C� tai O S en./ h /)t 4 I e-n iaa 6) b4 76 Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including ' r e of r Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Er Entered in Permits Plus on - '0 \apphcations\forms- applications on lineuevision submittal Steven M Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director QTY OF TUJKWIIA MAR 20 2008 r r a A14 nruvre • February 28, 2008 • Tukwila Building Division / Permit Center 6300 Southcenter B 1, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Re: Zounds Hearing 426 Southcenter Mall; Space 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 is issued subject to the following condition: This condition is hereby acknowledged by: Tenant Acknowledgment Letter " ' Oc � N Kw rtA MAR 12 2008 Tenant improvement permit for Zounds Hearing, Tukwila Permit No. DOT-1/ 7 Final inspection approval of this permit and approval of occupancy (i.e. Open for Business) for the herein named tenant space will not be issued until the "shell Building Permit No. D06 -147 has received final inspection approval from the Building Division. .J Title (1): Tenant Name: 20 S' i if/ (1) Note that the letter is to be signed by the responsible officer of the tenant (i.e. business manager, business president, vice president, CEO, etc.). The contractor, contact person for the project nor the architect will not be acceptable. Kind of Fixture Fixture Units No. of Fixtures Total Fixture Units Public Private Public Private Bathtub and Shower 4 4 Shower, per head 2 2 Dishwasher 2 2 Drinking fountain (each head) 1 .5 ( Hose bibb (interior) 2.5 2.5 Clotheswasher or laundry tub 4 2 Sink, bar or lavatory 2 8 1 8 oZ 7 Sink, Clinic flushing Sink, kitchen 3 2 Sink, other (service) 3 1.5 Sink, wash fountain, circle spray 4 3 Urinal, flush valve, 1 GPF 5 2 Urinal, flush valve, >1 GPF 6 2 Urinal, waterless 0 0 Water closet, tank or valve, 1 6 GPF 6 3 1 6 Water closet, tank or valve, >1.6 GPF 8 4 Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification • To be completed for all new sewer connections, reconnections or change of use of existing connections. • This form does not apply to repairs or replacements of existing sewer connections within five years of disconnect. Please Print or Type Property Street Address ' TO r. -- , ; \c.._._ \,J ,k City State ZIP w t�0 Co-r V .--.. '""-- (--- Owner's Name Subdivision Name Lot # Subdiv. # ---"L Block # Building Name 0 L./ ✓l �'.1 / p licable) Si ) C 1 / 1 / 6 7 Owner's Phone Number (wit Area Code) ( 310 ) 4/go P3-8? Property Contact Phone Number (with Area Code) Owner's Mailing Address .�� ; s1,L; \ v4 . �� �'` \. Awe j-es , (A Q0o A. Fixture Units Fixture Units x Number of Fixtures = Total Fixture Units Residential Customer Equivalent (RCE) 20 fixture units equal 1.0 RCE Total No. of Fixture Units 20 Total Fixture Units • DO 1 • RCE ev Q tom-- t.GIo v White - King County Yellow - Local Sewer Agency King County Department of Natural Resources and Parks For King County Use Only Account # Monthly Rate 6 Month Rate Property Tax ID # (c' SC, 42e) - 6 Party to be Billed (if different from owner) City or Sewer District Date of Connection Side Sewer Permit # Demolition of pre- existing building? ❑ Yes ❑ No Type of building demolished Sewer disconnect date B. Other Wastewater Flow (in addition to Fixture Units identified in Section A) Type of Facility /Process: Estimated Wastewater Discharge: Gallons /days Residential Customer Equivalents (RCE): 187 gallons per day equals 1.0 RCE Total Discharge (gal /day) = 187 C. Total Residential Customer Equivalents: (add A & B) A B 5 S D 5 RCE RCE MAR 0 4 2008 t.,EN 1 E R Pursuant to King County Code 28.84, all sewer customers who establish a new service which uses metropolitan sewage facilities shall be subject to a capacity charge. The amount of the charge is established annually by the King County Council at a rate per month per residential customer or residential customer equivalent for a period of fifteen years. The purpose of the charge is to recover costs of providing sewage treatment capacity for new sewer customers. The charge is collected semi- annually. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. Questions regarding the capacity charge or this form should be referred to King County's Wastewater Treatment Division at 206- 684 -1740. I certify that the information given is correct. I understand that the capacity charge levied will be based on this information and any deviation will require resubmission of corrected data • de ermi ,. tion of a revised capacity charge. Signature of Owner /Representative Date �j / - af Print Name of Owner /Representative 1058 (Rev 11/05) Pink - Sewer Customer •pt,,Jv License Information License MARCOCI016L8 Licensee Name MARCO CONTRACTORS INC Licensee Type CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR UBI 601942029 Ind. Ins. Account Id Business Type CORPORATION Address 1 PO BOX 805 Address 2 100 COMMONWEALTH DR City WARRENDALE County OUT OF STATE State PA Zip 150950805 Phone 7247410300 Status ACTIVE Specialty 1 GENERAL Specialty 2 UNUSED Effective Date 6/28/1999 Expiration Date 5/28/2010 Suspend Date Separation Date Parent Company Previous License Next License Associated License Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date SMITH, MARTIN R PRESIDENT 06/28/1999 Look Up a Contractor, Elect i n or Plumber License Detail Washington State Department of Labor and Industries General/Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L &I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. a Bond Information Bond #6 Bond Company Name OLD REPUBLIC SURETY CO Bond Account Number 1208698 Effective Date 03/22/2007 Expiration Date Until Cancelled Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount $12,000.00 Received Date 04/12/2007 Page 1 of 2 https: // fortress. wa. gov /lni/bbip /printer.aspx ?License= MARCOCI016L8 04/28/2008 Fri Key to Divisions of Work FURNISHED INSTALLED CSI DIV. CSI Section SHEET NDLORD VANT VANT'S CONTRACTOR NDLORD ■ANT ANTS CONTRACTOR ONLLSI KEY DIVISION OR SECTION No. No. DESCRIPTION /NOTES 00 CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 1 Bonds (if required) 00600 T - 1 Payment /Performance Bond shall be equal to Contract Amount 1 2 Insurance 00650 T1,N1 Provide Certificates 01 GENERAL 1 Permits and Fees 01000 2 Inspections 01000 Comply with local procedures 3 Barricade 01100 Coordinate work with Landlord 0 0 4 Temporary Electrical 01500 If required to finish Work 5 Temporary Telephone 01510 Separate phone & fax lines 6 Final Cleaning 01710 02 SITE WORK 1 Selective Demolition 02070 A -1 0 0 2 Sawcut of Floor Slab 02070 A -1 See Plumbing and Electrical dwgs 0 0 03 CONCRETE 1 Floor Slab 03300 A -1 0 2 Leveling of Slab A -1 If required to finish Work 0 0 04 MASONRY 1 Reserved 05 METALS 1 Fasteners /Channels/Rods 05050 A -1,4 See Notes and Specifications on N -1 2 Light Gauge Framing 05400 A -1 See Notes and Specifications on N -1 /A 3 Metal Tubing 4 Metal Studs 05400 A -1 See Part. Schedule Sheet A -1 0 0 0 5 Reserved 06 WOOD AND PLASTICS 1 Rough Carpentry 06100 See Notes and Specifications on N -1 2 Finish Carpentry 06200 See Notes and Specifications on N -1 3 Toggle Bolts 06200 See Notes and Specifications on N -1 0 O 4 Wood Blocking 06220 See Notes and Specifications on N -1 /A 5 Wood Veneer 06482 07 THERMAL/MOISTURE /A 1 Thermal Batts 07200 2 Sound Batts 07200 A -1,5 See Partition Schedule Sheet A -1 0 0 3 Acoustical Sealant 07900 A -1 See Partition Schedule Sheet A -1 4 Slab Moisture Test 07900 A -3 See Technical Specification on N -1 08 DOORS AND WINDOWS I.. .,. ..,. e • :'0' _- -- Poo c -1 le of -- : Roll-Up Grille 0 :300 A -1 See o es and peci ca ions on -1 :::: D s, Access Pane s 08300 - See Notes and Specifications on N -1 4 Storefront Extrusions 08410 A -1.1 See Notes and Specifications on N -1 0 O 5 Storefront Glazing 08410 A -1.1 See Notes and Specifications on N -1 6 Interior Windows 08800 A -1 At Sales Area 7 Acoustical Door 08348 A - 1 At Exam Suites 8 Acoustical Window 08348 A - 1 At Exam Suites 09 FINISHES 1 Gypsum Drywall System 09250 N -1 See Part. Schedule Sheet A -1 2 Cork Flooring 09300 A -3 See Key to Floor Finishes on A -3 3 Wood Base A -2,3 See Key to Floor Finishes on A -3 4 Acoustic Ceiling System 09510 A -4 See Key to Ceiling Finishes on A -4 5 Wallcovering 09650 A -2,3 See Key to Wall Finishes on A -3 6 Vinyl Composite Tile 09650 A -3 See Key to Floor Finishes on A -3 7 Vinyl Base 09650 A -2,3 See Key to Floor Finishes on A -3 8 Carpet & Adhesive 09680 A -3 See Key to Floor Finishes on A -3 0 9 Paint /Stain 09900 A -2,3 See Key to Wall Finishes on A -3 10 Break Metal 05600 A -1.1 Storefront 11 Transition Strips 09650 A -3 See Key to Floor Finishes on A -3 12 Concrete Sealer 09900 A -3 As Required Beneath Flooring 13 Ceramic Tile /Base 09300 A -3 See Key to Floor Finishes on A -3 14 FRP Panels 08200 A -3 See Key to Wall Finishes on A -3 /A 15 Acoustical Floor Mat 09800 10 SPECIALTIES 1 Storefront Signs 10400 A - 1.1 See Notes & Specifications on N -1 a. Blade Sign 10400 2 Interior "Venue" Letters 10400 A2,N1 See Notes on Sheets A -2 & N -1 3 Sign Holders /Graphics 10400 F -1 Merchandising 4 Coat Rack 10522 F -1 5 Employee Lockers 10522 F -1 6 Fire Extinguishers 10522 A -1 2 Min. 10Ib. Type A,B,C 7 Graphic Panels 10400 A -2 Lifestyle and Technical - Wall Mtd 8 Suspended Banners 10400 A -2 0 { o � , .- -� 9 Toilet Room Accessories /A 10 Security Film 10810 N -1 See Notes and Specifications on N -1 11 Transparencies/Light Box 1g400 A - 1 P 12 Vinyl Logos 10400 A1.1 Storefront /A 13 LE.D. Sign 14 Homasote Panels A1,3 Exam Suites 15 Opaque Alm Band 10400 A -2 Sales Area Windows 16 Orange Plexi Panels 10400 A -2 \ 11 EQUIPMENT 1 Fax Machines, Registers F -1 2 Shelves /Brackets/ 11680 F - 1 0 Standards 3 Breakroom Fixtures 11680 F -1 0 4 Office Counter 11680 F -1 Office 0 5 Reserved r s 6 Cabinets /Counters 11455 F -1 Kitchenette /Backroom 0 0 0 7 Filing Cabinets F -1 Office Z@ 8 Reserved p 9 Refrigerator F -1 Kitchenette 0 Ed: 10 Audio Equipment 11130 A1,TD1 11 Video Equipment 11130 A1,TD1 12 FURNISHINGS 1 Fixture /Cashwrap 12304 2 Display Casework 12304 3 Wall Fixtures 12380 4 Millwork /Trim Moldings 12300 Sales Area (including Door Casings) 0 0 5 Seating 12710 6 Furniture 12000 7 Reserved 15 MECHANICAL 1 Fire Protection 15300 P -1 See Drawing For Scope of Work 2 Plumbing 15400 P -1 See Drawing For Scope of Work SC ac 3 HVAC 15550 M -1,2 See Drawing For Scope of Work 4 Reserved 16 ELECTRICAL 000000000 0l 00 1 Power 16050 E -1,2 See Electrical Drawings For Scope 0 2 Lighting 16500 E -1,2 3 Electrical Panels 16400 E -1,2 See Electrical Drawings For Scope 4 Final Electrical Hookup 16700 E -1,2 See Electrical Drawings For Scope 0 5 Telephone System 16740 TD1,E2 See Drawings For Scope 6 Exhaust Fan /Light E -1 Toilet Room 7 Door Bell /Buzzer E -2 0 8 Time Clock 16900 E -1,2 9 Lutron Dimmer 16700 E -1,2 Demo Room 10 Reserved 11 Security System 16700 TD1,E2 T.G.C. To Coordinate with HSM 12 Neon E -1 ■ 13 Storefront Signage 16700 E -2 Power only Material Symbo Symbol Key IIIIIIIII 1 ACOUSTICAL CEIUNG CONCRETE BATT /LOOSE INSULATION STEEL FINISHED WOOD GYPSUM WALLBOARD BLOCKING/ROUGH LUMBER RIGID INSULATION ' 1 PLYWOOD 1 GLASS PARTICLE BOARD 1 + + + + + ++ ++ ++ +..+ + + +,. Symbol Key 5 CSI SPECIFICATION DIVISION NUMBER Legend T.G.C. L L. TYP. F.C. F & I O.C. A.F.F. G.W.B. R.O. C.O. Copyright ITEM, NOTE OR LINE NUMBER ELEVATION KEY NUMBER SHEET NUMBER DETAIL OR SECTION KEY NUMBER SHEET NUMBER - KEY TO WALL & FASCIA FINISH SCHEDULE KEY TO FLOOR FINISH SCHEDULE C).— KEY TO CEIUNG & SOFFIT FINISH SCHEDULE KEY TO WALLS AND PARTITION SCHEDULE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR LANDLORD TYPICAL FIRE COATED FURNISHED AND INSTALLED ON CENTER ABOVE FINISHED FLOUR GYPSUM WALL BOARD ROUGH OPENING CLEAR OPENING These drawings shall remain the exclusive property of THE ARCHITECT and its Consultants. All rights and privileges are reserved by the design team. The designer's liability is limited to the extent of their fee. These drawings shall not be duplicated without prior written permission of The Architect. srrARATS PERKT AND e HB O Schedule of Drawings T -1 T-2 A-1 A-1.1 A -1.2 A -2 A -2.1 A-3 A -4 A -5 F -1 N-1 TD -1 P -1 M -1 M-2 E-1 E-=2 TITLE SHEET EGRESS PLAN FLOOR PLAN/ PARTITION SCHEDULE/ DOOR & HARDWARE SCHEDULE STOREFRONT PLAN /ELEVATIONS STOREFRONT DETAILS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS/ DETAILS DECOR PLAN/ FINISH SCHEDULES REFLECTED CEILING PLAN/ CEILING SCHEDULE/ LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE SECTIONS AND DETAILS FIXTURE PLAN NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS TEL /DATA CABLING PLAN PLUMBING/ SPRINKLER PLAN HVAC PLAN/ DETAILS MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS LIGHTING PLAN/ FIXTURE SCHEDULE POWER PLAN/ RISER DIAGRAM Fire Ratings CARPET PATCRAFT - JUST BEAUTIFUL ASTM TEST - E -648 CRITICAL RADIANT FLUX: CLASS 1 ASTM TEST - E -662 CRITICAL DENSITY OR SMOKE: < 450 Westfield Southcenter 426 Southcenter Mall Space # 1000 Seattle, WA 98188 WALL PARTITIONS BACKROOM / SALES AREA: NEW NON -RATED PARTITION TENANT TO TENANT: 1 HOUR RATED PARTITION ABOVE CEIUNG PER U.L DESIGN &J465 TENANT TO SERVICE CORRIDOR: 1 HOUR RATED PARTITION TO DECK PER U.L. DESIGN #U465 CEILING SYSTEM CEILING SYSTEM: CLASS "A" FINISHES FABRIC PANELS: CLASS "A" VINYL COMPOSITE 11LE: CLASS 1 RA11NG CORK FLOORING: CLASS 2 RA11NG Store Data (FOR STORE USE ONLY) AREA DISTRIBUTION PLAN DESIGNATION QUANTITY PERCENTAGE OF AREA 1. GROSS LEASED AREA 1,790 S.F. 100.0 2. SALES FLOOR AREA 1,479 S.F. 82.6 3. BREAK ROOM 125 S.F. 7.0 4. TOILET ROOM 57 S.F. 3.2 % 5. OFFICE 42 S.F. 23 6. EGRESS CORRIDOR 87 S.F. 4.9 % 7 Hearing Key Plan E-1 < MACY'S SCOPE OF WORK: THIS PROJECT IS A NON - STRUCTURAL TENANT FIT UP OF AN NEW SPACE WITHIN WESTFIELD SOUTH CENTER. WORK SHALL INCLUDE THE CONSTRUCTION OF NEW INTERIOR PARTITIONS, DOORS, CEIUNGS, LIGHTING, AND THE INSTALLATION OF ALL RELATED FIXTURES AND FINISHES. NEW HVAC SYSTEM AND ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM ARE REQUIRED. SEE DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE CODES AS NOTED ON THIS DRAWING. Project Information BUILDING DEPARTMENT: City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Contact: Dove Larson Phone: (206) 431 -3678 6300 South Center Blvd #100 Fax: (206) 431 -3665 Tukwila, WA 98188 APPLICABLE AND MODEL CODES: International Building Code 2006* National Electrical Code 2005* International Mechanical Code 2006* Uniform Plumbing Code 2006 International Fire Code 2006* ANSI -117 -1 2003* ADA Guidelines And all accumulative supplements thereof WA State Energy Code * with the WA State Building Codes Amendments CODE ANALYSIS: USE GROUP: CONSTRUCTION TYPE: FIRE SUPPRESSION: SEISMIC ZONE: MEANS OF EGRESS /OCCUPANCY LOAD SEE SHEET T-2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ZOUNDS SPACE # 1000 LEVEL 1 OF 3 1790 S.F. M - MERCANTILE 2B, UNPROTECTED, FULLY SPRINKLED AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM CLASS D NOTE: SPRINKLER AND FIRE ALARM WORK TO BE PERFORMED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. ENGINEERED DRAWINGS TO BE SUBMITTED SEPARATELY. REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope - of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. 1 NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal an mayinclude additional plan review fees. NOTE: MAXIMUM NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES ON SITE AT ANY ONE TIME IS 4. SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR armechanical L� E11 vPIumbing 111 Gas PiPing City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION FILE COPY Permit No. pitto I1 N N N N N N Piar review approval is subject to errors and oho Approval of constvc documents does not autttlori the violation of any �adopted code or ordnanc 1 of approved Field Ccpy an is Bye 64/4 Date:, s - - t – 1 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REVISION Na Contract Requirements 00002 — PROJECT DIRECTORY LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE: Westfield Corporation Inc. Contact: Josh Kimmel Phone: (310) 893 -4761 11601 Wilshire Blvd 12th Floor FAX: (310) 575 -5991 Los Angeles, CA 90025 TENANT: Zounds, Inc. Contact: Tom Wille 1840 S. Stapley Drive, Suite 201 Mesa, AZ 85204 TENANT'S COORDINATOR: Bay Planning Company, Inc. Contact: David Sorgman 25 Mathewson Drive, Suite 200 Weymouth, MA 02189 SUBCONTRACTOR: Subcontractors are those individuals and /or Companies providing services, products and portions of the Work, described in the technical drawings and specifications, under direct contract to the Tenant's Contractor. Requirements 01000 — GENERAL The Tenant's Contractor and all Subcontractors shall perform their Work according to the following: EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Prior to submitting bid proposals, the Tenant's Contractor and each Subcontractor shall visit the proposed space and make themselves familiar with all existing conditions, take field measurements and record all information needed to provide a complete scope of Work. B. Notify the Tenant immediately of conditions which may contribute to unnecessary, excessive costs. C. No additional compensation will be paid by the Tenant for disputes which result from a lack of familiarity with the existing conditions. 01035 — MODIFICATION PROCEDURES SUBSTITUTIONS & CHANGES D. DO NOT substitute materials, equipment or methods unless such substitution has been approved specifically in writing by the Tenant. E. Notify the Tenant immediately by telephone of any hidden, unforeseen conditions and any requirements imposed by the Landlord which impact the Work. Confirm all notifications and action required in writing within 24 hours of the event. F. Milestone date changes must be made in writing by Tenant. 01040 -- COORDINATION G. The Tenant's Contractor and each Subcontractor shall be thoroughly familiar with the Work shown on the drawings and on the other Contract Documents. H. Each Subcontractor shall coordinate their Work with that of others and be aware of all Related Work to be performed by others, via the Tenant's Contractor. 01060 — REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS I. Comply with all Applicable National, State and Local Codes and all Accumulative Supplements. See project information this sheet. 01100 — SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS J. NEW STORE CONSTRUCTION, MALL LOCATION K. WRITTEN DAILY JOURNAL shall be maintained L TELEPHONE AND FAX MACHINE ON SEPARATE LINES shall be provided by Tenant's Contractor, and submit Telephone Number to The Architect, Zounds Project Manager and Landlord Representative. M. DESIGNATE A FULL TIME SUPERINTENDENT for the duration of the Project and submit his /her name to the Tenant. N. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE a. T.G.C. to submit construction schedule with milestones prior to start of job. T.G.C. to provide weekly updates, including photos to Tenant. c. T.G.C. to provide progress digital photos to Tenant every Monday, Wednesday & Friday. d. Work shall be completed in a timely manner, consistent with approved CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. P. The Tenant's Contractor shall be responsible for receiving and maintaining in good condition all millwork, fixtures and equipment up to the Date of Substantial Completion. Q. All Tenant material delivered to the Project shall be checked against the Tenant's material list by the Tenant's Contractor at the time of delivery. All material and packing lists are to be faxed to Zounds Project Manager. All discrepancies shall be noted in the Receiving Report and in the Daily Journal and the Tenant's Contractor shall immediately notify the Tenant of same. All Shortages occurring after receipt of goods shall be charged back to the Tenant's Contractor. R.CLEANING: a. Each Subcontractor shall clean his /her Work and remove all trash, debris, packing, etc... resulting from that Work. b. Final cleaning shall be done by a professional cleaner. See specification section 01710 - FINAL CLEANING b. 01340 — SUBMITTALS S. Product samples, manufacturer's data and shop drawings shall be submitted to the Tenant, for review prior to fabrication or start of work. 01700 — CONTRACT CLOSE —OUT T. Substantial Completion is the date certified by ZOUNDS on which the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete so the Tenant may occupy the same for the intended purpose. U. Provide the following for close -out: 1 -Daily Journal 2- Operation and Maintenance Data 3- Warrantees / Guarantees 4-Keys 5 -Spare Parts, Materials and Stock 6 -Copy of Building Permit 7- Certificate of Inspection /Occupancy 8- Certificate of Insurance 9- Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens 10 -List of Subcontractors, Vendors and Suppliers 11 -(2) Copies of All Shops; As- Builts; Specifications; in Binder Form. 12- Signed punchlist - Mall and Tenant 13 -Final Statement of Account 14 -Final applications for Payment & Lien Waivers due 30 Days after Completion 15 -Refer to Retainage Checklist per Award Package NOTE: T.G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND INFORM THE TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER AND THE ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IMMEDIATELY. Phone: (480) 813 -8400 FAX: (480) 813 -8408 Phone: (781) 331 -4000 FAX: (781) 335 -2115 - 90$117 7 LLJ LLJ Cf) LLJ \ \ c6 , ® ® dm cc 1Y1Y1 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 1 2 2008 PERMIT CENTER SHEET NUMBER SHEET 1 OF 18 J 1 • ICI T - IIr -11' Tel: 781-331-4000 Fax: 781-335-2115 PROJECT COORDINATION: STORE NO: 1000 REVISED PER LANDLORD CHECKED: CM DRAWN BY: w F I N N x w I 62' -11" EXIST. 0 0 w w 0 w cn w w 1 1 L J AUDIOMETRIC EXAM SUITE 2 (3 OCCUPANTS) 53' -0' EXIST. CASH WRAP (SALES AREA) LEASE DIMENSION LEASE DIMENSION 1 . 1 LI ' V/ IT A r r r • SALES AREA it (23 OCCUPANTS) /A / #7 / - 7 Pfr I - TOILET RM. I { LOUN (SALES AREA 1' -9" MEANS OF EGRESS: OCCUPANCY SALES AREA OFFICE DEMO ROOM EXAM SUITE 1 EXAM SUITE 2 EXAM SUITE 3 CONSULTATION ROOM BREAKROOM TOTAL OCCUPANCY LOAD: EXIT WIDTH: # OF EXITS: MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXITS: GROSS FLOOR AREA 709 S.F. 37 S.F. 141 S.F. 93 S.F. 92 S.F. 93 S.F. 70 S.F. 100 S.F. 1,333 S.F. REQUIRED (42 OCCUPANTS x 0.2 IN.) = 8.4 IN. 2 250 FT. (SPRINKLED) FLOOR AREA OCCUPANT 30 S.F. 100 S.F. 30 S.F. 30 S.F. 30 S.F. 30 S.F. 30 S.F. 300 S.F. ±40' -0" OCCUPANT LOAD 23 1 5 3 3 3 3 1 42 PROVIDED 108" 2 DOS-win x plistlove ta J d 1111111111111111 C 0 C RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 17 RMIT CE NTS SHEET NUMBER T -2 SHEET 2 OF 18 AUDIOMETRIC EXAM SUITE ACOUSTICAL WINDOW ASSEMBLY SEE 1/A -1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 4'-3 1/2" 3' —O' CASHWRAP LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE EXTENT OF CORK FLOOR INTERACTIVE 1' -2' 3'--O' 1' -2' AUDIOMETRIC EXAM SUITE 2'- 11 1/2' 2' -8' AUDIOMETRIC EXAM SUITE ACOUSTICAL WINDOW ASSEMBLY SEE 1/A -1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FIRE EXTINGUISHER, TYP. VERIFY LOCATION WITH LOCAL INSPECTOR, SEE NOTE BELOW. RESTAURANT _i SIMULATION 4 ROOM 5' -0 3/4' 1/2' TEMPERED GLAZING, TYP. SEE SHEET A-1.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION STOREFRONT SIGN ABOVE, SEE SHEET A -1.1 FOR DII1ONAL INFORMATION CENTERLINE OF ROLL—UP GRILLE 1/2' TEMPERED GLAZING, TYP. SEE SHEET A -1.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION J I.y � raniiIMA FIRE EX11NGAJISHER, TYP. VERIFY LOCATION WITH LOCAL. INSPECTOR, SEE NOTE BELOW. T.G.O. TO REMOVE PORTION OF SERVICE CORRIDOR WALL AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL EGRESS DOOR 10' -4 1/4' 10' -3 1/2" KITCHENETTE COUNTER, SEE SHEET F -1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SINK, SEE PLUMBING DWGS. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONSULTATION 9' -11' 2-2 1/4" 7-7 1/4° 3' 0'x'7' -0 "HKD METAL FRAME, SEE DETAIL 2/A -2.1 10' -3 1/2' LEASE DIMENSION UNE OF SOFFIT ABOVE (-10 1/2 T.G.C. TO BOX OUT EXIS11 G X— BRACING AND /OR COLUMNS TO MINIMAL DIMENSIONS, TYP. THROUGHOUT LEASED AREA. 2' -9" 11' -7' 10 11' -6' EXIST. 6' -0 1/4 6' -2 3/4" 1' -9" 3' -8 3/4' T.G.C. TO FUR —OUT TO MINIMUM DIMENSION. PROVIDE FLUSH METAL ACCESS PANEL AS REQD TO ACCESS RAIN LEADER CLEANOUT. NOTE: T.G.C. TO INSTALL PERMANENT SIGNAGE ON INTERIOR SIDE OF ROLL—UP GRILLE STATING 'DOOR 1D REMAIN UNLOCKED WHILE STORE IS OCCUPIED.' ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NOTE T.G.C. TO INSTALL WATERPROOF MEMBRANE BENEATH FLOOR AT TOILET ROOM AND 6' UP WALLS PER LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. WALL ASSEMBLY ZOUNDS SIDE NOTE ONE HOUR ARE RATED PARTITION TO DECK PER U.L # #J -465, SEE DETAIL 2/A -5 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BD. TO DECK ABOVE EXISTING METAL STUDS TO DECK ABOVE EXISTING 5/8' TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BD. TO DECK ABOVE LEASE DIMEN Partftion Schedule 0 4 8 16 INCHES ON NOTE PARTICULAR ATTENTION SHALL BE PAID WHERE PARTITIONS MEET ROOF DECK, FLOOR SLAB, DEMISING WALLS AND AT PENETRATIONS. INSTALL 3/8' DIAMETER CONTINUOUS BEAD OF TREMCD OR SHEET ROCK BRAND ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AT DECK, SLAB AND ALL PENETRATIONS. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL SEALANT PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. NOTE: IF APPLICABLE, PATCH, REPAIR, AND /OR REPLACE ALL EXISTING GYPSUM WALL BOARD AND PREPARE SURFACE TO RECEIVE NEW FINISH. ALL HOLES SHALL BE FILLED BEFORE NEW LAYERS OF GYPSUM WALL BOARD ARE INSTALLED. NOTE REFER TO SHEET A -5 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING U.L. ASSEMBLY FOR FIRE RATED PARTITIONS, TRACK TO SLAB CONNECTION AND TRACK TO DECK CONNECTICN. NOTE SEE SPECIFICATION 09250 — GYPSUM DRYWALL SYSTEM AND SPECIFICATION 05000 — METALS: LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING ON SHEET N -1 FOR NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS. NOTE SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET TO BE THERMAFIBER 2.5PCF ACOUSTICAL FIRE BLANKET AS MANUFACTURED BY THERMAFlBER CORPORATION, (888) 834 -2371. SUBSTITUTIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. NOTE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ALL GYPSUM WALL BOARD WORK INCLUDING BOARD, TRACK, INSULATION, FASTENERS, ACCESSORIES, AND OTHER MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND FREE OF ALL DAMAGE AND IMPERFECTIONS. NOTE SEE SHEET A -5 FOR LATERAL BRACING OF PARTITIONS THAT DO NOT EXTEND TO DECK NOTE ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF FINISH TO FACE OF FINISH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. NOTE: T.G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL A MINIMUM OF TWO 10 LB. TYPE A,B,C FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. LOCATE ONE FIRE EXTINGUISHER BELOW BACKWRAP COUNTER AND ONE IN BREAKROOM. ZOUNDS SIDE NOTE ONE HOUR FIRE RATED PARTITION TO ABOVE CEILING PER U.L J -465, SEE DETAIL 2A /A -5 5/8' TYPE GYPSUM BD. TO 6' BELOW STRUCTURE ABOVE EXISTING METAL STUDS TO DECK ABOVE 5/8' TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BD. BY OTHERS FLOOR SLAB ZOUNDS SIDE NOTE: ONE HOUR FIRE RATED PARTITION TO DECK PER U.L #J -465, SEE DETAIL 2A /A -5 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BD. TO 6' BELOW STRUCTURE ABOVE EXISTING METAL STUDS TO DECK ABOVE 5/8' TYPE "X" GYPSUM BD. BY OTHERS (2) LAYERS 5/8" TYPE GYPSUM BOARD TO 12' —O' A.F.F. 3/8" DIA. CONTINUOUS ACOUSTICAL CAULKING AT BASE OF GYPSUM BOARD TYP. FLOOR SLAB Key LEASE DIMENSION NOTE: SEE FIXTURE PLAN SHEET F -1 FOR STORE FIXTURE LAYOUT. NOTE UNDERSIDE OF CORRUGATED METAL DECK IS 17' -6' A.F.F. STEEL BEAMS SPAN IN FRONT TO BACK AND SIDE TO SIDE. LOWEST CLEAR HEIGHT TO STRUCTURE IS 15' -8'. THERE IS NO SPRAY ON FlREPROOFlNG OTHER THAN ON COLUMNS ATTACHED TO X-- BRACING AND ON STOREFRONT COLUMN AT RIGHT SIDE OF STOREFRONT. DENOTES EXISTING WALL PAR11110N DENOTES NEW WALL PAR11110N TO BE CONSTRUCTED FLOOR SLAB 62' - 11' 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BD. TO 6" ABOVE ADJACENT CEILING 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUD 16' 0.C. TO 6' ABOVE ADJACENT CEIUNG 3 5/8' 20 GA. METAL STUD 0 16' 0.C. TO 12' -0' A.F.F. 3' SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET FROM FLOOR TO 12' -0" A.F.F. (2) LAYERS 5/8' TYPE X" GYPSUM BOARD TO 3/8' DIA CONTINUOUS ACOUSTICAL CAULKING AT BASE OF GYPSUM BOARD, TIP. NOTE: SEE SHEET A -1.1 FOR STOREFRONT ASSEMBLY DETAILS. NOTE SEE SHEET A -3 FOR FLOORING PATTERN AND INTERIOR FINISHES. PROVIDE FLUSH INSTALLATION AT ALL FLOOR FINISH TRANSITIONS. 4 1/4" 4 1/4' 111 4 7/8', 10 1/8" 5/8' TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD TO 6" ABOVE ADJACENT CEILING 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUD ® 16" D.C. TO 6' ABOVE ADJACENT CEILING FLOOR SLAB DEMO ROOM SIDE 5/8' TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD TO 12' -0' A.F.F. 3 5/8' 20 GA. METAL STUD 0 16" 0.C. TO A.F.F. 1' AIR SPACE BETWEEN STUDS 3 5/8' 20 GA. METAL STUD 0 16' O.C. TO 12-0' A.F.F. 3' SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET FROM FLOOR TO 12-0' A.F.F. (2) LAYERS 5/8' TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD TO 12-0' A.F.F. 3/8" DIA CONTINUOUS ACOUSTICAL CAULKING AT BASE OF GYPSUM BOARD TIP. FLOOR SLAB NOTE INSTALL HOMOSOTE ONLY WHERE INDICATED ON SHEET A -3. (2) LAYERS 5/8" TYPE 'X" GYPSUM BOARD TO 12' -0' A.F.F. 1' HOMASOTE PANEL TO 6' ABOVE CEILING. SEE SHEET A -3 FOR LOCATIONS. 3 5/8' 20 GA. METAL STUD 0 16' 0.C. TO 12' --0" A.F.F. 3' SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET FROM FLOOR TO 12' -0' A.F.F. 3/8' DIA. CONTINUOUS ACOUSTICAL CAULKING AT BASE OF GYPSUM BOARD, TYP. TOILET ROOM SIDE 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BD. TO 7-6" A.F.F. 5/8' TYPE "X" GYPSUM BD. TO 8' -0" A.F.F. 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUD 0 16" 0.C. TO 7' -6" A.F.F. 4 7/8" FLOOR SLAB EXIST. N/A SET D: 1 Hardware Schedule Q i O NOTE: AU. LOCKSETS TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH INTERCHANGEABLE BEST CORES. TENANT TO FURNISH AND INSTALL CORES. NOTE ALL LOCKSETS TO HAVE #15C LEVER HANDLES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. NOTE ALL HARDWARE FINISH US26D — SA11N CHROME NOTE ALL HOLLOW METAL FRAMES SHALL HAVE 3 HAGER 3070 DOOR SILENCERS PER FRAME N01E MAXIMUM DOOR OPENING EFFORT EXTERIOR DOORS: 8.5 LBS. INTERIOR DOORS: 5 LBS. FIRE RATED DOORS: 15 LBS. SET k DOOR STOP — Ives #438, Floor Mounted DOOR HOLD OPEN — Ives #FS452 -5 NOTE: Sound Gaskets, Door Bottom, Threshold Lock and. Stainless Steel Cam Lift Hinges Fumished By Door Manufacturer. SET C: HINGES — Stanley F179 4-1/2' x 4-1/2' Butts, 1 -1/2 Pair LOCKSET — Best, Passage Set 93K- 7— N- 9 —C —STK -626 DOOR STOP — Ives #438, Floor Mounted SET E HINGES — Stanley F179 4-1/2' x 4-1/2' Butts, 1 -1/2 Pair LOCKSET — Best, Passage Set 93K- 7— N- 9 —C —STK -626 DOOR CLOSER — LCN #4111H, Pull Side w/ Hold Open DOOR STOP — Ives 1438, Floor Mounted THRESHOLD — 1/2' x 5' Aluminum Smooth Surface Saddle Pemko 154A (Or Equal) SOUND GASKET — Pemko 319CN Both Sides and Top AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOM — Pemko 412CPKL Surface Mounted SET G: HINGES — Stanley F179 4-1/2' x 4-1/2' Butt, 1 -1/2 Pair LOCKSET -- Best, Privacy Set 93K- 7— L- 9 —C —STK -626 DOOR CLOSER — LG2i 0041, Push Side SET It HINGES — Stanley 422329 - 2060 —R, 2 Pair 4-1/2' x 4" Butt, Tamper Proof HARDWARE — Detex Alarm and Panic Hardware #V40xEB DOOR CLOSER — LCN #4041, Push Side PULL HANDLE — Stanley #SP482, Tenant Side PEEP HOLE— Is #698, 190' Viewer DOOR STOP — Ives #438, Floor Mounted FLOOR SWEEP — Pemko 180614 SET J: HINGES — Stanley F179 4-1/2' x 4-1/2' Butts, 1 -1/2 Pair LOCKSET -- Best, Passage Set 93K- 7— N- 9 —C —STK -626 DOOR CLOSER — LCN #4041H Pull Side KICK PLATE — 8"H x 34'W US26D, Both Sides DOOR STOP — Ives #438, Floor Mounted SET K HINGES — Stanley F179 4 --1/2" x 4-1/2" Butts, 1 -1/2 Pair LOCKSET — Best, Classroom Set 93K -7 —R -9 —C—STK -626 DOOR STOP — Ives #438, Floor Mounted NOTE SEE SHEET A -2.1 FOR DOOR DETAILS 08100 — DOORS & FRAMES Door Schedule 0 1 2 4 8 FEET A/A-1 SEE DETAILS FOR FRAME io co CD as Acoustical Window 0 1 2 4 1 FEET 3' -10 1/4' CSR ` 0) NOTE ROUGH OPENING FOR WINDOW TO BE 2' -5'W AND 6' -1'H. T.G.C. TO VERIFY WITH WINDOW MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2' -8' NOTE WINDOW ASSEMBLY TO BE FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. NOTE: ACOUSTICAL WINDOW ASSEMBLY TO BE STC 50 (OR EQUAL) AS MANUFACTURED BY ACOUSTIC SYSTEMS (800) 749 -1460 NOTE SEE DETAIL 8/A -2.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. EXAM ROOM DOOR THREE REQUIRED — Fumished by Tenant and Installed by T.G.C. Opposite Swings — See Plan DOOR: Flush Metal Acoustical Door & Frame Assembly STC 47 (OR EQUAL) As Manufactured By Acoustic Systems (800) 749 -1460 HARDWARE: SET A FRAME: Welded Steel (By Door Manufacturer) 6 1/8" Jamb Depth NOTE: SEE DETAILS 5, 6 & 7/A -2.1 DOOR: HARDWARE FRAME: 3' -4" 3' -0" NOTE: ROUGH OPENING FOR DOOR TO BE 3' -6 5/8'W x 6' -11 9/16 "H. T.G.C. TO VERIFY ROUGH OPENING WITH DOOR MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. ACOUSTICAL SAFETY GLAZING TO BE 1/4' X 1/4' PLUG IN CLEAR LAMINATED SAFETY GLASS DOOR AND FRAME ARE PREFINISHED OTE: T.G.C. TO TOUCH UP AFTER INSTALLATION WITH TOUCH UP KIT PROVIDED BY DOOR FABRICATOR. TOP OF CONCRETE i s NOTE REFER TO PLAN FOR CORRECT SWING ORIENTATION. BOTH SIDES KICK PLATE TOP OF CONCRETE s BREAKROOM DOOR ONE REQUIRED — Fumished and Installed by T.G.C. Flush Wood 1 -3/4" Solid Core SET J Flush Metal, KD. 18 GA. Equal Rabbets 4 7/8" Jamb Depth ACOUSTICAL SAFETY GLAZING TO BE 1/4' X 1/4' PLUG IN CLEAR LAMINATED SAFETY GLASS NOTE WINDOW FRAME IS PREFNISHED T.G.C. TO TOUCH UP AFTER INSTALLATION WITH TOUCH UP KIT PROVIDED BY DOOR/WINDOW FABRICATOR. METAL FRAME TOP OF ACOUSTICAL MEMBRANE NOTE - T.G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW TENANT IDENTIFICATION SIGNAGE ON REAR FACE OF EGRESS = DOOR PER LANDLORD i-- REQUIREMENTS. 3' -4" 2 r r 30' X 48' /MIN. CLEAR FLOOR 1 AREA ATE SINK 1 1 1 i\ 1' -3' A /A -1 NOTE SEE DETAIL 3/A -21 & 4/A -21 54' X 60' MIN. CLEAR FLOOR AREA (SIDE APPROACH) • BOTH SIDES BOTH SIDES SALES AREA/ DEMO ROOM DOOR TOILET ROOM DOOR 1/4 LAMINATED DARK GRAY SAFETY GLASS (14X UGHT TRANSMITTANCE) TOP OF CONCRETE ONE REQUIRED — Fumished and instilled by T.G.C. DOOR: Rush Wood 1 -3/4" Solid Core HARDWARE: SET E FRAME Wood 6 1/8" Jamb Depth - - - BOTH SIDES DOOR & FRAME 1' UNDER CUT ONE REQUIRED — Fumished and Installed by T.G.C. DOOR: Flush Wood 1 -3/4" Solid Core HARDWARE: SET G FRAME Flush Metal, KD 18 GA. Equal Rabbets 4 7/8' Jamb Depth 3' -4" 3' -0' DOOR CLOSER FLOOR SWEEP 5' -0' 32' MIN. CLEAR 3' -0" i CLEAR • 7-6' HOLD \ TOP OF CONCRETE PEEP HOLE 0 60" A.F.F. PULL HANDLE PANIC EXIT DEVICE EGRESS \SERVICE DOOR ONE REQUIRED — Furnished and Installed by T.G.C. DOOR — Flush hollow metal, (60 Min. Rated) HARDWARE — SET H FRAME — Flush Metal KD (60 Min. Rated) 18 GA. Equal Rabbets 7 1/4" Jamb Depth 24' MIN. CLEAR \ TOILET ROOM \ ce ' U 5' -0y DIA. MIN. CLEAR FLOOR AREA 5' -0' 3' -6" CLEAR MIN. BREAK ROOM Enlarged Partial Floor PIan 1-1 0 .5 1 2 4 FI:.±I t:o 117 8 3' -0' a � I I 10 T.G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL UNISEX HANDICAP ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE, ADJACENT TO LATCH SIDE OF DOOR 0 60' A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE ENAMEL (TENANT SIDE) TOP OF CONCRETE I r CLEAR MIN. / y_ 3' -0" KITCHENETTE 0 1p CONSULTATION ONE REQUIRED — Fumished and Installed by T.G.C. DOOR: Flush Wood 1 -3/4" Solid Core, 135' swing HARDWARE: SET C FRAME Flush Metal, KD 18 GA. Equal Rabbets 4 7/8' Jamb Depth 1' -6 HOLD 3' -4' 3' -0" d • VERTICAL GRAB BAR REFRIGERATOR BOTH SIDES TOP OF CONCRETE 1 BOTH SIDES 1' UNDERCUT TOP OF CONCRETE TEL /DATA CLOSET DOOR ONE REQUIRED — Fumished and Installed by T.G.C. DOOR: Flush Wood 1 -3/4' Solid Core HARDWARE SET K FRAME Flush Metal, KO 18 GA. Equal Rabbets 4 7/8" Jamb Depth r 1 1 Mitt C 0 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 1 ? [UUd PERMIT CENTER SHEET NUMBER A -1 SHEET 3 OF 18 1 li i I . 7711 r MALL BULK HEAD 3/4"x3/4' BLACK METAL U- CHANNEL REVEAL TOP AND SIDES OF STOREFRONT 4' HIGH RADIUSES METAL BAND TO MATCH PMS 1375 (ORANGE MATTE FINISH) 1 3/4" HIGH GLAZING CHANNEL, TIP. INSTALL WITH TIGHT SEAMS AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE BREAK METAL ABUTS BREAK METAL STYLMARK 6' HIGH BASE LEASE UNE LANDLORD NEUTRAL PIER LEASE UNE .040 BREAK METALTO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY MATTE FINISH) LEASE UNE 1/2' TEMPERED GLAZING GLAZING CLIPS AT 4' -0' AND 8' 0' MALL NEUTRAL PIER 3" HIGH FROSTED WHITE VINYL LOGO MOUNTED TO INSIDE FACE OF GLAZING 0 30" A.F.F. TO CExNTERUINE 6' HIGH GLAZING CHANNEL, TYP. ZoundsHearing.c ndsHelring.com ZoundsHearing.com NOTE: T.G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL 3 /4'X3 /4' BLACK METAL U-- CHANNEL REVEALS AT TOP AND SIDES OF TENANT STOREFRONT. NOTE SIGN CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO TENANT AND LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. Storefront Elevation I .5 1 2 4 FEET NOTE T.G.C. TO INSTALL MALL FLOOR TILE BETWEEN LEASE UNE AND CLOSURE UNE. Storefront Floor Plan H l I I .5 1 2 4 FEET NOTE TENANT TO FURNISH AND T.G.C. TO INSTALL BREAK METAL AND RADIUSED 4" HIGH BANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. NOTE: SIGN CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL SIGN BACKER PANEL AND SIGN LETTERS AT STOREFRONT. NOTE LEASE LINE IS CONSTRUCTED ON A 287' -1' RADIUS PER THE LANDLORD'S LOD. NOTE: T.G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY SIZE AND CONDITION OF MALL NEUTRAL PIERS AT START OF CONSTRUCTION, AND NOTIFY THE TENANTS PROJECT MANAGER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN EXISTING CONDITIONS AND THESE PLANS. 4' HIGH RADIUSED METAL BAND TO MATCH PMS 1375 (ORANGE MATTE FINISH) .040 BREAK METAL BACKER PANEL TO MATCH PMS 2 (LIGHT WARM GRAY MATTE FINISH) FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANTS SIGN CONTRACTOR 14' PIN - MOUNTED HALO LIT REVERSE CHANNEL LETTERS TO MATCH PMS 1375 (ORANGE MATTE FINISH) 5' HIGH, 1/2' THICK, SINTRA LETTERS, TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY MATTE FINISH) BREAK METAL TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY MATTE FINISH) SIGN CONTRACTOR TO RETURN BREAK METAL TO 6' BEHIND LEASE UNE ON EXPOSED SIDES OF SIGN SUSPENDED BANNERS ATTACHED TO CABLE SECURED TO CEILING AND FLOOR. TYP. AT 2 LOCATIONS MALL NEUTRAL PIER LEASE LINE STYLMARK 6' HIGH BASE O DOP)1( CODE COMP ._. APPROV MA`I1 VA City Of "WO BUILDING DIVISION J O N 0 2 u'1 N C a Co N Co / CO M � W 0 U) RECEIVED CITY OF TUKMMLA MAY 1 ?_ 2008 RMIT CENTER SHEET NUMBER A -1.1 SHEET 4 OF 18 SOFFIT FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT 11' -4' A.F.F. SOFFIT FINISHED GERING HEIGHT A.F.F. NOTE T.G.C. TO INSTALL GYPSUM BOARD TO DECK ON TENANT SIDE OF LANDLORD BULKHEAD. 0 6 0 • SIGN SOFFIT Section 011 BEYOND r 6 1/4' NOTE SIGN CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. H I I 0 2 4 8 16 INCHES Ai • OD • 0 0 wrAFAFACIAPANSPI mmmumemummouraugdmommummorannirtil 1 NOTE STOREFRONT FRAMING TO ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. BRACE AS REQUIRED. DO NOT ATTACH TO LANDLORD SOFFIT OR DECK. Q 011 1 - 1' 0 0 2' 1 1/2' 6 1/2' MAX. 3' BEYOND BEYOND 8 ' ti STOREFRONT PIER 1' -4' 2' —O' EXISTING MALL SOFFIT NOTE STOREFRONT SIGN LETTERS AND SIGN BACKER PANEL TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANTS SIGN CONTRACTOR. S UNDERSIDE OF MALL SOFFIT A.F.F. EXISTING RADIUSED METAL BAND SEE A /A -1.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 'ZOUNDS' PIN — MOUNTED HALO UT REVERSE CHANNEL LETTERS SEE A /A -1.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SIGN BACKER PANEL SEE A /A -1.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 3-5/8' X 6' 20 GA. BOX BEAM TYP. OF 2 INSTALL BREAK METAL UP AT BOTTOM OF SIGN PANEL AND EXTEND 2' BEYOND EDGE OF GYP. BD. NOTE. PAINT ROLL—UP GRILLE RETURNS BLACK. LEASE UNE FINISHED FLOOR 10 5/8' 3 SIDES 3 SIDES LEASE UNE MALL NEUTRAL PIER IA ±7 3/4' 0 NOTE: SEE SHEET A -2 FOR INTERIOR FINISHES. STOREFRONT ASSEMBLY Typical Detail H 0 2 4 8 16 INCHES 1/8' AIR SPACE, NO SILICONE AT VERTICAL SEAMS, TYP. NOTE: FACE OF TENANT PIER TO BE CONSTRUCTED ON LEASE UNE SOFFIT FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT gl 11' -4' A.F.F. STOREFRONT ASSEMBLY Typical Detail H HH I 0 2 4 8 16 INCHES NOTE: T.G.C. TO INSTALL GYPSUM BOARD TO DECK ON TENANT SIDE LANDLORD BULKHEAD. NOTE STOREFRONT FRAMING TO ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. BRACE AS REQUIRED. DO NOT ATTACH TO LANDLORD SOFFIT OR DECK STOREFRONT GLAZING Section 0 2 4 8 16 INCHES ti ti 1/8' AIR SPACE, NO SILICONE AT VERTICAL SEAMS, TYP. LEASE UNE UNDERSIDE OF MALL SOFFIT 13' -7' A.F.F. EXISTING RADIUSED METAL BAND SEE A /A -1.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. SOFFIT 5 - 0 TOP OF GLAZING CHANNEL 11'-4' A.F.F. BREAK METAL TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY MATTE FINISH) SIGN CONTRACTOR TO RETURN BREAK METAL TO FACE OF PIER ON SIGN BACKER PANEL BREAK METAL ON PIER BEYOND TO MATCH PIS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY MATTE FINISH) FINISHED FLOOR DOO 9 3/8' NOTE: SEE SHEET A -2 FOR INTERIOR FINISHES. STOREFRONT ASSEMBLY ypical Detail 4 8 16 INCHES NOTE: FACE OF TENANT PIER TO BE CONSTRUCTED ON LEASE UNE MALL NEUTRAL PIER STOREFRONT ASSEMBLY Typical Detail 2 4 8 INCHES STOREFRONT ASSEMBLY Typical Detail 2 4 8 INCHES Note Key FINISHED FLOOR HILTI SDF -22 SERIES FASTENER 0 24' O.C. 11' -4" A.F.F. TOP OF GLAZING CHANNEL RETURN BREAK METAL TO FACE OF GLAZING CHANNEL NOTE: FASTEN TOP CHANNEL TO SOFFIT WITH #8 TEK SCREWS 0 16' O.C. -RtVitiaD FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPRO MAY Is DOB City Of TuMi1a BUILDING DIVISION O 5/8" Fire Code Sheetrock ® 1/2" Fire Retardant M.D.F. Board Q .040 Break Metal — See Elevation A /A -1.1 for additional information. ® 3 5/8" Metal Stud (20 Ga. Minimum at 16" O.C.) ® Suspended Gypsum Board Ceiling System With Hang Wire 4'-0" O.C. Each Way Suspend From Structure Above ® Existing Framing Q Existing Gypsum Board ® 1/2" Tempered Glazing — 1/8" Air Space At Vertical Joints — No Silicone Typ. See Specification 08410 on Sheet N -1 Q 6" High x 2" Wide Glazing Channel with Anchor. See Specification 08410 on Sheet N -1 10 1 3/4" High x 2" Wide Glazing Channel. See Specification 08410 on Sheet N -1 N/A 0 1 5/8" Metal Stud (20 Ga. Minimum) © Reserved 13 Reserved 14 Wood Blocking (Fire Retardant) 15 Neoprene Gasket 16 Reserved © 3 5/8" Metal Track N/A 18 6 Metal Stud at 16" O.C. (20 GA. Minimum) N/A 19 3" X 3" Metal Grille Tube (or as sized per grille supplier) N/A ©0 Manual Roll —up Grille N/A 21 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/8" U— Channel with Black Anodized Finish N/A ® Metal Feature Strip with Brushed Metal Finish See Specifications on Sheet A -2 © Glazing Vinyl, Inside and Outside — See Specifications on Sheet N -1 N/A `E'J 2 1/2" Metal Stud (20 Ga. Minimum at 16 Q.C.) @ 3/4 x 3/4 x 1/8" Black Metal U-- Channel ® Down Light beyond Q Existing Landlord Neutral Pier & finish to remain. N/A ® 6" High Mall Tile Base N/A ® 8" Metal Stud (16GA. Min.) N/A ® Corner Bead 0 Storefront Sign Furnished and Installed by Tenant's Sign Contractor 30 6" High x 3/4" wide Metal Trim. See Specification 08410 on Sheet N -1 N/A 0 6" Metal Track. CD Q 0 (n L ° 0 C.—) I F— (LJ/nJ� L1_1 V J c J O cu 7 H a 0 0 1e1 co N O D 0 m C N 0) C ol RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 12 2008 RMIT CENTER SHEET NUMBER A -1.2 SHEET 5 OF 18 J 0 2 SIDES 60 2 SIDES 0 2 SIDES 0 SOFFIT FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT 11' -4' A.F.F. SOFFIT FINISHED GERING HEIGHT A.F.F. NOTE T.G.C. TO INSTALL GYPSUM BOARD TO DECK ON TENANT SIDE OF LANDLORD BULKHEAD. 0 6 0 • SIGN SOFFIT Section 011 BEYOND r 6 1/4' NOTE SIGN CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. H I I 0 2 4 8 16 INCHES Ai • OD • 0 0 wrAFAFACIAPANSPI mmmumemummouraugdmommummorannirtil 1 NOTE STOREFRONT FRAMING TO ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. BRACE AS REQUIRED. DO NOT ATTACH TO LANDLORD SOFFIT OR DECK. Q 011 1 - 1' 0 0 2' 1 1/2' 6 1/2' MAX. 3' BEYOND BEYOND 8 ' ti STOREFRONT PIER 1' -4' 2' —O' EXISTING MALL SOFFIT NOTE STOREFRONT SIGN LETTERS AND SIGN BACKER PANEL TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANTS SIGN CONTRACTOR. S UNDERSIDE OF MALL SOFFIT A.F.F. EXISTING RADIUSED METAL BAND SEE A /A -1.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 'ZOUNDS' PIN — MOUNTED HALO UT REVERSE CHANNEL LETTERS SEE A /A -1.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SIGN BACKER PANEL SEE A /A -1.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 3-5/8' X 6' 20 GA. BOX BEAM TYP. OF 2 INSTALL BREAK METAL UP AT BOTTOM OF SIGN PANEL AND EXTEND 2' BEYOND EDGE OF GYP. BD. NOTE. PAINT ROLL—UP GRILLE RETURNS BLACK. LEASE UNE FINISHED FLOOR 10 5/8' 3 SIDES 3 SIDES LEASE UNE MALL NEUTRAL PIER IA ±7 3/4' 0 NOTE: SEE SHEET A -2 FOR INTERIOR FINISHES. STOREFRONT ASSEMBLY Typical Detail H 0 2 4 8 16 INCHES 1/8' AIR SPACE, NO SILICONE AT VERTICAL SEAMS, TYP. NOTE: FACE OF TENANT PIER TO BE CONSTRUCTED ON LEASE UNE SOFFIT FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT gl 11' -4' A.F.F. STOREFRONT ASSEMBLY Typical Detail H HH I 0 2 4 8 16 INCHES NOTE: T.G.C. TO INSTALL GYPSUM BOARD TO DECK ON TENANT SIDE LANDLORD BULKHEAD. NOTE STOREFRONT FRAMING TO ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. BRACE AS REQUIRED. DO NOT ATTACH TO LANDLORD SOFFIT OR DECK STOREFRONT GLAZING Section 0 2 4 8 16 INCHES ti ti 1/8' AIR SPACE, NO SILICONE AT VERTICAL SEAMS, TYP. LEASE UNE UNDERSIDE OF MALL SOFFIT 13' -7' A.F.F. EXISTING RADIUSED METAL BAND SEE A /A -1.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. SOFFIT 5 - 0 TOP OF GLAZING CHANNEL 11'-4' A.F.F. BREAK METAL TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY MATTE FINISH) SIGN CONTRACTOR TO RETURN BREAK METAL TO FACE OF PIER ON SIGN BACKER PANEL BREAK METAL ON PIER BEYOND TO MATCH PIS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY MATTE FINISH) FINISHED FLOOR DOO 9 3/8' NOTE: SEE SHEET A -2 FOR INTERIOR FINISHES. STOREFRONT ASSEMBLY ypical Detail 4 8 16 INCHES NOTE: FACE OF TENANT PIER TO BE CONSTRUCTED ON LEASE UNE MALL NEUTRAL PIER STOREFRONT ASSEMBLY Typical Detail 2 4 8 INCHES STOREFRONT ASSEMBLY Typical Detail 2 4 8 INCHES Note Key FINISHED FLOOR HILTI SDF -22 SERIES FASTENER 0 24' O.C. 11' -4" A.F.F. TOP OF GLAZING CHANNEL RETURN BREAK METAL TO FACE OF GLAZING CHANNEL NOTE: FASTEN TOP CHANNEL TO SOFFIT WITH #8 TEK SCREWS 0 16' O.C. -RtVitiaD FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPRO MAY Is DOB City Of TuMi1a BUILDING DIVISION O 5/8" Fire Code Sheetrock ® 1/2" Fire Retardant M.D.F. Board Q .040 Break Metal — See Elevation A /A -1.1 for additional information. ® 3 5/8" Metal Stud (20 Ga. Minimum at 16" O.C.) ® Suspended Gypsum Board Ceiling System With Hang Wire 4'-0" O.C. Each Way Suspend From Structure Above ® Existing Framing Q Existing Gypsum Board ® 1/2" Tempered Glazing — 1/8" Air Space At Vertical Joints — No Silicone Typ. See Specification 08410 on Sheet N -1 Q 6" High x 2" Wide Glazing Channel with Anchor. See Specification 08410 on Sheet N -1 10 1 3/4" High x 2" Wide Glazing Channel. See Specification 08410 on Sheet N -1 N/A 0 1 5/8" Metal Stud (20 Ga. Minimum) © Reserved 13 Reserved 14 Wood Blocking (Fire Retardant) 15 Neoprene Gasket 16 Reserved © 3 5/8" Metal Track N/A 18 6 Metal Stud at 16" O.C. (20 GA. Minimum) N/A 19 3" X 3" Metal Grille Tube (or as sized per grille supplier) N/A ©0 Manual Roll —up Grille N/A 21 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/8" U— Channel with Black Anodized Finish N/A ® Metal Feature Strip with Brushed Metal Finish See Specifications on Sheet A -2 © Glazing Vinyl, Inside and Outside — See Specifications on Sheet N -1 N/A `E'J 2 1/2" Metal Stud (20 Ga. Minimum at 16 Q.C.) @ 3/4 x 3/4 x 1/8" Black Metal U-- Channel ® Down Light beyond Q Existing Landlord Neutral Pier & finish to remain. N/A ® 6" High Mall Tile Base N/A ® 8" Metal Stud (16GA. Min.) N/A ® Corner Bead 0 Storefront Sign Furnished and Installed by Tenant's Sign Contractor 30 6" High x 3/4" wide Metal Trim. See Specification 08410 on Sheet N -1 N/A 0 6" Metal Track. CD Q 0 (n L ° 0 C.—) I F— (LJ/nJ� L1_1 V J c J O cu 7 H a 0 0 1e1 co N O D 0 m C N 0) C ol RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 12 2008 RMIT CENTER SHEET NUMBER A -1.2 SHEET 5 OF 18 J J I 1 1] / N El 3'-10" 0 •00 1 - Ft 0660 1 / „9 —,9 GRAPHIC LIFE 36 ° I HIC 0 . \ " - 01Hdd89 JO d01 / I + .9 — .3 C. SS303a uFEiTYLE GRAHIC 3fi 0 GRAPHIC 30x46 42' PLASMA _ 42 - 1 i 15 x I " ART _ /` PLAN A 2 ° I o '6- o • / 5 I `/ f A T _ 1 0 0. 0 ■ I I SIMU DON 2 — 2 1, 1 3/4" HIGH GLAZING CHANNEL 3/4- TEMPERED GLAZIN GLAZING CLIP, TYP. SUSPENDED BANNER, TYP. OF 2 6' HIGH GLAZING CHANNEL TIP. 3' HIGH FROSTED REVERSE VINYL ZoundsHec ing.c:om LOGO MOUNTED TO THE INSIDE FACE OF GLASS - CENTER LOGO ON GLAZING ® 30' A.F.F. 6" HIGH STYLI 6" HIGH BASE `N� 6' HI GLAZING CHANNEL, TYP. NOTE: ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. STOREFRONT Interior Elevation NOTE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. 8 FEET SALES AREA TEL /DATA Interior Elevation I_I I 2 4 • 8 FEET RESTAURANT SIMULATION ROOM Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET 0 4" PAINT BAND 2' PAINT BAND 16" PAINT BAND / / +3� El / LETTERS MOUNTED TO INSIDE FACE OF GLASS AT 5 -0' A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE C? I I— CD LiJ (0 Z I � 0 Lai Co I.� PAINT BACK WALL OF RECESS PAINT RETURNS 0 WALL MOUNTED 42' PLASMA TELEVISION INSTALLED WITHIN 6" DEEP RECESS IN WALL RECESSED OF 2 WALL SPEAKER, TYP. w 1 F J w 0. 4 } C- 0 0 o- 0 s C3 A /A -1 EQUAL EQ. ©p BREAK METAL TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY) SALES AREA AT AUDIOMETRIC EXAM SUITES Interior Elevation 1 2 EAR DISPLAY 30x46 EQUAL , COUNTER WITH SUPPORT LEG WALL SCONCE 0 7' -0' A.F.F. TO BOTTOM, TYP. OF 2 ARTWORK WITH RESTAURANT MOTIF, FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY T.G.C. SUSPENDED "DAILY SPECIALS" MENU BOARD, FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. NOTE: T.G.C. TO PAINT SPEAKER GRILLES TO MATCH WALL. WALL MIRROR - SEE SHEET N -1 FOR SPECIFICATION CHAIR RAIL RADIUS FRONT TABLE, FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY T.G.C. NOTE 8' HIGH MIRROR TO HAVE J- CHANNEL INSTALLED ALONG THE TOP, BOTTOM, AND ENDS AS INDICATED ON SHEET N -1. ENDS OF MIRROR TO ALIGN WITH EDGE OF TABLE. NOTE: RESTAURANT CHAIR RAIL TO BE 3/4" WIDE X 8" HIGH WOOD TRIM WITH 1/4' X 1/4' CHAMFER TOP AND BOTTOM. CHAIR RAIL TO VERTICALLY ALIGN WITH 8' HIGH MIRROR. CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8 FEET ACOUSTICAL VIINDOW ASSEMBLY, TYP. OF 3, SEE DETAIL 1/A -1 s I J [L = a 0 La- 0- 0 e A /A -1 EQ. STYLMARK 6' HIGH BASE 3/4- TEMPERED GLAZING — BREAK METAL TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY) EQ. . - , EQ. HEALTH GRAPHIC 30x46 El ©© 0 1 2 4 OUTLINE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND EQ. ©p • 3' -10' WALL RECESS DISPLAY FIXTURE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT NOTE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. SALES AREA AT LOUNGE Interior Elevation H � , 2 4 DEMO ROOM Di Interior Elevation H I--i 8 FEET CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 2 4 8 FEET PAINT BACKWALL OF RECESS PAINT RETURNS WALL MOUNTED 42' PLASMA TELEVISION INSTALLED WITHIN RECESS IN WALL EQ. I— = CD El C, !aJ 0 9_ CV E A /A -1 EQ. ©© 8' HIGH, 1/2" THICK, SINIRA 'ZOUNDS' LOGO TO MATCH PANTONE 1375 W/BLACK EDGES OUTLINE OF 4'Hx5'Wx5 /8' F.R. PLYWOOD BENEATH OUTSIDE LAYER OF GYP. BD., FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. 50' WALL MOUNTED PLASMA SCREEN WALL MOUNTED SPEAKERS TYP. OF 3 NOTE T.G.C. TO PAINT SPEAKER GRILLES TO MATCH WALL MEDIA CABINET FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY G.C. PAINT RETURNS AND A 6' PERIMETER OF THE BACK WALL WITHIN RECESS is Belie ALL RECESS El 5' HIGH, 1/2" THICK, SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 6' ABOVE TOP OF RECESS PRODUCT DISPLAY FIXTURE WITH INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED LIGHT BOX SALES AREA AT PRODUCT DISPLAY Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET 2 A /A -1 0 1 2 1 EQ. ACOUSTICAL WINDOW ASSEMBLY, SEE DETAIL 1/A-1. 6' -0" AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM Interior Elevation H II o t 2 4 8 FEET © Q DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation 4 8 FEET Q EQ. 5" HIGH, 1/2 THICK SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 6' FROM TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL 5" HIGH, 1/2" THICK SINTRA LEIIUNS, CENTERED AT 6' ABOVE OPENING. PAINT BACK WALL OF RECESS PAINT RETURNS ORANGE PLEXI PANEL TO MATCH PMS 1375, PIN MOUNTED 1" OFF FACE OF WALL TECHNICAL GRAPHIC ATTACHED TO PLEXI PANEL TOUCH SCREEN MONITOR SHELF OUTUNE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND 1 --6' B O ©© 8" HIGH, 1/2' THICK, SINTRA 'ZOUNDS' LOGO TO MATCH PANTONE 1375 (ORANGE) W/BLACK EDGES 3' HIGH, 1/4' THICK SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 4" ABOVE TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL 4' PAINT BAND 2' PAINT BAND 1� 16" PAINT BAND MISSION STATEMENT DISPLAY PANEL CASHWRAP FIXTURE WITH LOWER COUNTER TO MEET ACCESSIBIUTY REQUIREMENTS • 0 El [L Q co 0 0 a NOTE T.G.C. TO PAINT SPEAKER GRILLES TO MATCH WALL NOTE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. PRODUCT DISPLAY PANEL, SEE SHEET F -1 Hear The Dfference 3'-0" WALL RECESS El -02 7,0 W U c0 ua r . EQ. .1. AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM E2 Interior Elevation A A -1 / k-1 2 4 8 FEET 5" HIGH, 1/2" THICK SINTRA LETTERS AT 8' -6' A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED #542 -48- 04/0 - 550-15 4' BEIGE NAUGAHYDE ROPE X318 POST - 15 FINISH He& This See The F Dference TECHNICAL PHONE DISPLAY 30x46 DISPLAY FIXTURE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT SALES AREA AT INTERACTIVE /DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8I I FEET © Q NOTE NOTE PAINT BANDS TO CONTINUE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. BEHIND GRAPHIC PANELS. CASHWRAP AREA Interior Elevation I- R s 6 i O U, ? 1 - CO 8 FEET Q. 0 O 1- // / OUTLINE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND LIFESTYLE GRAPHIC 36x60 ©© ©© 4 El 2' El UFESTYLE GRAPHIC 36x60 El DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation H FI I EQ. LIFESTYLE GRAPHIC 36x60 8 FEET HEALTH GRAPHIC 30x46 8 op EQ. EQ. AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM Interior Elevation 1401E INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED 1711 7WX11H SIGN HOLDER - 15 FINISH INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED LAWRENCE METAL #511 WALL PLATE - 1S FINISH 4 "x4 "x1/2' THICK BLOCK WITH CHAMFERED EDGES. PAINT TO MATCH WALL, TYP. OF 2 DRINKING WATER FOUNTAIN WITH CUP HOLDER, SEE PLUMBING PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 8 FEET 3' HIGH, 1/4- THICK, SINTRA LETTERS, LETTERS TO BE 4' ABOVE TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL EMPLOYEE LICENSE DISPLAY PANEL, FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY T.G.C. 0 CD x J I� U I— _ CD w = CD a W a C.) <0 � CO w 0 CID T- CV U, $ r EQUAL c iD 8 DARK GREY SMOKE GLASS SALES AREA AT TOILET ROOM Interior Elevation OUTLINE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND EAR GRAPHIC 30x46 SALES AREA AT RESTAURANT Interior Elevation 2 4 SHOW START AND STOP BUTTON, SEE SHEET 1D-1 LUTRON DIMMER PACK, SEE SHEET E -1 LI DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation H 0 1 2 4 8 FEET Dos EQUAL EXAM ROOM COUNTER WITH SUPPORT LEG AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8 FEET / 5' HIGH, 1/2' THICK, SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 6' FROM TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL State- o#-the-Art Technology TECHNICAL DISPLAY 30x46 TECHNICAL DISPLAY 30x46 • TECHNICAL DISPLAY 30x46 LI ©© 4 8 FEET El 8 FEET ' ©� STYLMARK 6' HIGH BASE Bun ©© BREAK METAL TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY) GODS COMPLIANC APPRO SAN 13'MB Cif Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET General Notes INTERIOR ELEVATIONS NOTE: SEE SHEET A -3 FOR FINISH SCHEDULES. NOTE: INTERIOR SIGNAGE AND GRAPHIC PANELS TO BE CENTERED HORIZONTALLY ON FACE OF WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. NOTE: SEE FIXTURE PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING TENANT FIXTURES. NOTE: INTERIOR SIGN LETTER COLOR TO BE WARM DARK GRAY MATTE FINISH TO MATCH PMS 10. "ZOUNDS" LOGO COLOR TO BE ORANGE MATTE FINISH TO MATCH PMS 1375. NOTE: 3" HIGH INTERIOR SIGN LETTERS TO BE 1/4" THICK SINTRA LETTERS. ALL OTHER INTERIOR SIGN LETTERS AND LOGO'S TO BE 1/2" THICK SINTRA LETTERS. NOTE: VERIFY SIGN LETTER TEXT AND LOCATIONS WITH TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 1 2 2008 PERMIT CENTER C Q Co O't ! ' W Co A G 3 . td 0 C co Co CO CO a) (15' 0 / a) ( J SHEET NUMBER A -2 SHEET 6 OF '18 Southcenter PROJECT COORDINATION: STORE NO: 1000 REVISED PER LANDLORD DATE: 2/26/08 CHECKED: CM DRAWN BY: r r Fil / N El 3'-10" 0 •00 1 Ft 0660 . ° / EQ i ' EQ. EQ.' EQ.. VII LL RECESS Ay . \ " / 9" 36.8- x30.2- GRAPHIC 30x46 _ 42 - 1 15 x I " ART _ /` PLAN A ART 1 / 1 m r z a 0- 1 5 I x Co i A T _ 1 0 0. 0 ■ I I SIMU DON 2 2 2 1 - R 1 3/4" HIGH GLAZING CHANNEL 3/4- TEMPERED GLAZIN GLAZING CLIP, TYP. SUSPENDED BANNER, TYP. OF 2 6' HIGH GLAZING CHANNEL TIP. 3' HIGH FROSTED REVERSE VINYL ZoundsHec ing.c:om LOGO MOUNTED TO THE INSIDE FACE OF GLASS - CENTER LOGO ON GLAZING ® 30' A.F.F. 6" HIGH STYLI 6" HIGH BASE `N� 6' HI GLAZING CHANNEL, TYP. NOTE: ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. STOREFRONT Interior Elevation NOTE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. 8 FEET SALES AREA TEL /DATA Interior Elevation I_I I 2 4 • 8 FEET RESTAURANT SIMULATION ROOM Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET 0 4" PAINT BAND 2' PAINT BAND 16" PAINT BAND / / +3� El / LETTERS MOUNTED TO INSIDE FACE OF GLASS AT 5 -0' A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE C? I I— CD LiJ (0 Z I � 0 Lai Co I.� PAINT BACK WALL OF RECESS PAINT RETURNS 0 WALL MOUNTED 42' PLASMA TELEVISION INSTALLED WITHIN 6" DEEP RECESS IN WALL RECESSED OF 2 WALL SPEAKER, TYP. w 1 F J w 0. 4 } C- 0 0 o- 0 s C3 A /A -1 EQUAL EQ. ©p BREAK METAL TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY) SALES AREA AT AUDIOMETRIC EXAM SUITES Interior Elevation 1 2 EAR DISPLAY 30x46 EQUAL , COUNTER WITH SUPPORT LEG WALL SCONCE 0 7' -0' A.F.F. TO BOTTOM, TYP. OF 2 ARTWORK WITH RESTAURANT MOTIF, FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY T.G.C. SUSPENDED "DAILY SPECIALS" MENU BOARD, FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. NOTE: T.G.C. TO PAINT SPEAKER GRILLES TO MATCH WALL. WALL MIRROR - SEE SHEET N -1 FOR SPECIFICATION CHAIR RAIL RADIUS FRONT TABLE, FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY T.G.C. NOTE 8' HIGH MIRROR TO HAVE J- CHANNEL INSTALLED ALONG THE TOP, BOTTOM, AND ENDS AS INDICATED ON SHEET N -1. ENDS OF MIRROR TO ALIGN WITH EDGE OF TABLE. NOTE: RESTAURANT CHAIR RAIL TO BE 3/4" WIDE X 8" HIGH WOOD TRIM WITH 1/4' X 1/4' CHAMFER TOP AND BOTTOM. CHAIR RAIL TO VERTICALLY ALIGN WITH 8' HIGH MIRROR. CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8 FEET ACOUSTICAL VIINDOW ASSEMBLY, TYP. OF 3, SEE DETAIL 1/A -1 s I J [L = a 0 La- 0- 0 e A /A -1 EQ. STYLMARK 6' HIGH BASE 3/4- TEMPERED GLAZING — BREAK METAL TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY) EQ. . - , EQ. HEALTH GRAPHIC 30x46 El ©© 0 1 2 4 OUTLINE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND EQ. ©p • 3' -10' WALL RECESS DISPLAY FIXTURE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT NOTE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. SALES AREA AT LOUNGE Interior Elevation H � , 2 4 DEMO ROOM Di Interior Elevation H I--i 8 FEET CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 2 4 8 FEET PAINT BACKWALL OF RECESS PAINT RETURNS WALL MOUNTED 42' PLASMA TELEVISION INSTALLED WITHIN RECESS IN WALL EQ. I— = CD El C, !aJ 0 9_ CV E A /A -1 EQ. ©© 8' HIGH, 1/2" THICK, SINIRA 'ZOUNDS' LOGO TO MATCH PANTONE 1375 W/BLACK EDGES OUTLINE OF 4'Hx5'Wx5 /8' F.R. PLYWOOD BENEATH OUTSIDE LAYER OF GYP. BD., FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. 50' WALL MOUNTED PLASMA SCREEN WALL MOUNTED SPEAKERS TYP. OF 3 NOTE T.G.C. TO PAINT SPEAKER GRILLES TO MATCH WALL MEDIA CABINET FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY G.C. PAINT RETURNS AND A 6' PERIMETER OF THE BACK WALL WITHIN RECESS is Belie ALL RECESS El 5' HIGH, 1/2" THICK, SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 6' ABOVE TOP OF RECESS PRODUCT DISPLAY FIXTURE WITH INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED LIGHT BOX SALES AREA AT PRODUCT DISPLAY Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET 2 A /A -1 0 1 2 1 EQ. ACOUSTICAL WINDOW ASSEMBLY, SEE DETAIL 1/A-1. 6' -0" AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM Interior Elevation H II o t 2 4 8 FEET © Q DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation 4 8 FEET Q EQ. 5" HIGH, 1/2 THICK SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 6' FROM TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL 5" HIGH, 1/2" THICK SINTRA LEIIUNS, CENTERED AT 6' ABOVE OPENING. PAINT BACK WALL OF RECESS PAINT RETURNS ORANGE PLEXI PANEL TO MATCH PMS 1375, PIN MOUNTED 1" OFF FACE OF WALL TECHNICAL GRAPHIC ATTACHED TO PLEXI PANEL TOUCH SCREEN MONITOR SHELF OUTUNE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND 1 --6' B O ©© 8" HIGH, 1/2' THICK, SINTRA 'ZOUNDS' LOGO TO MATCH PANTONE 1375 (ORANGE) W/BLACK EDGES 3' HIGH, 1/4' THICK SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 4" ABOVE TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL 4' PAINT BAND 2' PAINT BAND 1� 16" PAINT BAND MISSION STATEMENT DISPLAY PANEL CASHWRAP FIXTURE WITH LOWER COUNTER TO MEET ACCESSIBIUTY REQUIREMENTS • 0 El [L Q co 0 0 a NOTE T.G.C. TO PAINT SPEAKER GRILLES TO MATCH WALL NOTE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. PRODUCT DISPLAY PANEL, SEE SHEET F -1 Hear The Dfference 3'-0" WALL RECESS El -02 7,0 W U c0 ua r . EQ. .1. AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM E2 Interior Elevation A A -1 / k-1 2 4 8 FEET 5" HIGH, 1/2" THICK SINTRA LETTERS AT 8' -6' A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED #542 -48- 04/0 - 550-15 4' BEIGE NAUGAHYDE ROPE X318 POST - 15 FINISH He& This See The F Dference TECHNICAL PHONE DISPLAY 30x46 DISPLAY FIXTURE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT SALES AREA AT INTERACTIVE /DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8I I FEET © Q NOTE NOTE PAINT BANDS TO CONTINUE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. BEHIND GRAPHIC PANELS. CASHWRAP AREA Interior Elevation I- R s 6 i O U, ? 1 - CO 8 FEET Q. 0 O 1- // / OUTLINE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND LIFESTYLE GRAPHIC 36x60 ©© ©© 4 El 2' El UFESTYLE GRAPHIC 36x60 El DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation H FI I EQ. LIFESTYLE GRAPHIC 36x60 8 FEET HEALTH GRAPHIC 30x46 8 op EQ. EQ. AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM Interior Elevation 1401E INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED 1711 7WX11H SIGN HOLDER - 15 FINISH INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED LAWRENCE METAL #511 WALL PLATE - 1S FINISH 4 "x4 "x1/2' THICK BLOCK WITH CHAMFERED EDGES. PAINT TO MATCH WALL, TYP. OF 2 DRINKING WATER FOUNTAIN WITH CUP HOLDER, SEE PLUMBING PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 8 FEET 3' HIGH, 1/4- THICK, SINTRA LETTERS, LETTERS TO BE 4' ABOVE TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL EMPLOYEE LICENSE DISPLAY PANEL, FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY T.G.C. 0 CD x J I� U I— _ CD w = CD a W a C.) <0 � CO w 0 CID T- CV U, $ r EQUAL c iD 8 DARK GREY SMOKE GLASS SALES AREA AT TOILET ROOM Interior Elevation OUTLINE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND EAR GRAPHIC 30x46 SALES AREA AT RESTAURANT Interior Elevation 2 4 SHOW START AND STOP BUTTON, SEE SHEET 1D-1 LUTRON DIMMER PACK, SEE SHEET E -1 LI DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation H 0 1 2 4 8 FEET Dos EQUAL EXAM ROOM COUNTER WITH SUPPORT LEG AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8 FEET / 5' HIGH, 1/2' THICK, SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 6' FROM TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL State- o#-the-Art Technology TECHNICAL DISPLAY 30x46 TECHNICAL DISPLAY 30x46 • TECHNICAL DISPLAY 30x46 LI ©© 4 8 FEET El 8 FEET ' ©� STYLMARK 6' HIGH BASE Bun ©© BREAK METAL TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY) GODS COMPLIANC APPRO SAN 13'MB Cif Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET General Notes INTERIOR ELEVATIONS NOTE: SEE SHEET A -3 FOR FINISH SCHEDULES. NOTE: INTERIOR SIGNAGE AND GRAPHIC PANELS TO BE CENTERED HORIZONTALLY ON FACE OF WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. NOTE: SEE FIXTURE PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING TENANT FIXTURES. NOTE: INTERIOR SIGN LETTER COLOR TO BE WARM DARK GRAY MATTE FINISH TO MATCH PMS 10. "ZOUNDS" LOGO COLOR TO BE ORANGE MATTE FINISH TO MATCH PMS 1375. NOTE: 3" HIGH INTERIOR SIGN LETTERS TO BE 1/4" THICK SINTRA LETTERS. ALL OTHER INTERIOR SIGN LETTERS AND LOGO'S TO BE 1/2" THICK SINTRA LETTERS. NOTE: VERIFY SIGN LETTER TEXT AND LOCATIONS WITH TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 1 2 2008 PERMIT CENTER C Q Co O't ! ' W Co A G 3 . td 0 C co Co CO CO a) (15' 0 / a) ( J SHEET NUMBER A -2 SHEET 6 OF '18 Southcenter PROJECT COORDINATION: STORE NO: 1000 REVISED PER LANDLORD DATE: 2/26/08 CHECKED: CM DRAWN BY: r r C� / N 1 I i co 0 •00 1 o r —.>/1111101. I.i:erred 1 Teem 0660 . ° �� I 1 .. UFESTYIE GRAPHIC 30x46 LIFESTYLE . \ I C C / \ GRAPHIC 30x46 GRAPHIC 30x46 / 1 1 `OPEN TO / / 1 m r z a 0- 1 5 I x Co i A T _ 1 0 0. 0 ■ I I SIMU DON R / \\. / . . --// 1 3/4" HIGH GLAZING CHANNEL 3/4- TEMPERED GLAZIN GLAZING CLIP, TYP. SUSPENDED BANNER, TYP. OF 2 6' HIGH GLAZING CHANNEL TIP. 3' HIGH FROSTED REVERSE VINYL ZoundsHec ing.c:om LOGO MOUNTED TO THE INSIDE FACE OF GLASS - CENTER LOGO ON GLAZING ® 30' A.F.F. 6" HIGH STYLI 6" HIGH BASE `N� 6' HI GLAZING CHANNEL, TYP. NOTE: ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. STOREFRONT Interior Elevation NOTE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. 8 FEET SALES AREA TEL /DATA Interior Elevation I_I I 2 4 • 8 FEET RESTAURANT SIMULATION ROOM Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET 0 4" PAINT BAND 2' PAINT BAND 16" PAINT BAND / / +3� El / LETTERS MOUNTED TO INSIDE FACE OF GLASS AT 5 -0' A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE C? I I— CD LiJ (0 Z I � 0 Lai Co I.� PAINT BACK WALL OF RECESS PAINT RETURNS 0 WALL MOUNTED 42' PLASMA TELEVISION INSTALLED WITHIN 6" DEEP RECESS IN WALL RECESSED OF 2 WALL SPEAKER, TYP. w 1 F J w 0. 4 } C- 0 0 o- 0 s C3 A /A -1 EQUAL EQ. ©p BREAK METAL TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY) SALES AREA AT AUDIOMETRIC EXAM SUITES Interior Elevation 1 2 EAR DISPLAY 30x46 EQUAL , COUNTER WITH SUPPORT LEG WALL SCONCE 0 7' -0' A.F.F. TO BOTTOM, TYP. OF 2 ARTWORK WITH RESTAURANT MOTIF, FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY T.G.C. SUSPENDED "DAILY SPECIALS" MENU BOARD, FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. NOTE: T.G.C. TO PAINT SPEAKER GRILLES TO MATCH WALL. WALL MIRROR - SEE SHEET N -1 FOR SPECIFICATION CHAIR RAIL RADIUS FRONT TABLE, FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY T.G.C. NOTE 8' HIGH MIRROR TO HAVE J- CHANNEL INSTALLED ALONG THE TOP, BOTTOM, AND ENDS AS INDICATED ON SHEET N -1. ENDS OF MIRROR TO ALIGN WITH EDGE OF TABLE. NOTE: RESTAURANT CHAIR RAIL TO BE 3/4" WIDE X 8" HIGH WOOD TRIM WITH 1/4' X 1/4' CHAMFER TOP AND BOTTOM. CHAIR RAIL TO VERTICALLY ALIGN WITH 8' HIGH MIRROR. CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8 FEET ACOUSTICAL VIINDOW ASSEMBLY, TYP. OF 3, SEE DETAIL 1/A -1 s I J [L = a 0 La- 0- 0 e A /A -1 EQ. STYLMARK 6' HIGH BASE 3/4- TEMPERED GLAZING — BREAK METAL TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY) EQ. . - , EQ. HEALTH GRAPHIC 30x46 El ©© 0 1 2 4 OUTLINE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND EQ. ©p • 3' -10' WALL RECESS DISPLAY FIXTURE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT NOTE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. SALES AREA AT LOUNGE Interior Elevation H � , 2 4 DEMO ROOM Di Interior Elevation H I--i 8 FEET CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 2 4 8 FEET PAINT BACKWALL OF RECESS PAINT RETURNS WALL MOUNTED 42' PLASMA TELEVISION INSTALLED WITHIN RECESS IN WALL EQ. I— = CD El C, !aJ 0 9_ CV E A /A -1 EQ. ©© 8' HIGH, 1/2" THICK, SINIRA 'ZOUNDS' LOGO TO MATCH PANTONE 1375 W/BLACK EDGES OUTLINE OF 4'Hx5'Wx5 /8' F.R. PLYWOOD BENEATH OUTSIDE LAYER OF GYP. BD., FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. 50' WALL MOUNTED PLASMA SCREEN WALL MOUNTED SPEAKERS TYP. OF 3 NOTE T.G.C. TO PAINT SPEAKER GRILLES TO MATCH WALL MEDIA CABINET FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY G.C. PAINT RETURNS AND A 6' PERIMETER OF THE BACK WALL WITHIN RECESS is Belie ALL RECESS El 5' HIGH, 1/2" THICK, SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 6' ABOVE TOP OF RECESS PRODUCT DISPLAY FIXTURE WITH INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED LIGHT BOX SALES AREA AT PRODUCT DISPLAY Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET 2 A /A -1 0 1 2 1 EQ. ACOUSTICAL WINDOW ASSEMBLY, SEE DETAIL 1/A-1. 6' -0" AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM Interior Elevation H II o t 2 4 8 FEET © Q DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation 4 8 FEET Q EQ. 5" HIGH, 1/2 THICK SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 6' FROM TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL 5" HIGH, 1/2" THICK SINTRA LEIIUNS, CENTERED AT 6' ABOVE OPENING. PAINT BACK WALL OF RECESS PAINT RETURNS ORANGE PLEXI PANEL TO MATCH PMS 1375, PIN MOUNTED 1" OFF FACE OF WALL TECHNICAL GRAPHIC ATTACHED TO PLEXI PANEL TOUCH SCREEN MONITOR SHELF OUTUNE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND 1 --6' B O ©© 8" HIGH, 1/2' THICK, SINTRA 'ZOUNDS' LOGO TO MATCH PANTONE 1375 (ORANGE) W/BLACK EDGES 3' HIGH, 1/4' THICK SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 4" ABOVE TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL 4' PAINT BAND 2' PAINT BAND 1� 16" PAINT BAND MISSION STATEMENT DISPLAY PANEL CASHWRAP FIXTURE WITH LOWER COUNTER TO MEET ACCESSIBIUTY REQUIREMENTS • 0 El [L Q co 0 0 a NOTE T.G.C. TO PAINT SPEAKER GRILLES TO MATCH WALL NOTE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. PRODUCT DISPLAY PANEL, SEE SHEET F -1 Hear The Dfference 3'-0" WALL RECESS El -02 7,0 W U c0 ua r . EQ. .1. AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM E2 Interior Elevation A A -1 / k-1 2 4 8 FEET 5" HIGH, 1/2" THICK SINTRA LETTERS AT 8' -6' A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED #542 -48- 04/0 - 550-15 4' BEIGE NAUGAHYDE ROPE X318 POST - 15 FINISH He& This See The F Dference TECHNICAL PHONE DISPLAY 30x46 DISPLAY FIXTURE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT SALES AREA AT INTERACTIVE /DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8I I FEET © Q NOTE NOTE PAINT BANDS TO CONTINUE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. BEHIND GRAPHIC PANELS. CASHWRAP AREA Interior Elevation I- R s 6 i O U, ? 1 - CO 8 FEET Q. 0 O 1- // / OUTLINE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND LIFESTYLE GRAPHIC 36x60 ©© ©© 4 El 2' El UFESTYLE GRAPHIC 36x60 El DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation H FI I EQ. LIFESTYLE GRAPHIC 36x60 8 FEET HEALTH GRAPHIC 30x46 8 op EQ. EQ. AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM Interior Elevation 1401E INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED 1711 7WX11H SIGN HOLDER - 15 FINISH INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED LAWRENCE METAL #511 WALL PLATE - 1S FINISH 4 "x4 "x1/2' THICK BLOCK WITH CHAMFERED EDGES. PAINT TO MATCH WALL, TYP. OF 2 DRINKING WATER FOUNTAIN WITH CUP HOLDER, SEE PLUMBING PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 8 FEET 3' HIGH, 1/4- THICK, SINTRA LETTERS, LETTERS TO BE 4' ABOVE TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL EMPLOYEE LICENSE DISPLAY PANEL, FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY T.G.C. 0 CD x J I� U I— _ CD w = CD a W a C.) <0 � CO w 0 CID T- CV U, $ r EQUAL c iD 8 DARK GREY SMOKE GLASS SALES AREA AT TOILET ROOM Interior Elevation OUTLINE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND EAR GRAPHIC 30x46 SALES AREA AT RESTAURANT Interior Elevation 2 4 SHOW START AND STOP BUTTON, SEE SHEET 1D-1 LUTRON DIMMER PACK, SEE SHEET E -1 LI DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation H 0 1 2 4 8 FEET Dos EQUAL EXAM ROOM COUNTER WITH SUPPORT LEG AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8 FEET / 5' HIGH, 1/2' THICK, SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 6' FROM TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL State- o#-the-Art Technology TECHNICAL DISPLAY 30x46 TECHNICAL DISPLAY 30x46 • TECHNICAL DISPLAY 30x46 LI ©© 4 8 FEET El 8 FEET ' ©� STYLMARK 6' HIGH BASE Bun ©© BREAK METAL TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY) GODS COMPLIANC APPRO SAN 13'MB Cif Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET General Notes INTERIOR ELEVATIONS NOTE: SEE SHEET A -3 FOR FINISH SCHEDULES. NOTE: INTERIOR SIGNAGE AND GRAPHIC PANELS TO BE CENTERED HORIZONTALLY ON FACE OF WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. NOTE: SEE FIXTURE PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING TENANT FIXTURES. NOTE: INTERIOR SIGN LETTER COLOR TO BE WARM DARK GRAY MATTE FINISH TO MATCH PMS 10. "ZOUNDS" LOGO COLOR TO BE ORANGE MATTE FINISH TO MATCH PMS 1375. NOTE: 3" HIGH INTERIOR SIGN LETTERS TO BE 1/4" THICK SINTRA LETTERS. ALL OTHER INTERIOR SIGN LETTERS AND LOGO'S TO BE 1/2" THICK SINTRA LETTERS. NOTE: VERIFY SIGN LETTER TEXT AND LOCATIONS WITH TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 1 2 2008 PERMIT CENTER C Q Co O't ! ' W Co A G 3 . td 0 C co Co CO CO a) (15' 0 / a) ( J SHEET NUMBER A -2 SHEET 6 OF '18 Southcenter PROJECT COORDINATION: STORE NO: 1000 REVISED PER LANDLORD DATE: 2/26/08 CHECKED: CM DRAWN BY: r r C� / N 1 I i co 0 •00 1 o r —.>/1111101. I.i:erred 1 Teem 0660 . ° �� I . .. LIFESTYLE .. UFESTYIE GRAPHIC 30x46 LIFESTYLE . D P I C C GRAPHIC 30x46 GRAPHIC 30x46 1 m r z a 0- 1 5 I x Co i _ 1 0 0. 0 ■ I I ." 1 3/4" HIGH GLAZING CHANNEL 3/4- TEMPERED GLAZIN GLAZING CLIP, TYP. SUSPENDED BANNER, TYP. OF 2 6' HIGH GLAZING CHANNEL TIP. 3' HIGH FROSTED REVERSE VINYL ZoundsHec ing.c:om LOGO MOUNTED TO THE INSIDE FACE OF GLASS - CENTER LOGO ON GLAZING ® 30' A.F.F. 6" HIGH STYLI 6" HIGH BASE `N� 6' HI GLAZING CHANNEL, TYP. NOTE: ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. STOREFRONT Interior Elevation NOTE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. 8 FEET SALES AREA TEL /DATA Interior Elevation I_I I 2 4 • 8 FEET RESTAURANT SIMULATION ROOM Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET 0 4" PAINT BAND 2' PAINT BAND 16" PAINT BAND / / +3� El / LETTERS MOUNTED TO INSIDE FACE OF GLASS AT 5 -0' A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE C? I I— CD LiJ (0 Z I � 0 Lai Co I.� PAINT BACK WALL OF RECESS PAINT RETURNS 0 WALL MOUNTED 42' PLASMA TELEVISION INSTALLED WITHIN 6" DEEP RECESS IN WALL RECESSED OF 2 WALL SPEAKER, TYP. w 1 F J w 0. 4 } C- 0 0 o- 0 s C3 A /A -1 EQUAL EQ. ©p BREAK METAL TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY) SALES AREA AT AUDIOMETRIC EXAM SUITES Interior Elevation 1 2 EAR DISPLAY 30x46 EQUAL , COUNTER WITH SUPPORT LEG WALL SCONCE 0 7' -0' A.F.F. TO BOTTOM, TYP. OF 2 ARTWORK WITH RESTAURANT MOTIF, FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY T.G.C. SUSPENDED "DAILY SPECIALS" MENU BOARD, FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. NOTE: T.G.C. TO PAINT SPEAKER GRILLES TO MATCH WALL. WALL MIRROR - SEE SHEET N -1 FOR SPECIFICATION CHAIR RAIL RADIUS FRONT TABLE, FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY T.G.C. NOTE 8' HIGH MIRROR TO HAVE J- CHANNEL INSTALLED ALONG THE TOP, BOTTOM, AND ENDS AS INDICATED ON SHEET N -1. ENDS OF MIRROR TO ALIGN WITH EDGE OF TABLE. NOTE: RESTAURANT CHAIR RAIL TO BE 3/4" WIDE X 8" HIGH WOOD TRIM WITH 1/4' X 1/4' CHAMFER TOP AND BOTTOM. CHAIR RAIL TO VERTICALLY ALIGN WITH 8' HIGH MIRROR. CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8 FEET ACOUSTICAL VIINDOW ASSEMBLY, TYP. OF 3, SEE DETAIL 1/A -1 s I J [L = a 0 La- 0- 0 e A /A -1 EQ. STYLMARK 6' HIGH BASE 3/4- TEMPERED GLAZING — BREAK METAL TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY) EQ. . - , EQ. HEALTH GRAPHIC 30x46 El ©© 0 1 2 4 OUTLINE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND EQ. ©p • 3' -10' WALL RECESS DISPLAY FIXTURE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT NOTE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. SALES AREA AT LOUNGE Interior Elevation H � , 2 4 DEMO ROOM Di Interior Elevation H I--i 8 FEET CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 2 4 8 FEET PAINT BACKWALL OF RECESS PAINT RETURNS WALL MOUNTED 42' PLASMA TELEVISION INSTALLED WITHIN RECESS IN WALL EQ. I— = CD El C, !aJ 0 9_ CV E A /A -1 EQ. ©© 8' HIGH, 1/2" THICK, SINIRA 'ZOUNDS' LOGO TO MATCH PANTONE 1375 W/BLACK EDGES OUTLINE OF 4'Hx5'Wx5 /8' F.R. PLYWOOD BENEATH OUTSIDE LAYER OF GYP. BD., FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. 50' WALL MOUNTED PLASMA SCREEN WALL MOUNTED SPEAKERS TYP. OF 3 NOTE T.G.C. TO PAINT SPEAKER GRILLES TO MATCH WALL MEDIA CABINET FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY G.C. PAINT RETURNS AND A 6' PERIMETER OF THE BACK WALL WITHIN RECESS is Belie ALL RECESS El 5' HIGH, 1/2" THICK, SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 6' ABOVE TOP OF RECESS PRODUCT DISPLAY FIXTURE WITH INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED LIGHT BOX SALES AREA AT PRODUCT DISPLAY Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET 2 A /A -1 0 1 2 1 EQ. ACOUSTICAL WINDOW ASSEMBLY, SEE DETAIL 1/A-1. 6' -0" AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM Interior Elevation H II o t 2 4 8 FEET © Q DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation 4 8 FEET Q EQ. 5" HIGH, 1/2 THICK SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 6' FROM TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL 5" HIGH, 1/2" THICK SINTRA LEIIUNS, CENTERED AT 6' ABOVE OPENING. PAINT BACK WALL OF RECESS PAINT RETURNS ORANGE PLEXI PANEL TO MATCH PMS 1375, PIN MOUNTED 1" OFF FACE OF WALL TECHNICAL GRAPHIC ATTACHED TO PLEXI PANEL TOUCH SCREEN MONITOR SHELF OUTUNE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND 1 --6' B O ©© 8" HIGH, 1/2' THICK, SINTRA 'ZOUNDS' LOGO TO MATCH PANTONE 1375 (ORANGE) W/BLACK EDGES 3' HIGH, 1/4' THICK SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 4" ABOVE TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL 4' PAINT BAND 2' PAINT BAND 1� 16" PAINT BAND MISSION STATEMENT DISPLAY PANEL CASHWRAP FIXTURE WITH LOWER COUNTER TO MEET ACCESSIBIUTY REQUIREMENTS • 0 El [L Q co 0 0 a NOTE T.G.C. TO PAINT SPEAKER GRILLES TO MATCH WALL NOTE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. PRODUCT DISPLAY PANEL, SEE SHEET F -1 Hear The Dfference 3'-0" WALL RECESS El -02 7,0 W U c0 ua r . EQ. .1. AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM E2 Interior Elevation A A -1 / k-1 2 4 8 FEET 5" HIGH, 1/2" THICK SINTRA LETTERS AT 8' -6' A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED #542 -48- 04/0 - 550-15 4' BEIGE NAUGAHYDE ROPE X318 POST - 15 FINISH He& This See The F Dference TECHNICAL PHONE DISPLAY 30x46 DISPLAY FIXTURE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT SALES AREA AT INTERACTIVE /DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8I I FEET © Q NOTE NOTE PAINT BANDS TO CONTINUE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. BEHIND GRAPHIC PANELS. CASHWRAP AREA Interior Elevation I- R s 6 i O U, ? 1 - CO 8 FEET Q. 0 O 1- // / OUTLINE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND LIFESTYLE GRAPHIC 36x60 ©© ©© 4 El 2' El UFESTYLE GRAPHIC 36x60 El DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation H FI I EQ. LIFESTYLE GRAPHIC 36x60 8 FEET HEALTH GRAPHIC 30x46 8 op EQ. EQ. AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM Interior Elevation 1401E INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED 1711 7WX11H SIGN HOLDER - 15 FINISH INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED LAWRENCE METAL #511 WALL PLATE - 1S FINISH 4 "x4 "x1/2' THICK BLOCK WITH CHAMFERED EDGES. PAINT TO MATCH WALL, TYP. OF 2 DRINKING WATER FOUNTAIN WITH CUP HOLDER, SEE PLUMBING PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 8 FEET 3' HIGH, 1/4- THICK, SINTRA LETTERS, LETTERS TO BE 4' ABOVE TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL EMPLOYEE LICENSE DISPLAY PANEL, FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY T.G.C. 0 CD x J I� U I— _ CD w = CD a W a C.) <0 � CO w 0 CID T- CV U, $ r EQUAL c iD 8 DARK GREY SMOKE GLASS SALES AREA AT TOILET ROOM Interior Elevation OUTLINE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND EAR GRAPHIC 30x46 SALES AREA AT RESTAURANT Interior Elevation 2 4 SHOW START AND STOP BUTTON, SEE SHEET 1D-1 LUTRON DIMMER PACK, SEE SHEET E -1 LI DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation H 0 1 2 4 8 FEET Dos EQUAL EXAM ROOM COUNTER WITH SUPPORT LEG AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8 FEET / 5' HIGH, 1/2' THICK, SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 6' FROM TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL State- o#-the-Art Technology TECHNICAL DISPLAY 30x46 TECHNICAL DISPLAY 30x46 • TECHNICAL DISPLAY 30x46 LI ©© 4 8 FEET El 8 FEET ' ©� STYLMARK 6' HIGH BASE Bun ©© BREAK METAL TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY) GODS COMPLIANC APPRO SAN 13'MB Cif Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET General Notes INTERIOR ELEVATIONS NOTE: SEE SHEET A -3 FOR FINISH SCHEDULES. NOTE: INTERIOR SIGNAGE AND GRAPHIC PANELS TO BE CENTERED HORIZONTALLY ON FACE OF WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. NOTE: SEE FIXTURE PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING TENANT FIXTURES. NOTE: INTERIOR SIGN LETTER COLOR TO BE WARM DARK GRAY MATTE FINISH TO MATCH PMS 10. "ZOUNDS" LOGO COLOR TO BE ORANGE MATTE FINISH TO MATCH PMS 1375. NOTE: 3" HIGH INTERIOR SIGN LETTERS TO BE 1/4" THICK SINTRA LETTERS. ALL OTHER INTERIOR SIGN LETTERS AND LOGO'S TO BE 1/2" THICK SINTRA LETTERS. NOTE: VERIFY SIGN LETTER TEXT AND LOCATIONS WITH TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 1 2 2008 PERMIT CENTER C Q Co O't ! ' W Co A G 3 . td 0 C co Co CO CO a) (15' 0 / a) ( J SHEET NUMBER A -2 SHEET 6 OF '18 Southcenter PROJECT COORDINATION: STORE NO: 1000 REVISED PER LANDLORD DATE: 2/26/08 CHECKED: CM DRAWN BY: r r I a X moa.pn' =bnuoS E r I / N 0 •00 moa.pniveHabnuca 0000 0660 . �� I g - BOTTOM OF SOFFIT 1 3/4" HIGH GLAZING CHANNEL 3/4- TEMPERED GLAZIN GLAZING CLIP, TYP. SUSPENDED BANNER, TYP. OF 2 6' HIGH GLAZING CHANNEL TIP. 3' HIGH FROSTED REVERSE VINYL ZoundsHec ing.c:om LOGO MOUNTED TO THE INSIDE FACE OF GLASS - CENTER LOGO ON GLAZING ® 30' A.F.F. 6" HIGH STYLI 6" HIGH BASE `N� 6' HI GLAZING CHANNEL, TYP. NOTE: ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. STOREFRONT Interior Elevation NOTE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. 8 FEET SALES AREA TEL /DATA Interior Elevation I_I I 2 4 • 8 FEET RESTAURANT SIMULATION ROOM Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET 0 4" PAINT BAND 2' PAINT BAND 16" PAINT BAND / / +3� El / LETTERS MOUNTED TO INSIDE FACE OF GLASS AT 5 -0' A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE C? I I— CD LiJ (0 Z I � 0 Lai Co I.� PAINT BACK WALL OF RECESS PAINT RETURNS 0 WALL MOUNTED 42' PLASMA TELEVISION INSTALLED WITHIN 6" DEEP RECESS IN WALL RECESSED OF 2 WALL SPEAKER, TYP. w 1 F J w 0. 4 } C- 0 0 o- 0 s C3 A /A -1 EQUAL EQ. ©p BREAK METAL TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY) SALES AREA AT AUDIOMETRIC EXAM SUITES Interior Elevation 1 2 EAR DISPLAY 30x46 EQUAL , COUNTER WITH SUPPORT LEG WALL SCONCE 0 7' -0' A.F.F. TO BOTTOM, TYP. OF 2 ARTWORK WITH RESTAURANT MOTIF, FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY T.G.C. SUSPENDED "DAILY SPECIALS" MENU BOARD, FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. NOTE: T.G.C. TO PAINT SPEAKER GRILLES TO MATCH WALL. WALL MIRROR - SEE SHEET N -1 FOR SPECIFICATION CHAIR RAIL RADIUS FRONT TABLE, FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY T.G.C. NOTE 8' HIGH MIRROR TO HAVE J- CHANNEL INSTALLED ALONG THE TOP, BOTTOM, AND ENDS AS INDICATED ON SHEET N -1. ENDS OF MIRROR TO ALIGN WITH EDGE OF TABLE. NOTE: RESTAURANT CHAIR RAIL TO BE 3/4" WIDE X 8" HIGH WOOD TRIM WITH 1/4' X 1/4' CHAMFER TOP AND BOTTOM. CHAIR RAIL TO VERTICALLY ALIGN WITH 8' HIGH MIRROR. CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8 FEET ACOUSTICAL VIINDOW ASSEMBLY, TYP. OF 3, SEE DETAIL 1/A -1 s I J [L = a 0 La- 0- 0 e A /A -1 EQ. STYLMARK 6' HIGH BASE 3/4- TEMPERED GLAZING — BREAK METAL TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY) EQ. . - , EQ. HEALTH GRAPHIC 30x46 El ©© 0 1 2 4 OUTLINE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND EQ. ©p • 3' -10' WALL RECESS DISPLAY FIXTURE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT NOTE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. SALES AREA AT LOUNGE Interior Elevation H � , 2 4 DEMO ROOM Di Interior Elevation H I--i 8 FEET CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 2 4 8 FEET PAINT BACKWALL OF RECESS PAINT RETURNS WALL MOUNTED 42' PLASMA TELEVISION INSTALLED WITHIN RECESS IN WALL EQ. I— = CD El C, !aJ 0 9_ CV E A /A -1 EQ. ©© 8' HIGH, 1/2" THICK, SINIRA 'ZOUNDS' LOGO TO MATCH PANTONE 1375 W/BLACK EDGES OUTLINE OF 4'Hx5'Wx5 /8' F.R. PLYWOOD BENEATH OUTSIDE LAYER OF GYP. BD., FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. 50' WALL MOUNTED PLASMA SCREEN WALL MOUNTED SPEAKERS TYP. OF 3 NOTE T.G.C. TO PAINT SPEAKER GRILLES TO MATCH WALL MEDIA CABINET FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY G.C. PAINT RETURNS AND A 6' PERIMETER OF THE BACK WALL WITHIN RECESS is Belie ALL RECESS El 5' HIGH, 1/2" THICK, SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 6' ABOVE TOP OF RECESS PRODUCT DISPLAY FIXTURE WITH INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED LIGHT BOX SALES AREA AT PRODUCT DISPLAY Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET 2 A /A -1 0 1 2 1 EQ. ACOUSTICAL WINDOW ASSEMBLY, SEE DETAIL 1/A-1. 6' -0" AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM Interior Elevation H II o t 2 4 8 FEET © Q DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation 4 8 FEET Q EQ. 5" HIGH, 1/2 THICK SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 6' FROM TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL 5" HIGH, 1/2" THICK SINTRA LEIIUNS, CENTERED AT 6' ABOVE OPENING. PAINT BACK WALL OF RECESS PAINT RETURNS ORANGE PLEXI PANEL TO MATCH PMS 1375, PIN MOUNTED 1" OFF FACE OF WALL TECHNICAL GRAPHIC ATTACHED TO PLEXI PANEL TOUCH SCREEN MONITOR SHELF OUTUNE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND 1 --6' B O ©© 8" HIGH, 1/2' THICK, SINTRA 'ZOUNDS' LOGO TO MATCH PANTONE 1375 (ORANGE) W/BLACK EDGES 3' HIGH, 1/4' THICK SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 4" ABOVE TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL 4' PAINT BAND 2' PAINT BAND 1� 16" PAINT BAND MISSION STATEMENT DISPLAY PANEL CASHWRAP FIXTURE WITH LOWER COUNTER TO MEET ACCESSIBIUTY REQUIREMENTS • 0 El [L Q co 0 0 a NOTE T.G.C. TO PAINT SPEAKER GRILLES TO MATCH WALL NOTE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. PRODUCT DISPLAY PANEL, SEE SHEET F -1 Hear The Dfference 3'-0" WALL RECESS El -02 7,0 W U c0 ua r . EQ. .1. AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM E2 Interior Elevation A A -1 / k-1 2 4 8 FEET 5" HIGH, 1/2" THICK SINTRA LETTERS AT 8' -6' A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED #542 -48- 04/0 - 550-15 4' BEIGE NAUGAHYDE ROPE X318 POST - 15 FINISH He& This See The F Dference TECHNICAL PHONE DISPLAY 30x46 DISPLAY FIXTURE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT SALES AREA AT INTERACTIVE /DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8I I FEET © Q NOTE NOTE PAINT BANDS TO CONTINUE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. BEHIND GRAPHIC PANELS. CASHWRAP AREA Interior Elevation I- R s 6 i O U, ? 1 - CO 8 FEET Q. 0 O 1- // / OUTLINE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND LIFESTYLE GRAPHIC 36x60 ©© ©© 4 El 2' El UFESTYLE GRAPHIC 36x60 El DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation H FI I EQ. LIFESTYLE GRAPHIC 36x60 8 FEET HEALTH GRAPHIC 30x46 8 op EQ. EQ. AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM Interior Elevation 1401E INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED 1711 7WX11H SIGN HOLDER - 15 FINISH INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED LAWRENCE METAL #511 WALL PLATE - 1S FINISH 4 "x4 "x1/2' THICK BLOCK WITH CHAMFERED EDGES. PAINT TO MATCH WALL, TYP. OF 2 DRINKING WATER FOUNTAIN WITH CUP HOLDER, SEE PLUMBING PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 8 FEET 3' HIGH, 1/4- THICK, SINTRA LETTERS, LETTERS TO BE 4' ABOVE TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL EMPLOYEE LICENSE DISPLAY PANEL, FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY T.G.C. 0 CD x J I� U I— _ CD w = CD a W a C.) <0 � CO w 0 CID T- CV U, $ r EQUAL c iD 8 DARK GREY SMOKE GLASS SALES AREA AT TOILET ROOM Interior Elevation OUTLINE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND EAR GRAPHIC 30x46 SALES AREA AT RESTAURANT Interior Elevation 2 4 SHOW START AND STOP BUTTON, SEE SHEET 1D-1 LUTRON DIMMER PACK, SEE SHEET E -1 LI DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation H 0 1 2 4 8 FEET Dos EQUAL EXAM ROOM COUNTER WITH SUPPORT LEG AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8 FEET / 5' HIGH, 1/2' THICK, SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 6' FROM TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL State- o#-the-Art Technology TECHNICAL DISPLAY 30x46 TECHNICAL DISPLAY 30x46 • TECHNICAL DISPLAY 30x46 LI ©© 4 8 FEET El 8 FEET ' ©� STYLMARK 6' HIGH BASE Bun ©© BREAK METAL TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY) GODS COMPLIANC APPRO SAN 13'MB Cif Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET General Notes INTERIOR ELEVATIONS NOTE: SEE SHEET A -3 FOR FINISH SCHEDULES. NOTE: INTERIOR SIGNAGE AND GRAPHIC PANELS TO BE CENTERED HORIZONTALLY ON FACE OF WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. NOTE: SEE FIXTURE PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING TENANT FIXTURES. NOTE: INTERIOR SIGN LETTER COLOR TO BE WARM DARK GRAY MATTE FINISH TO MATCH PMS 10. "ZOUNDS" LOGO COLOR TO BE ORANGE MATTE FINISH TO MATCH PMS 1375. NOTE: 3" HIGH INTERIOR SIGN LETTERS TO BE 1/4" THICK SINTRA LETTERS. ALL OTHER INTERIOR SIGN LETTERS AND LOGO'S TO BE 1/2" THICK SINTRA LETTERS. NOTE: VERIFY SIGN LETTER TEXT AND LOCATIONS WITH TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 1 2 2008 PERMIT CENTER C Q Co O't ! ' W Co A G 3 . td 0 C co Co CO CO a) (15' 0 / a) ( J SHEET NUMBER A -2 SHEET 6 OF '18 Southcenter PROJECT COORDINATION: STORE NO: 1000 REVISED PER LANDLORD DATE: 2/26/08 CHECKED: CM DRAWN BY: r r I a X moa.pn' =bnuoS E r I / N \ s moa.pniveHabnuca r - 1I 1 0 1i V . �� I g - BOTTOM OF SOFFIT D P 1 3/4" HIGH GLAZING CHANNEL 3/4- TEMPERED GLAZIN GLAZING CLIP, TYP. SUSPENDED BANNER, TYP. OF 2 6' HIGH GLAZING CHANNEL TIP. 3' HIGH FROSTED REVERSE VINYL ZoundsHec ing.c:om LOGO MOUNTED TO THE INSIDE FACE OF GLASS - CENTER LOGO ON GLAZING ® 30' A.F.F. 6" HIGH STYLI 6" HIGH BASE `N� 6' HI GLAZING CHANNEL, TYP. NOTE: ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. STOREFRONT Interior Elevation NOTE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. 8 FEET SALES AREA TEL /DATA Interior Elevation I_I I 2 4 • 8 FEET RESTAURANT SIMULATION ROOM Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET 0 4" PAINT BAND 2' PAINT BAND 16" PAINT BAND / / +3� El / LETTERS MOUNTED TO INSIDE FACE OF GLASS AT 5 -0' A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE C? I I— CD LiJ (0 Z I � 0 Lai Co I.� PAINT BACK WALL OF RECESS PAINT RETURNS 0 WALL MOUNTED 42' PLASMA TELEVISION INSTALLED WITHIN 6" DEEP RECESS IN WALL RECESSED OF 2 WALL SPEAKER, TYP. w 1 F J w 0. 4 } C- 0 0 o- 0 s C3 A /A -1 EQUAL EQ. ©p BREAK METAL TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY) SALES AREA AT AUDIOMETRIC EXAM SUITES Interior Elevation 1 2 EAR DISPLAY 30x46 EQUAL , COUNTER WITH SUPPORT LEG WALL SCONCE 0 7' -0' A.F.F. TO BOTTOM, TYP. OF 2 ARTWORK WITH RESTAURANT MOTIF, FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY T.G.C. SUSPENDED "DAILY SPECIALS" MENU BOARD, FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. NOTE: T.G.C. TO PAINT SPEAKER GRILLES TO MATCH WALL. WALL MIRROR - SEE SHEET N -1 FOR SPECIFICATION CHAIR RAIL RADIUS FRONT TABLE, FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY T.G.C. NOTE 8' HIGH MIRROR TO HAVE J- CHANNEL INSTALLED ALONG THE TOP, BOTTOM, AND ENDS AS INDICATED ON SHEET N -1. ENDS OF MIRROR TO ALIGN WITH EDGE OF TABLE. NOTE: RESTAURANT CHAIR RAIL TO BE 3/4" WIDE X 8" HIGH WOOD TRIM WITH 1/4' X 1/4' CHAMFER TOP AND BOTTOM. CHAIR RAIL TO VERTICALLY ALIGN WITH 8' HIGH MIRROR. CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8 FEET ACOUSTICAL VIINDOW ASSEMBLY, TYP. OF 3, SEE DETAIL 1/A -1 s I J [L = a 0 La- 0- 0 e A /A -1 EQ. STYLMARK 6' HIGH BASE 3/4- TEMPERED GLAZING — BREAK METAL TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY) EQ. . - , EQ. HEALTH GRAPHIC 30x46 El ©© 0 1 2 4 OUTLINE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND EQ. ©p • 3' -10' WALL RECESS DISPLAY FIXTURE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT NOTE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. SALES AREA AT LOUNGE Interior Elevation H � , 2 4 DEMO ROOM Di Interior Elevation H I--i 8 FEET CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 2 4 8 FEET PAINT BACKWALL OF RECESS PAINT RETURNS WALL MOUNTED 42' PLASMA TELEVISION INSTALLED WITHIN RECESS IN WALL EQ. I— = CD El C, !aJ 0 9_ CV E A /A -1 EQ. ©© 8' HIGH, 1/2" THICK, SINIRA 'ZOUNDS' LOGO TO MATCH PANTONE 1375 W/BLACK EDGES OUTLINE OF 4'Hx5'Wx5 /8' F.R. PLYWOOD BENEATH OUTSIDE LAYER OF GYP. BD., FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. 50' WALL MOUNTED PLASMA SCREEN WALL MOUNTED SPEAKERS TYP. OF 3 NOTE T.G.C. TO PAINT SPEAKER GRILLES TO MATCH WALL MEDIA CABINET FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY G.C. PAINT RETURNS AND A 6' PERIMETER OF THE BACK WALL WITHIN RECESS is Belie ALL RECESS El 5' HIGH, 1/2" THICK, SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 6' ABOVE TOP OF RECESS PRODUCT DISPLAY FIXTURE WITH INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED LIGHT BOX SALES AREA AT PRODUCT DISPLAY Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET 2 A /A -1 0 1 2 1 EQ. ACOUSTICAL WINDOW ASSEMBLY, SEE DETAIL 1/A-1. 6' -0" AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM Interior Elevation H II o t 2 4 8 FEET © Q DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation 4 8 FEET Q EQ. 5" HIGH, 1/2 THICK SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 6' FROM TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL 5" HIGH, 1/2" THICK SINTRA LEIIUNS, CENTERED AT 6' ABOVE OPENING. PAINT BACK WALL OF RECESS PAINT RETURNS ORANGE PLEXI PANEL TO MATCH PMS 1375, PIN MOUNTED 1" OFF FACE OF WALL TECHNICAL GRAPHIC ATTACHED TO PLEXI PANEL TOUCH SCREEN MONITOR SHELF OUTUNE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND 1 --6' B O ©© 8" HIGH, 1/2' THICK, SINTRA 'ZOUNDS' LOGO TO MATCH PANTONE 1375 (ORANGE) W/BLACK EDGES 3' HIGH, 1/4' THICK SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 4" ABOVE TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL 4' PAINT BAND 2' PAINT BAND 1� 16" PAINT BAND MISSION STATEMENT DISPLAY PANEL CASHWRAP FIXTURE WITH LOWER COUNTER TO MEET ACCESSIBIUTY REQUIREMENTS • 0 El [L Q co 0 0 a NOTE T.G.C. TO PAINT SPEAKER GRILLES TO MATCH WALL NOTE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. PRODUCT DISPLAY PANEL, SEE SHEET F -1 Hear The Dfference 3'-0" WALL RECESS El -02 7,0 W U c0 ua r . EQ. .1. AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM E2 Interior Elevation A A -1 / k-1 2 4 8 FEET 5" HIGH, 1/2" THICK SINTRA LETTERS AT 8' -6' A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED #542 -48- 04/0 - 550-15 4' BEIGE NAUGAHYDE ROPE X318 POST - 15 FINISH He& This See The F Dference TECHNICAL PHONE DISPLAY 30x46 DISPLAY FIXTURE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT SALES AREA AT INTERACTIVE /DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8I I FEET © Q NOTE NOTE PAINT BANDS TO CONTINUE ALL WALLS VIEWED STRAIGHT ON. BEHIND GRAPHIC PANELS. CASHWRAP AREA Interior Elevation I- R s 6 i O U, ? 1 - CO 8 FEET Q. 0 O 1- // / OUTLINE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND LIFESTYLE GRAPHIC 36x60 ©© ©© 4 El 2' El UFESTYLE GRAPHIC 36x60 El DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation H FI I EQ. LIFESTYLE GRAPHIC 36x60 8 FEET HEALTH GRAPHIC 30x46 8 op EQ. EQ. AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM Interior Elevation 1401E INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED 1711 7WX11H SIGN HOLDER - 15 FINISH INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED LAWRENCE METAL #511 WALL PLATE - 1S FINISH 4 "x4 "x1/2' THICK BLOCK WITH CHAMFERED EDGES. PAINT TO MATCH WALL, TYP. OF 2 DRINKING WATER FOUNTAIN WITH CUP HOLDER, SEE PLUMBING PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 8 FEET 3' HIGH, 1/4- THICK, SINTRA LETTERS, LETTERS TO BE 4' ABOVE TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL EMPLOYEE LICENSE DISPLAY PANEL, FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY T.G.C. 0 CD x J I� U I— _ CD w = CD a W a C.) <0 � CO w 0 CID T- CV U, $ r EQUAL c iD 8 DARK GREY SMOKE GLASS SALES AREA AT TOILET ROOM Interior Elevation OUTLINE OF SOFFIT IN FOREGROUND EAR GRAPHIC 30x46 SALES AREA AT RESTAURANT Interior Elevation 2 4 SHOW START AND STOP BUTTON, SEE SHEET 1D-1 LUTRON DIMMER PACK, SEE SHEET E -1 LI DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation H 0 1 2 4 8 FEET Dos EQUAL EXAM ROOM COUNTER WITH SUPPORT LEG AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8 FEET / 5' HIGH, 1/2' THICK, SINTRA LETTERS, BOTTOM OF LETTERS TO BE 6' FROM TOP OF DISPLAY PANEL State- o#-the-Art Technology TECHNICAL DISPLAY 30x46 TECHNICAL DISPLAY 30x46 • TECHNICAL DISPLAY 30x46 LI ©© 4 8 FEET El 8 FEET ' ©� STYLMARK 6' HIGH BASE Bun ©© BREAK METAL TO MATCH PMS 10 (DARK WARM GRAY) GODS COMPLIANC APPRO SAN 13'MB Cif Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CONSULTATION ROOM Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET General Notes INTERIOR ELEVATIONS NOTE: SEE SHEET A -3 FOR FINISH SCHEDULES. NOTE: INTERIOR SIGNAGE AND GRAPHIC PANELS TO BE CENTERED HORIZONTALLY ON FACE OF WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. NOTE: SEE FIXTURE PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING TENANT FIXTURES. NOTE: INTERIOR SIGN LETTER COLOR TO BE WARM DARK GRAY MATTE FINISH TO MATCH PMS 10. "ZOUNDS" LOGO COLOR TO BE ORANGE MATTE FINISH TO MATCH PMS 1375. NOTE: 3" HIGH INTERIOR SIGN LETTERS TO BE 1/4" THICK SINTRA LETTERS. ALL OTHER INTERIOR SIGN LETTERS AND LOGO'S TO BE 1/2" THICK SINTRA LETTERS. NOTE: VERIFY SIGN LETTER TEXT AND LOCATIONS WITH TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 1 2 2008 PERMIT CENTER C Q Co O't ! ' W Co A G 3 . td 0 C co Co CO CO a) (15' 0 / a) ( J SHEET NUMBER A -2 SHEET 6 OF '18 Southcenter PROJECT COORDINATION: STORE NO: 1000 REVISED PER LANDLORD DATE: 2/26/08 CHECKED: CM DRAWN BY: r TOP OF FRAMING 4 7/8' EQ. EQ. NOTE DOOR HEAD SIMILAR. TYP. DOOR ASSEMBLY 5/8' TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD, TIP. 3-5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. WOOD BASE BELOW, TYP. 1 Jamb Detail C /A I I 8INCHES AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM SIDE 1 -0" 14 A /A -1 H 2 4 i NOTE: SET THRESHOLD IN ACOUSTICAL FOAM FURNISHED BY DOOR FABRICATOR. T.G.C. TO PROVIDE SMOOTH LEVEL CONCRETE FLOOR SURFACE ACOUSTIC DOOR ASSEMBLY Sill Detail 0 1 2 4 8INCHES 6' -8" HOLD 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS W/ 5/8' GYP. BD. FINISH AT SIDES AND TOP `'' OF CUT -OUT TO MATCH WALL FINISH, SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FINISHES ORANGE PLEA-PANEL PIN MOUNTED 1" OFF OF FACE OF WALL SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE WITH DIMMER SWITCH 7 COUNTER W /2" BACKSPLASH, SEE SHEET F -1 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS WITH 5/8' GYP. BD. FINISHED FLOOR INTERACTIVE KIOSK Typical Section H �—I 0 .5 1 2 4 FEET INSULATE DRAIN PIPE AS INDICATED ON PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS TOILET ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8 FEET SALES SIDE ACOUSTICAL METAL DOOR SMOOTH THRESHOLD FURNISHED BY DOOR FABRICATOR AUGN FLAT THRESHOLD WITH FACE OF DOOR FRAME 0 ‘z- NOTE: CASED OPENING HEAD DETAIL IS SIMILAR. CASED OPENING SALES SIDE r C, La 1 _� , s Lai U Jamb Detail ~ 2 8INCHES 7' -6" HOLD U NOTE WINDOW HEAD SIMILAR. ACOUSTICAL WINDOW ADJUSTABLE SHELVES ABOVE, SEE DETAIL 3/F -1 - El 1 2 4 10 w 0 rz TOILET ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8 FEET 3 5/8' METAL STUD 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD KD METAL FRAME NOTE: WINDOW FRAME IS PREFINISHED T.G.C. TO TOUCH UP AFTER INSTALLATION WITH TOUCH UP KIT PROVIDED BY WINDOW FABRICATOR. NOTE: VERIFY INSTALLATION DETAIL WITH WINDOW FABRICATOR. SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND PREPARE WALL SURFACE AND ROUGH OPENING PER WINDOW FABRICATORS REQUIREMENTS. Jamb Detail 8 INCHES REFRIG. 2 AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM SIDE EN TO' INSULATE DRAIN PIPE AS INDICATED ON PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS NOTE SEE SHEET F -1 FOR CABINET INFORMATION AT KITCHENETTE AND WORK COUNTER KITCHENETTE Interior Elevation N 5/8" TYPE 'X" GYPSUM BOARD, 1W. 3" SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET 3 5/8" METAL AT 16" O.C. WOOD BASE BELOW, TYP. CONTINUOUS 3/8" DIA ACOUSTICAL CAULKING FURNISHED BY DOOR FABRICATOR WOOD BLOCKING T G C. TO PROVIDE FASTENERS AND ATTACH AT LOCATIONS AS PROVIDED FOR BY DOOR FABRICATOR RETAINING FRAME GYPSUM BOARD CORNER BEAD, TIP. CONTINUOUS 3/8" DIA. ACOUSTICAL CAULKING FURNISHED BY DOOR FABRICATOR 1/4' GLASS FILL ALL VOIDS IN HEAD AND JAMB WITH INSULATION AND SEALANT PROVIDED BY WINDOW FABRICATOR 0 4 FEET TOILET ROOM Interior Elevation 6 1/8' I j!l - AMP ■ImmaTIMm6 NOTE DOOR HEAD SIMILAR. DEMO ROOM DOOR 4 8 FEET 3 -5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16' O.C. TYP. 3" SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET FROM FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK 5/8' TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD, TYP. 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD, TYP. 3-5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. 1/4" GAP FILLED WITH ACOUSTIC CAULKING JAMB AND HEAD, TIP. WOOD BASE BELOW, TYP. FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING 2 1/2' x 3/4' CASING PAINT TO MATCH DOOR FRAME WOOD FRAME AND DOOR STOP 1/4" CHAMFER DOOR JAMB BEYOND ALL WOOD TRIM TO BE EiRETARDANT. J O.' 0- -44111 0- -le TO 4 Ity6‘ ■ NOTE SEE PLAN FOR CORRECT ORIENTATION. TYP. INTERSECTING WALL CONSTRUCTION AT EXAM ROOM AND DEMO ROOM Plan Detail 1 2 4 PLUG MOLD, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NOTE: SEE SHEET F -1 FOR CABINET INFORMATION AT KITCHENETTE AND WORK COUNTER BREAKROOM Interior Elevation .5 1 � 2 4 FEET TOILET ROOM Interior Elevation H l I I 0 1 2 4 8 FEET 1 8 INCHES INSULATE DRAIN PIPE AS INDICATED ON PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS DEMO ROOM SIDE Illiilt I. �ilili:!it3i{itllfl 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD, TYP. NOTE SET THRESHOLD IN FULL BED OF MORTAR DEMO ROOM DOOR Sill Detail r s 4 NOTE INSTALL FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING IN WALLS AS REQUIRED TO SECURE TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES. NOTE THE FLUSH HANDLE ON THE WATER CLOSET SHALL BE ON THE OPEN SIDE OF THE TOILET. NOTE SEE SPECIFICATION 10810 ON SHEET N -1 FOR TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, ALL TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES TO BE INSTALLED PER APPLICABLE ACCESSIBILITY REGULATIONS AND ADA GUIDELINES. PEI1 MI lIUil!Wf:E:Rlili!lEilili A -1 1 3/4" SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOM SMOOTH METAL THRESHOLD FINISH FLOOR TYP. ACOUSTICAL METAL DOOR ALIGN FLAT THRESHOLD WITH FURNISHED BY DOOR FABRICATOR FACE OF DOOR FRAME 8INCHES 1 -- a- ry OFFICE Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET 4 7/8' 't Typical Section H 0 1 2 4 02 A /A- 1 8 INCHES 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD, TYP. 3' SOUND ATTENUATION BLANK 3 5/8" METAL AT 16" O.C. CONTINUOUS 3/8" DIA. ACOUSTICAL CAULKING FURNISHED BY DOOR FABRICATOR RETAINING FRAME GYPSUM BOARD CORNER BEAD, TYP. WOOD BLOCKING T.G.C. TO PROVIDE FASTENERS AND ATTACH AT LOCATIONS AS PROVIDED FOR BY DOOR FABRICATOR CONTINUOUS 3/8' DIA. ACOUSTICAL CAULKING FURNISHED BY DOOR FABRICATOR 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD TYP. FINISHED FLOOR HILTI SDF -22 SERIES FASTENER 0 24" O.C. / C � AUDIOMETRIC EXAM SALES SIDE ROOM SIDE 3-5/8' METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. TOP OF GLAZING CHANNEL VARIES -SEE INTERIOR ELEV • ONS MEDIATE MUWON AT 42' A.F.F. TO TER LINE 2 4 NOT USED KAWNEER TRIF • s G450 INSIDE GLAZING SYSTEM WITH SATIN NATURAL FINISH, 1/4" • . TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS AN) INTERMEDIATE MUWON AT 42' TO V.4 TERIJNE FURNISHED AND INST• •°► BY T.G.C. NTERIOR WINDOW AT CASHWRAP /CONSULTATION /' . STAURANT OFFICE Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 $FEET 6 1/8" NOTE DOOR AND FRAME ARE PREFINISHED T.G.C. TO TOUCH UP AFTER INSTALLATION WITH TOUCH UP KIT PROVIDED BY DOOR FABRICATOR. NOTE VERIFY INSTALLATION DETAIL WITH DOOR FABRICATOR. SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND PREPARE WALL SURFACE AND ROUGH OPENING PER DOOR FABRICATORS REQUIREMENTS. ACOUSTIC DOOR ASSEMBLY Head Detail 8 INCHES f RADIUSED TABLE, SEE SHEET F -1 , J OFFICE Interior Elevation i 4 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS W/ 5/8" GYP. BD. FINISH AT SIDES AND TOP OF CUT -OUT TO MATCH 1 WALL FINISH, SEE INTERIOR " ELEVATIONS 1/2" MDF BOARD ON REAR WALL OF ALCOVE. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH PLASMA TELEVISION CENTERED WITHIN CUT -OUT MOUNTED ON 1/2" MDF BOARD 8" HIGH 1/4" MIRROR GLASS SEE SHEET SPECIFICATIONS SHEET N -1 FINISHED FLOOR Typical Section I --1 0 .5 1 2 4 FEET 8 FEET 3 5/8' 20 GA. METAL STUDS W/ 5/8' GYP. BD. RETAINING FRAME CONTINUOUS 3/8" DIA. ACOUSTICAL CAULKING FURNISHED BY DOOR FABRICATOR 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD, TYP. WOOD BASE BELOW, TYP 3' SOUND ATTENUATION BLANK 3 5/8" METAL AT 16" Q.C. WOOD BLOCKING CONTINUOUS 3/8" DIA. ACOUSTICAL CAULKING FURNISHED BY DOOR FABRICATOR GYPSUM BOARD CORNER BEAD, TYP. DOOR HINGE BY DOOR FABRICATOR ACOUSTICAL METAL DOOR FURNISHED BY DOOR FABRICATOR c I N, RESTAURANT SIMULATION ROOM 6 Jamb Detail C /A - S O I c co TA 117 ' SALES SIDE AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM SIDE NOTE: DOOR AND FRAME ARE PREFINISHED T.G.C. TO TOUCH UP AFTER INSTALLATION WITH TOUCH UP KIT PROVIDED BY DOOR FABRICATOR. NOTE VERIFY INSTALLATION DETAIL WITH DOOR FABRICATOR. SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND PREPARE WALL SURFACE AND ROUGH OPENING PER DOOR FABRICATORS REQUIREMENTS. ACOUSTIC DOOR ASSEMBLY 1-1 1 2 4 8INCHES OFFICE Interior Elevation 1 4 8 FEET T.G.C. TO PROVIDE FASTENERS AND ATTACH AT LOCATIONS AS PROVIDED FOR BY DOOR FABRICATOR LOUNGE Typical Section 0 .5 1 2 4 FEET RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 1 Mid PERMIT CENTER I- I LJJ Q F C� F- L.I_I LU 0 z 0 cL • ea Ma cz eft N co M) og re 2 o Iln N SHEET NUMBER A -2.1 SHEET 7 OF 18 1 1 I ]J L JOB NO: ZO-i1-01-D Fax: 781-335-2115 STORE NO: 1000 CHECKED: CM DRAWN BY: NO REVISIONS CEILJNG HEIGHT 3 5/8" 20GA. METAL STUDS W/ 5/8' GYP. BD. 0 FINISH AT SIDES AND TOP OF CUT -OUT TO MATCH WALL FINISH, SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ¢' .a ,IL , 1/2" MDF BOARD ON REAR WALL OF ALCOVE SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH PLASMA TELEVISION CENTERED HORIZONTALLY WITHIN CUT -OUT AND MOUNTED 5'--6" A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE MOUNTED ON 1/2" MDF BOARD to F BUILT -IN FIXTURE SEE SHEET F -1 FINISHED FLOOR r TOP OF FRAMING 4 7/8' EQ. EQ. NOTE DOOR HEAD SIMILAR. TYP. DOOR ASSEMBLY 5/8' TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD, TIP. 3-5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. WOOD BASE BELOW, TYP. 1 Jamb Detail C /A I I 8INCHES AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM SIDE 1 -0" 14 A /A -1 H 2 4 i NOTE: SET THRESHOLD IN ACOUSTICAL FOAM FURNISHED BY DOOR FABRICATOR. T.G.C. TO PROVIDE SMOOTH LEVEL CONCRETE FLOOR SURFACE ACOUSTIC DOOR ASSEMBLY Sill Detail 0 1 2 4 8INCHES 6' -8" HOLD 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS W/ 5/8' GYP. BD. FINISH AT SIDES AND TOP `'' OF CUT -OUT TO MATCH WALL FINISH, SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FINISHES ORANGE PLEA-PANEL PIN MOUNTED 1" OFF OF FACE OF WALL SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE WITH DIMMER SWITCH 7 COUNTER W /2" BACKSPLASH, SEE SHEET F -1 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS WITH 5/8' GYP. BD. FINISHED FLOOR INTERACTIVE KIOSK Typical Section H �—I 0 .5 1 2 4 FEET INSULATE DRAIN PIPE AS INDICATED ON PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS TOILET ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8 FEET SALES SIDE ACOUSTICAL METAL DOOR SMOOTH THRESHOLD FURNISHED BY DOOR FABRICATOR AUGN FLAT THRESHOLD WITH FACE OF DOOR FRAME 0 ‘z- NOTE: CASED OPENING HEAD DETAIL IS SIMILAR. CASED OPENING SALES SIDE r C, La 1 _� , s Lai U Jamb Detail ~ 2 8INCHES 7' -6" HOLD U NOTE WINDOW HEAD SIMILAR. ACOUSTICAL WINDOW ADJUSTABLE SHELVES ABOVE, SEE DETAIL 3/F -1 - El 1 2 4 10 w 0 rz TOILET ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 8 FEET 3 5/8' METAL STUD 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD KD METAL FRAME NOTE: WINDOW FRAME IS PREFINISHED T.G.C. TO TOUCH UP AFTER INSTALLATION WITH TOUCH UP KIT PROVIDED BY WINDOW FABRICATOR. NOTE: VERIFY INSTALLATION DETAIL WITH WINDOW FABRICATOR. SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND PREPARE WALL SURFACE AND ROUGH OPENING PER WINDOW FABRICATORS REQUIREMENTS. Jamb Detail 8 INCHES REFRIG. 2 AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM SIDE EN TO' INSULATE DRAIN PIPE AS INDICATED ON PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS NOTE SEE SHEET F -1 FOR CABINET INFORMATION AT KITCHENETTE AND WORK COUNTER KITCHENETTE Interior Elevation N 5/8" TYPE 'X" GYPSUM BOARD, 1W. 3" SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET 3 5/8" METAL AT 16" O.C. WOOD BASE BELOW, TYP. CONTINUOUS 3/8" DIA ACOUSTICAL CAULKING FURNISHED BY DOOR FABRICATOR WOOD BLOCKING T G C. TO PROVIDE FASTENERS AND ATTACH AT LOCATIONS AS PROVIDED FOR BY DOOR FABRICATOR RETAINING FRAME GYPSUM BOARD CORNER BEAD, TIP. CONTINUOUS 3/8" DIA. ACOUSTICAL CAULKING FURNISHED BY DOOR FABRICATOR 1/4' GLASS FILL ALL VOIDS IN HEAD AND JAMB WITH INSULATION AND SEALANT PROVIDED BY WINDOW FABRICATOR 0 4 FEET TOILET ROOM Interior Elevation 6 1/8' I j!l - AMP ■ImmaTIMm6 NOTE DOOR HEAD SIMILAR. DEMO ROOM DOOR 4 8 FEET 3 -5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16' O.C. TYP. 3" SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET FROM FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK 5/8' TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD, TYP. 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD, TYP. 3-5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. 1/4" GAP FILLED WITH ACOUSTIC CAULKING JAMB AND HEAD, TIP. WOOD BASE BELOW, TYP. FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING 2 1/2' x 3/4' CASING PAINT TO MATCH DOOR FRAME WOOD FRAME AND DOOR STOP 1/4" CHAMFER DOOR JAMB BEYOND ALL WOOD TRIM TO BE EiRETARDANT. J O.' 0- -44111 0- -le TO 4 Ity6‘ ■ NOTE SEE PLAN FOR CORRECT ORIENTATION. TYP. INTERSECTING WALL CONSTRUCTION AT EXAM ROOM AND DEMO ROOM Plan Detail 1 2 4 PLUG MOLD, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NOTE: SEE SHEET F -1 FOR CABINET INFORMATION AT KITCHENETTE AND WORK COUNTER BREAKROOM Interior Elevation .5 1 � 2 4 FEET TOILET ROOM Interior Elevation H l I I 0 1 2 4 8 FEET 1 8 INCHES INSULATE DRAIN PIPE AS INDICATED ON PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS DEMO ROOM SIDE Illiilt I. �ilili:!it3i{itllfl 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD, TYP. NOTE SET THRESHOLD IN FULL BED OF MORTAR DEMO ROOM DOOR Sill Detail r s 4 NOTE INSTALL FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING IN WALLS AS REQUIRED TO SECURE TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES. NOTE THE FLUSH HANDLE ON THE WATER CLOSET SHALL BE ON THE OPEN SIDE OF THE TOILET. NOTE SEE SPECIFICATION 10810 ON SHEET N -1 FOR TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, ALL TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES TO BE INSTALLED PER APPLICABLE ACCESSIBILITY REGULATIONS AND ADA GUIDELINES. PEI1 MI lIUil!Wf:E:Rlili!lEilili A -1 1 3/4" SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOM SMOOTH METAL THRESHOLD FINISH FLOOR TYP. ACOUSTICAL METAL DOOR ALIGN FLAT THRESHOLD WITH FURNISHED BY DOOR FABRICATOR FACE OF DOOR FRAME 8INCHES 1 -- a- ry OFFICE Interior Elevation 1 2 4 8 FEET 4 7/8' 't Typical Section H 0 1 2 4 02 A /A- 1 8 INCHES 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD, TYP. 3' SOUND ATTENUATION BLANK 3 5/8" METAL AT 16" O.C. CONTINUOUS 3/8" DIA. ACOUSTICAL CAULKING FURNISHED BY DOOR FABRICATOR RETAINING FRAME GYPSUM BOARD CORNER BEAD, TYP. WOOD BLOCKING T.G.C. TO PROVIDE FASTENERS AND ATTACH AT LOCATIONS AS PROVIDED FOR BY DOOR FABRICATOR CONTINUOUS 3/8' DIA. ACOUSTICAL CAULKING FURNISHED BY DOOR FABRICATOR 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD TYP. FINISHED FLOOR HILTI SDF -22 SERIES FASTENER 0 24" O.C. / C � AUDIOMETRIC EXAM SALES SIDE ROOM SIDE 3-5/8' METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. TOP OF GLAZING CHANNEL VARIES -SEE INTERIOR ELEV • ONS MEDIATE MUWON AT 42' A.F.F. TO TER LINE 2 4 NOT USED KAWNEER TRIF • s G450 INSIDE GLAZING SYSTEM WITH SATIN NATURAL FINISH, 1/4" • . TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS AN) INTERMEDIATE MUWON AT 42' TO V.4 TERIJNE FURNISHED AND INST• •°► BY T.G.C. NTERIOR WINDOW AT CASHWRAP /CONSULTATION /' . STAURANT OFFICE Interior Elevation 0 1 2 4 $FEET 6 1/8" NOTE DOOR AND FRAME ARE PREFINISHED T.G.C. TO TOUCH UP AFTER INSTALLATION WITH TOUCH UP KIT PROVIDED BY DOOR FABRICATOR. NOTE VERIFY INSTALLATION DETAIL WITH DOOR FABRICATOR. SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND PREPARE WALL SURFACE AND ROUGH OPENING PER DOOR FABRICATORS REQUIREMENTS. ACOUSTIC DOOR ASSEMBLY Head Detail 8 INCHES f RADIUSED TABLE, SEE SHEET F -1 , J OFFICE Interior Elevation i 4 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS W/ 5/8" GYP. BD. FINISH AT SIDES AND TOP OF CUT -OUT TO MATCH 1 WALL FINISH, SEE INTERIOR " ELEVATIONS 1/2" MDF BOARD ON REAR WALL OF ALCOVE. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH PLASMA TELEVISION CENTERED WITHIN CUT -OUT MOUNTED ON 1/2" MDF BOARD 8" HIGH 1/4" MIRROR GLASS SEE SHEET SPECIFICATIONS SHEET N -1 FINISHED FLOOR Typical Section I --1 0 .5 1 2 4 FEET 8 FEET 3 5/8' 20 GA. METAL STUDS W/ 5/8' GYP. BD. RETAINING FRAME CONTINUOUS 3/8" DIA. ACOUSTICAL CAULKING FURNISHED BY DOOR FABRICATOR 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD, TYP. WOOD BASE BELOW, TYP 3' SOUND ATTENUATION BLANK 3 5/8" METAL AT 16" Q.C. WOOD BLOCKING CONTINUOUS 3/8" DIA. ACOUSTICAL CAULKING FURNISHED BY DOOR FABRICATOR GYPSUM BOARD CORNER BEAD, TYP. DOOR HINGE BY DOOR FABRICATOR ACOUSTICAL METAL DOOR FURNISHED BY DOOR FABRICATOR c I N, RESTAURANT SIMULATION ROOM 6 Jamb Detail C /A - S O I c co TA 117 ' SALES SIDE AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOM SIDE NOTE: DOOR AND FRAME ARE PREFINISHED T.G.C. TO TOUCH UP AFTER INSTALLATION WITH TOUCH UP KIT PROVIDED BY DOOR FABRICATOR. NOTE VERIFY INSTALLATION DETAIL WITH DOOR FABRICATOR. SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND PREPARE WALL SURFACE AND ROUGH OPENING PER DOOR FABRICATORS REQUIREMENTS. ACOUSTIC DOOR ASSEMBLY 1-1 1 2 4 8INCHES OFFICE Interior Elevation 1 4 8 FEET T.G.C. TO PROVIDE FASTENERS AND ATTACH AT LOCATIONS AS PROVIDED FOR BY DOOR FABRICATOR LOUNGE Typical Section 0 .5 1 2 4 FEET RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 1 Mid PERMIT CENTER I- I LJJ Q F C� F- L.I_I LU 0 z 0 cL • ea Ma cz eft N co M) og re 2 o Iln N SHEET NUMBER A -2.1 SHEET 7 OF 18 1 1 I ]J L JOB NO: ZO-i1-01-D Fax: 781-335-2115 STORE NO: 1000 CHECKED: CM DRAWN BY: NO REVISIONS CEILJNG HEIGHT PLAN KEY CSI SEC11ON MATERIAL/ DESCRIPTION MFR. STYLE/ CAT. NO. COLOR LOCATION 000 00 0 0000000 0001 09900 PAINT Benjamin OC -18 Dove Sales Area, Toilet 1 Moore See Note 3 Below Wing Room, Break Room Duro Design Barriga Charcoal Sales Area Entrance (Lt. Gray) 2 09900 PAINT Benjamin HC -105 Rockport Sales Area Walls Ile St. Louis 91713 Sales Area, Office, Demo, Restaurant, Consultation, Audiometric Suites Moore Gray (Med. Gray) 4" Upper Stripe, Wood Base Sales Area 3 09900 PAINT Benjamin HC -85 Fairview Sales Area Walls 09300 CERAMIC TILE 12" x 12" x 1 /4" Dal Tile Moore Beige Taupe 16" Lower Stripe VCT 12" x 12" x 1/8" Armstrong Imperial 51804 - • Earthstone Greige Break Room, (Dk. Gray) 4 09900 PAINT Benjamin 2017 -30 Tangelo Sales Area ��� °�`� Moore TRANSITION STRIP (orange) CTA -80 5 09900 PAINT Benjamin 2051 -40 Majestic Toilet Room See Detail 5/A -3 09660 VINYL BASE 4" High Cove Moore CB -80 Blue Break Room, 09390 TRANSITION STRIP Schluter Scheine Satin (Ted) 6 09900 PAINT Benjamin Ready Ceiling Gyp. Bd. Ceiling Schluter Scheine Satin Moore Mix White Systems 7 09900 PAINT 09390 TRANSITION STRIP Johnsonite CTA -80 On 09720 ACOUSTICAL D.LCouch 2ATR -37 Snow Demo and 06200 WALLCOVERING Tranquility (Lt. Gray) Audiometric Suites 3/4" X 5 1/2" Paint 2 See Note 1 Below See Note 6 Below IIE 09720 ACOUSTICAL D.LCouch 2ATR -27 Rockport Audiometric Suites or equal WALLCOVERING See Note 4 Below Tranquility (Dk. Gray) See Note 6 Below 10 09770 FRP PANEL Marlite P -145 Silver Mop Sink White Gold 06650 PLASTIC Wilsonart 7061 -60 Natural Fixtures 11 BASE — 6" High LAMINATE LCO2 Pear 09660 12 06650 PLASTIC Wilsonart D96 -60 Shadow Fixtures, Kitchenette 56823 LAMINATE 09390 TRANSITION STRIP Countertop & Backspla: ® 06650 PLASTIC N eva m a r AL8001T Viva Cash wrap Aluminum LAMINATE Allusion iI 06650 SOLID SURFACE Corkin — Silt Cash wrap PLAN KEY CSI SEC11ON MATERIAL/ DESCRIPTION MFR. STYLE / CAT. NO. COLOR LOCATION 000 00 0 0000000 0001 09660 CORK Duro Design Barriga Natural Sales Area Entrance See Note 3 Below 09660 CORK Duro Design Barriga Charcoal Sales Area Entrance See Note 3 Below 09680 CARPET Patcraft Commercial Just Beautiful 10091 Ile St. Louis 91713 Sales Area, Office, Demo, Restaurant, Consultation, Audiometric Suites See Note 5 Below 12690 WALK —OFF MAT � iti 09300 CERAMIC TILE 12" x 12" x 1 /4" Dal Tile Porcelain LCO2 Beige Toilet Room C0' See Note 2 Below ��? ROV 09660 VCT 12" x 12" x 1/8" Armstrong Imperial 51804 - • Earthstone Greige Break Room, Standard ----- 11,0 ` Excelon ��� °�`� 09390 TRANSITION STRIP Johnsonite CTA -80 Fawn As Noted on A -3 -- Carpet to VCT See Detail 5/A -3 09660 VINYL BASE 4" High Cove Johnsonite CB -80 Fawn Break Room, 09390 TRANSITION STRIP Schluter Scheine Satin As Noted on A-3 Carpet to Cork Systems RA -45 Aluminum See Detail 4/A -3 09390 TRANSITION STRIP Schluter Scheine Satin Carpet to Ceramic Systems AE -60 Aluminum 09390 TRANSITION STRIP Johnsonite CTA -80 Fawn Ceramic to VCT 06200 WOOD BASE Entire Sales Area 3/4" X 5 1/2" Paint 2 See Note 1 Below 08410 METAL BASE Stylmark 110269 #214 Storefront 6 "H x 3/4 "W or equal Brushed See Note 4 Below Brite White Gold 09300 CERAMIC TILE Dal Tile Porcelain Beige Toilet Room BASE — 6" High LCO2 See Note 2 Below 09660 VCT Armstrong Excelon Yellow II 12 x 12" x 1/8" 56823 09390 TRANSITION STRIP Schluter Scheine Satin As Noted on A -3 Cork to Ceramic Systems AE -60 Aluminum T.G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL TRANSITION STRIP AS REQUIRED NOTE 1: INSTALL ACOUSTICAL WALL COVERING ON 1" HOMASOTE PANEL MOUNTED FROM FLOOR TO 6" ABOVE CEIUJG ON THIS WALL ONLY. T.G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ADA COMPLIANT MARBLE THRESHOLD NOTE: T.G.C. TO INSTALL 1/4' LAUAN OVER ALL CORK FLOORING FOR PROTECTION UNTIL TURNOVER. TAPE ALL SEAMS. NOTE ALL ELECTRICAL COVER PLATES TO BE WHITE. NOTE: SEE DOOR SCHEDULE, SHEET A -1 FOR DOOR AND DOOR FRAME FINISHES NOTE CARPET INSTALLER TO SEAL ALL SEAMS AT CARPET TRANSITIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. A Decor Plan A -3 0 2 4 I FEET a csi e, WOOD BASE 3/4'W x 5 1 /2"H WITH 3/8' CHAMFER ALL EXPOSED EDGES AX NOTE: ALL INSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNERS OF WOOD BASE TO BE MITERED. NOTE CHAMFER VERTICAL EDGE OF WOOD BASE 3/8" WHERE BASE MEETS DOOR FRAMES. WOOD BASE AT CARPET Typical Detail H I� I 0 1 2 4 8 INCHES NOTE T.G.C. TO INSTALL 48' HIGH CLEAR CORNER GUARDS AT ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS OF WALLS IN BREAK ROOM. MOUNT BOTTOM OF CORNER GUARDS AT TOP OF WALL BASE. 41 3 4" NOTE T.G.C. TO PERFORM MOISTURE TEST ON EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB AND COORDINATE WITH CORK FLOORING MANUFACTURER TO DETERMINE IF SEALANT MUST BE APPLIED TO SLAB PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF CORK FLOORING. WAL WOOD BASE 3/4"W x 5 1/2"H WITH 3/8' CH r ALL EXPOSED EDGES CORK FLOORING NOTE: ALL INSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNERS OF WOOD BASE TO BE MITERED. NOTE CHAMFER VERTICAL EDGE OF WOOD BASE 3/8" WHERE BASE MEETS DOOR FRAMES. PROVIDE 1/4' CLEARANCE WOOD BASE AT CORK FLOORING Typical Detail H f� I 1 2 4 8 INCHES 00 TRANSITION STRIP CARPETOC \ II1111111111111111111111 CARPET/ CORK Transition Detail 0 .25 .5 1 2 INCHES PAINT BACK WALL OF RECESS PAINT RETURNS ALIGN FLOORING TRANSITION WITH CORNER OF WALL PAINT BACK WALL OF RECESS PAINT RETURNS 0 0 NOTE TRANSITION STRIP TO BE UNDER CARPET LEASE UNE INSTALL MALL FLOOR TILE BETWEEN LEASE AND CLOSURE UNES FLOORING TRANSITIONO LIMIT OF MALL FLOOR TILE LEASE UNE ALIGN FLOORING TRANSITION WITH CORNER OF WALL SEE SHEET A-1.2 FOR STOREFRONT FINISHES SHEET A -1.2 FOR STOREFRONT FINISHES NOTE: NO TRANSITION STRIP REQUIRED BETWEEN CORK FLOORING COLORS. TRANSITION STRFS REQUIRED AS INDICATED AT ALL OTHER FLOORING MATERIAL CHANGES, SEE FLOORING FINISH SCHEDULE. NOTE: FLASH PATCH SLAB AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE FLUSH FLOORING TRANSITION AT STOREFRONT. poi CARPET / VCT Transition Detail 0 .25 .5 1 2 INCHES NOTE: TOP OF TRANSITION STRIP TO BE FLUSH WITH TOP OF FLOOR FINISH. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Key to Interior Elevations SCHEDULE OF WALL AND FASCIA FINISHES INDICATES TENANT SHALL FURNISH MATERIALS AND THE TENANTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL NOTE 1: ALL DOORS, FRAMES, CASINGS, CROWN MOLDING AND PAINTED MILLWORK SHALL BE PAINTED WITH SATIN FINISH ENAMEL BASED PAINT. ALL WALLS TO BE EGGSHELL FINISH LATEX BASED PAINT. ALL CEILINGS TO BE FLAT FINISH LATEX BASED PAINT. NOTE 2: ALL METAL SURFACES SHALL BE PAINTED WITH LATEX SATIN ENAMEL PAINT. NOTE 3: BREAKROOM TO BE PAINTED WITH PRIMER AND ONE FINISH COAT OF PAINT. NOTE 4: NO PRIME OR FINISH BEHIND CASEWORK TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. NOTE 5:. INSTALL FRP PANELS FROM FLOOR TO 48" A.F.F. WITH MATCHING MOLDINGS ON CORNERS, BASE, TOP AND EXPOSED ENDS. NOTE 6: INSTALL ACOUSTICAL WALLCOVERING USING SURE —GRIP PLUS MOLD AND MILDEW —PROOF COMMERCIAL WALLCOVERING ADHESIVE. THE ADHESIVE IS READY MIX AND SHOULD BE USED AS IT COMES OUT OF THE CONTAINER. DO NOT MIX WITH WATER. APPLY DIRECTLY TO WALL DO NOT PASTE THE BACK OF THE WALLCOVERING. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ADHESIVE, SEAL WALLS WITH SHEILDZ PLUS MOLD AND MILDEW —PROOF COMMERCIAL WALLCOVERING PRIMER. Key to Finishes FLOOR FINISHES h ■ INDICATES TENANT SHALL FURNISH MATERIALS AND THE TENANTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL * VERIFY MALL FLOORING THICKNESS PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIAL NOTE 1: ALL WOOD BASE TO BE PAINTED WITH SATIN FINISH ENAMEL BASED PAINT. SEE DETAILS 2 AND 3 SHEET A -3 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. NOTE 2: CERAMIC FLOOR TILE AND BASE TO BE INSTALLED WITH TIGHT BUTT (1/8" MAX.) GROUT JOINT. T.G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL #40 LATTE GROUT BY LAIICRETE, OR APPROVED EQUAL GROUT TO BE USED AS MINIMAL AS POSSIBLE. NOTE 3: SEAL PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. T.G.C. TO PREPARE CONCRETE SLAB BENEATH CORK FLOORING AS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. NOTE 4: SEE SHEET N -1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. NOTE 5: T.G.C. TO INSTALL CARPET PER SEAMING PLAN PROVIDED BY CARPET SUPPUER. NOTE: T.G.C. MUST VERIFY QUANTITIES OF FLOORING MATERIALS WITH INSTALLER AND SUPPUER DURING FIRST TWO WEEKS OF PROJECT AND INFORM SUPPUER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN SUPPLIER'S QUANTITY TAKE —OFF AND INSTALLERS QUANTITY TAKE —OFF. T.G.C. MUST VERIFY DEUVERY QUANTITIES WITHIN 24 HOURS AFTER DELIVERY AND IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY SUPPUER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. ‘1 " p RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 12 2008 PERMIT CENTER J aa to W I- a C SHEET NUMBER A -3 SHEET 8 OF 18 L PROJECT COORDINM1ON: Tel: 781-331-4000 Fax: 781-335-2115 STORE NO: 1000 REVISED PER LANDLORD CHECKED: CM DRAWN BY: PLAN KEY CSI SECTION 2'x2' Recessed Fluorescent, w Parabolic Troffer Lightolier DPA2G9LP 32U12003 (3)FB031 / 835 120V Sales Area 0 0 0 0 0 rd 2'x2'x3/4" Beveled Tegular Armstrong 589 Cirrus White 2'x4' Recessed Fluorescent, w/ Parabolic Troffer Lightolier DPS2G18L P340 3 -T8 120V Office, Exam Rooms oird 09510 C d Armstrong Track Head Light Lightolier 9021 -WH, 50W PAR 30 NSP /H -C 120V Sales Area Exposed Tee 8'- 0 "/4'- 0 72' -0" Surface Mounted Track Lightolier 6002/6001/ 6000 WHITE 2'x4'x5/8" Sales Area i C2 /C4 /C8 White Break Room 4'- 0 "/2' -0" Recessed Cove Lighting Lightolier CL12 CL14 T8 120V Demo Room With Lutron Eco -10 Series Dimmable Ballasts CL4 � I CL2 D O Recessed Compact Fluorescent Down Light Lightolier 8021CCDW - 6132BU- 1951 PLT /32/4P/ /D830 Sales Area Q1 O 15/16" Recessed Downlight - Specular Clear Lightolier 1104IC- 1144 75W PAR 30S /CAP NFL 120V Restaurant Room D2 Recessed Adjustable Dn. Light Lightolier 1102P1 1129CL 60W PAR38 Cap /FL 120V Sales Area, Cashwrap, Restaurant Room D3 00 Track Head Light w/ Monopoint Lightolier 9023 -WH, 6190 -WH 50W PAR 30 NSP /H -C 120V Sales Area 0 1 D4 4" Recessed Incandescent Downlight ® EM Recessed Emerggen Liggh with 90 Minufe Battery Backup DUAL —UTE EZ -2R 120 Volts 8W Sales Area Surface Mounted 2' Fluorescent Strip Lightolier SW22OTS HPF 2 -20TS 120V Tel /Data Closet � F I F1l Surface Mounted 4' Fluorescent Strip Lightolier SW240RS HPF 2 -4ORS 120V Breakroom G Pair of Cabinet Light Fixture Kichler 10566 WH Series I 22" Long (3) 12V Xenon Sales Area Interactive Disph Centered Vertically and Hori in Rear Wall of Alcove Install w /Lens Side Up H10 Wall Sconce Kichler 6966BK 100W 120V Restaurant Room Center on wall at 7-0" A.F to bottom H �' Wall Sconce 0 K Pendant Mounted Fixture Kichler 2768N1 4 -60W 120V Demo Room Centered on Ceiling Grid 7' -6" A.F.F. to bottom of f ®K2 Fixture Pendant Mounted Kichler 3030N1 100W 120V Cashwrap 7' -6" A.F.F. to bottom of f N =I Mono -Point Incandescent Wall Washer Lightolier 6422 -WH Q150CL DC -ETC 120V Soffit at Sales Area Combination Fan / Light NUTONE 8663P 120 Volts 1 -100W Toilet Room T I•I mom U ,QS, I__I (2) Head Emergency Light Astralite EU - 1 INC Breakroom, Demo Room Surface Mounted Under Counter Fluorescent • • �� UC V LED Exit Sign Astralite W-EM -R- W -EM INC Ceiling mounted Sales Area, Breakroom Designates Night -light Neon See Note 2 Below L N PLAN KEY CSI SECTION MATERIAL DESCRIPTION MFR. STYLE/ CAT. NO. COLOR LOCATION 0 0 0 0 0 09510 2'x2'x3/4" Beveled Tegular Armstrong 589 Cirrus White Sales Area, Exam Rooms Lay -in Tile 09510 2'x2' Ceiling Grid Armstrong 9/16" Suprafine White Sales Area, Exam Rooms Exposed Tee 09510 2'x4'x5/8" Armstrong 755 White Break Room Fissured Lay -in Minaboard Ceiling Tile 09510 2'x4' Ceiling Grid Armstrong 15/16" White Break Room Prelude Exposed Tee 09250 Ceiling Soffit Sales Area 5/8" F.C. GWB TEL /DATA CLOSET OPEN TO DECK OFFICE FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT A.F.F. TOILET ROOM_ GYP. BD. CEILING 7' -6" A.F.F. WITH PLATFORM ABOVE NOTE BREAK ROOM CEILING CONTINUES ABOVE TOILET ROOM. EGRESS CORRIDOR FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT A.F.F. 00 00 NOTE LIGHT FIXTURES "D2", "D3' AND ALL TRACK FOR TRACK LIGHT AX1URES TO BE CENTERED OVER WALL FIXTURES /GRAPHICS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. NOTE UNDERSIDE OF CORRUGATED METAL DECK IS 17' -6" A.F.F. STEEL BEAMS SPAN IN FRONT TO BACK AND SIDE TO SIDE. LOWEST CLEAR HEIGHT TO STRUCTURE IS 15-8 THERE IS NO SPRAY ON FIREPROOFING OTHER THAN ON COLUMNS ATTACHED TO X— BRACING AND ON STOREFRONT COLUMN AT RIGHT SIDE OF STOREFRONT. CHANNEL MOLDING AT ENDS TYP. BY SUSPENSION SYSTEM MANUFACTURER 1 FACE OF WAL_ NOTE: T.G.C. MAY FRAME SUSPENDED GYP. BD. CEILINGS AND SOFFITS CONVENTIONALLY OR WITH 7/8" FURRING CHANNELS AT 48" O.C. MOUNTED TO 1 1/2" COW ROLLED CHANNELS AT 48' O.C. SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE WITH MIN. 12 GA. GALVANIZED STEEL WIRE AT 48" O.C. GYPSUM BOARD CEIUNG Typical Detail 1-1 0 1 2 8INCHES BREAKROOM FINISHED CEIUNG HEIGHT 50 11' -6" A.F.F. AUDIOMETRIC EXAM ROOMS FINISHED CEILING HEI CONSULTATION FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT S 8' -6" A.F.F. SALES AREA FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT S A.F.F. 1 1/2" HIGH X 15/16' FLANGE MAIN TEE SUSPENDED W/ MIN. 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL WIRE 48' O.C. EACH WAY 7/8" CROSS CHANNEL WITH KNURLED FACE INSTALL PERPENDICULAR TO MAIN TEE 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD CEILING NOTE: INSTALL MAIN TEES AT 4' -0' O.C. NOTE INSTALL CROSS CHANNELS AT 24' O.C. NOTE INSTAL_ 5/8' TYPE 'X" GYP. BD. CAP AT TOP OF VOID AREAS AT HEIGHT OF ADJACENT CEILING. NOTE: T.G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL FLUSH METAL ACCESS PANELS IN GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS /SOFFITS AS REQUIRED TO SERVICE MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL OR PLUMBING. SEE SHEET N-1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. NOTE: T.G.C. TO REFER TO THIS SHEET FOR QUANTITY AND LOCATION OF UGHT FIXTURES. THIS SHEET WILL TAKE PRECEDENCE IF THERE ARE ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN SHEETS E -1 AND A -4. A /A- DEMO ROOM FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT A.F.F. SOFFIT FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT • 11' -10 3/4" A.F.F. • FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT 9' -10' A.F.F. NOTE: SEE SHEET A - FOR SEISMIC INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR CEILINGS. Section through Toilet Room 1-1 SOFFI FINISHED FELLING HEIGHT FINISHED 9' -10" Ark' RESTAURANT SIMULATION ROOM FINISHED NG HEIGHT LNG HEIGHT 6' 18 GAUGE METAL STUDS 0 16' O.C. 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD DECK 1 X 3 TRIM (FIRE RETARDANT) PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL FINISH AL FINISHED PLATFORM HEIGHT 8' -1 3/8' Ur FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT 7-6" ATTACH 16 GAUGE CHANNEL TO FACE OF STUD SEE PARTITION SCHEDULE ON SHEET A -1 FOR WALL ASSEMBLEY SOFFIT FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT 9' -10' A.F.F. INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SIGN - SOFFIT -- CEILING HEIGHT 1O' -0' A.F.F. SALES AREA FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT 11' -4' A.F.F. INSTALL (2) "G" LIGHTS, CENTERED AT 5'-0' AND 5' -6' AT KIOSK LOCATION. SEE SHEET A -2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION N/ N/. N/ N/ Light Fixture Schedule 16000 — LIGHTING SYMBOL QUANTITY DESCRIPTION MFR. NOTE 1: TENANT UGHT FIXTURE VENDOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THE QUANTITIES ON THE UGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE WITH THE REFLECTED CEIUNG PLAN. UGHT FIXTURES ARE TO BE FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. Key to Reflected Ceiling 09000 — FINISHES CEILING AND SOFFIT FINISHES NOTE 1: CEIUNG TO HAVE CLASS A FLAME SPREAD RATING. STYLE/ VOLTS/ CAT. NO. LAMPS COMMENTS NOTE 2: RABBET EDGES 1/8" LOWER THAN GRID TO PERMIT PERIMETER TILES TO LIE FLUSH WITH FIELD. INSTALL HOLD DOWN CLIPS ON ALL TILES WITHIN 20' -0" OF ENTRANCE. y zontally .F. xture xture IE E ft 41 \ CO D t C OMPUAN APPROV N1M 20 O ��� Oi .ia yy++yyY S3O� RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 17. 2008 PERMIT CENTER cla NTi N CD z J Lai C) Z Q LLI I— 0_ LU J LL LLI N tin 0 N rgita •••YI .. 66 00 00 r CO 0) Co N 1 —I--� 0 U) 0) C L 0 SHEET NUMBER A -4 SHEET 9 OF 18 i I - -r :Ti l li Southcenter JOB NO: ZO-11-01-D PROJECT COORDINATION: STORE NO: 1000 REVISED PER LANDLORD CHECKED: CM DRAWN BY: Togie 1 -5/8' metal stud ( giige) up to 12' -0' Bak - track 1 -5/8' metal stud (20904e) up to 15' -O" sock 2 -1/2' nett stud (2090:194 up to 13 -6 Bads- to -back 2 -i/2' metal dud (20 gouge) up to 15' -0" EMT CONDUIT 1/2' EMT conduit up to 5' -1O" 3/4" EMT conduit up to r -8' 1' EMT conduit up to 9' -9' SALES AREA Alk LAY -IN CEILING 10' -0' A.F.F. Ms BOTTOM OF JOISTS 12' -0' AF.F. 3' CONTINUOUS SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET XI LAY -IN CEILING HEIGHT 8' -6' A.F.F. BOX BEAM HEADER CONSISTS OF (2) C3 5/8' 20 GA. METAL STUDS WITH METAL TD 3 5/8' 20 GA. TOP AND BOTTOM SCREW FASTENED TO METAL STUDS. v n NOTE: SEE PARTITION SCHEDULE SHEET A -1, FOR WALL CONSTRUCTION. NOTE: INSTALL PINS PER I.C.B.O. REPORT ER -2388 TYP. TRACK /SLAB CONNECTION Typical Detail 0 1 2 4 8INCHES • • SOFFIT FINISHED HEIGHT 0 mr 9' -10" AF.F. • RADIUSED SOFFIT Typical Detail 0 2 4 8 16 INCHES Section through Exam Room 2 4 FEET 5/8" TYPE 'X" GYPSUM BOARD TYP. 3 5/8' METAL STUDS AT 16' O.C. TIP. 20 GA. METAL TRACK 18 TEK SCREW EACH SIDE EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB HILT] FDF SERIES FASTENER PINS AT 48' O.C. TYP. 3-5/8" 20 GA. MTL. STUDS AT 48' O.C. SALES AREA /LOUNGE FINISHED HEIGHT 11' -4' A.F.F. SUSPENDED GYP. BD. CEIUNG SYSTEM SEE DETAIL 1/A -4 3 5/8' 20 GA. MIL STUDS 0 16" O.C. 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD, TYP. ALL SIDES AUDIOMETRIC EXAM SUITE s ...... .......a.. LSE.... u ....u....l.....a.s....SS..S.... NO SCALE Typical Detail RESTAURANT SIMULATION AB LAY -IN CEILING 10' -O' A.F.F. Pi41NTABLE 9RESTDP SEALANT (BOTH SIDES) -- -- UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE -yr DEMECTION SAP SLtiT]ED TRACK (SLP --TRK OR SI) 5/13' G1'PSU14 BOARD CEILING _ FNISH PER St MULE - 5/8' GYPSUM SWARD TY1'E "x" (BATH SIDES) uLtio.1.1465 . iFTE KLUMNt7 FASIERING REGUIDIENTS , RE ro.npr tliQie t(LS s'ECrl1CTy-ian Foe rws 11101PAIED ASSEMBLY. REFER is FUR Wpm A MOY A1 Ft:Ql IREWIN1S Ma AU:DlrA131;E twnaIS MOM EON& Or 'agar. 4-FT VADE, ATTA= 10 S{@ Met MC FLOOR Ali} a' ute IRA PR 1.9E LGHr.:IME S. .strek sts.SPACEp a let • WIPP . ems 9.E SplVFOt ten ei. ea x ii t iD. bF TIE MID, , :: MIITS MIMED 1ER1iCJLLY MCQ STAG CH CROSS SUM OF TiE As 7r 7ILE.WAINSCOT. THIN -SET (WHERE OCCURS) 6! STTcEL ,swpis 16' ire. -WALL f1NtSH PER SMETXJLE -- V CONTINUOUS uteUisiCHED b'IttL. TRACK --FLOOR FFIISR WiORE OCCURS SEALED COHC) Tt Ste, SEE STRUCTURAL DRAMS piarrieLE FRESTOP SEALANT (BdlH DES) EMMEr AS REWIRED 1111ERE WALL ARU1IS A TENANT SPACE; j9. PSUld BO WEBS SHALL BE SUPPLIED MD INSTALLED I TENANT 1 HOUR TENANT TO CORRIDOR PARTITION DEMISING WALL RESTAURANT Typical Detail 0 2 4 8 16 INCHES SOFFIT NOTE FRAMING TO BE INDEPENDENT OF BASE BUILDING, FRAMING. DO NOT BRACE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. NOTE SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET TO BE THERMAFIBER 2.5 PCF ACOUSTICAL FIRE BLANKET AS MANUFACTURED BY THERMAFIBER CORPORATION, (888) 834 -2371. SUBSTITUTIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE 1 1/2' CONTINUOUS SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET ABOVE JOISTS. INSTALL PERPENDICULAR TO JOISTS. 1 1/2" SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET WITHIN JOIST BAYS 6' 20 GAUGE METAL STUDS 0 16' 0.C. (2) LAYERS OF 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD NOTE INSTALL CEILING AS INDICATED ON DETAIL 12/A -5 NOTE: SOFFIT CONSTRUCTION TO BE 4 7/8" THICK OR MATCH ADJACENT WALL THICKNESS, IF WALL IS NOT 4 7/8 ", SEE FLOOR PLAN AND PARTi110N SCHEDULE FOR CORRECT NUMBER OF LAYERS OF GYP. BD. .NOTE F1fiE RAnNc or WALL A55EU Y NOT REOJREO To FxTEND WIVE . 1EN NT GYPSUM BOARD 'FO Ef Hap IGIC 6" CLEAR BELOW UNDERSIDE OF' OECK AsdvE TO AcCCIII4OATE TENANT HVAC RETURN AIR SMELL 11' -4' A.F.F. 3-5/8' 20 GA. MTL STUDS AT 48' D.C. SALES AREA /LOUNGE FINISHED HEIGHT SUSPENDED GYP. BD. CEILING SYSTEM SEE DETAIL 1/A -4 3 5/8' 20 GA. Mm. STUDS 0 16" O.C. 5/8" TYPE 'X" GYPSUM BOARD, TYP. ALL SIDES VARIE tl SOFFIT FINISHED HEIGHT 9' -10' A.F.F. M MM 4w - .. s9. l' .'I1ik,� " "' ` 3 ' 1=—I 0 .5 1 2 4 4 1 HOUR TENANT TO TENANT PARTITION v . d 6' 20 GAUGE METAL STUDS 0 16' O.C. 2 LAYERS OF 5/8' TYPE 'X" GYPSUM BOARD 1 1/2" CONTINUOUS SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET ABOVE JOISTS. INSTALL PERPENDICULAR TO JOISTS. 1 -1/2" SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET WITHIN JOIST BAYS Aip BOTTOM OF JOISTS • 12' -0" A.F.F. ® FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT 11 - 10 3/4 A.F.F. Ask FINISHED LAY --IN CEILING HEIGHT • 1O' -0' A.F.F. At UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT • 9' -10' A.F.F DEMO ROOM SEE PARTITION SCHEDULE ON SHEET A -1 FOR WALL TYPES Section through Demo Room 4 FEET UNDERSIDE OE DECK ABOVE 6' SLOTTED TRACK (SLP -TRH OR EQ) FINISH PER SCHEDULE --CEILING BY TENANT (WHERE OCCURS) 6" STEEL STUDS ® 16' O.C, 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD TYPE "X" (BOTH SIDES) [1 No. U465 1 THE FOLLOWING FASTENING REQUIREMENTS ARE TAKEN FROM UL'S SPECIFICATION FOR THE INDICATED ASSEMBLY. REFER TO IJL'S D FOR COMPLETE ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS AND ALLOWABLE OPTIONS: GYPSUM BQAiD: 5/8" THICK, 4 FT WIDE, ATTAQBED TO STEEL STUDS AND FLOOR AND CEILING TRACK VItTH 1 IN. LONG. TYPE S STEEL. SCREWS SPACED 8.IN. OC. ALONG EDGES OF BOARD AND 12 IN. OC di THE FIELD' OF THE - BOARD. JOINTS ORIENTED VERTICALLY ANO ,STAGGERED ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF THE ASSEMBLY. - — -- RAMSET REQUIRED - 8 ° CONTINUOUS UNPUNCHED STEEL TRACK FLOOR FINISH CONCRETE SLAB, SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS -- P.-;AIN.TASLE FIRESTOP SEALANT (BOTH SIDES) NOTE: AtJ_ GYPSUM BOARD LAYERS SHALL RE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT 8 A /A- 4, . v rr ;rtrY I_YYMP 2 ALL SIDES VARIES SEE SHEET A -4 U 1 -0" DEMO ROOM SOFFIT Typical Detail 0 2 4 16 INCHES SEE PARTITION SCHEDULE SHEET A -1 FOR WALL CONSTRUCTION rocv NOTE FRAMING TO BE INDEPENDENT OF BASE BUILDING, FRAMING. DO NOT BRACE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. I II 11 III iI NOTE SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET TO BE THERMAFIBER 2.5 PCF ACOUSTICAL FIRE BLANKET AS MANUFACTURED BY THERMAFIBER CORPORATION, (888) 834 -2371. SUBSTITUTIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE LATERAL BRACING Typical Detail 0 5 1 2 4 FEET 1 1/2' CONTINUOUS SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET ABOVE JOISTS. INSTALL PERPENDICULAR TO J01ST5. 6' 20 GA. METAL STUDS 0 16" O.C. 1 1/2' SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET WITHIN JOIST BAYS (2) LAYERS 5/8' TYPE "X' GYPSUM BOARD TYP. 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD TYP. RECESSED COVE LIGHTING, "CL2' AND 'CL4' 3 5/8' 20 GA. METAL STUDS 0 16' 0.0. Mb CEILING HEIGHT 10' -0' A.F.F. Ankh SOFFIT HEIGHT 9' -10" A.F.F. 2 1/2" 20 GA. METAL STUDS 0 16' 0.0. 3-5/8' 20 GA. DIAGONAL METAL BRACING AT 8' -0' O.C. (ALTERNATE SIDES AND INSTALL BRACING AT 4' -0" 0.0. INTERVALS) ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE 5/8' TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD TYP. 3-5/8' METAL STUDS AT 16' 0.C. PP. S TOP OF STUD MIN. 6' ABOVE CEIUNG CEILING (SEE SHEET A -4 FOR HEIGHT) DEMO ROOM AIL CEILING HEIGHT 11' -10 3/4" A.F.F. ac-in UL DESIGN U465 NONBEARING WALL RATING -- 1 HR. 1. Floor and Ceiling Runners -(not shown) - Channel shaped runners, 3-5/8 in. wide (min), 1 -1/4 in. legs, formed from min No. 25 MSG (min No. 20 MSG when Item 4C is used) galv steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. 2 Steel Studs - Channel shaped, 3 -5/8 in. wide (min), 1 -1/4 in. legs, 3/8 in. folded back returns, formed from mire No. 25 MSG (min No. 20 MSG when Item 4C is used) galv steel spaced 24 in. OC max. 3. Batts and Blankets* - (Optional) - Mineral wool or glass fiber batts partially or completely filling stud cavity. See Batts and Blankets (BZJZ) category for names of Classified companies. 4. Wallboard, Gypsum * -5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide, attached to steel studs and floor and ceiling track with 1 in. long, Type S steel screws spaced 8 in. OC. along edges of board and 12 in. OC in the field of the board. Joints oriented vertically and staggered on opposite sides of the assembly. When attached to item 6 (furring channels), wallboard is screw attached to furring channels with 1 in. long, Type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC. American Gypsum Co. -Type AG -C. Canadian Gypsum Company -Types AR, C, IP -X2, SCX, SHX, WRC or WRX. Continental Gypsum Company -Types CG-C. CG5-5, CG6 -6, CG9 -9, CGTC -C. G -P Gypsum Corp. -Types 5, 9, C, GPFS6. James Hardie Gypsum Inc. -Type BG -C. Lafarge Gypsum, A div. of Lafarge Corp. -Types LGFC6, LGFC -C. National Gypsum Co., Charlotte, NC -Types FSK -G, FSW -G. National Gypsum Co., Riyadh, Saudi Arabia -Type FR or WR. Pabco Gypsum Co. --Type PG -C. Republic Gypsum Co. -Type RG-C. Standard Gypsum Corp. -Type SG-C. Temple - Inland Forest Products Corp. -Type TG-C. United States Gypsum Co. -Tpe AR, C, IP -X2, SCX, SHX, WRC or WRX. Yeso Panamericano SA de CV -type AR, C, IP -X2, SCX, SHX. WRC or WRX. Westroc Inc. -Type Westroc Fireboard. 4A. Wallboard, Gypsum * -(As an alternate to Item 4) -Nom 3/4 in. thick, 4 ft wide, installed as described in Item 4 with screw length increased to 1 -1/4 in. Canadian Gypsum Company -Type AR. United States Gypsum Co. -Type AR. Yeso Panamericano SA de CV-Type AR. 4B. Wallboard, Gypsum * -(As an alternate to Items 4 and 4A) -5/8 in. thick installed as described in Item 4. Joint covering (Item 5) not required. Canadian Gypsum Company -Type WSX_ United States Gysum Co. -Type WSX. Yeso Panamericano SA de CV -Type WSX. 4C. Wallboard, Gypsum * -(As an alternate to Item 4, 4A and 4B) -5/8 in. thick gypsum panels, installed as described in Item 4 with Type S -12 steel screws. The length and spacing of the screws as specified under Item 4. Canadian Gypsum Company --Type FRX. United States Gypsum Co. -Type FRX. 5. Joint Tape and Compound - Vinyl, dry or premixed joint compound, applied in two coats to joints and screw heads; paper tape, 2 in. wide, embedded in first layer of compound over all joints. As an alternate, nominal 3/32 in. thick gypsum veneer baseboard. Joints reinforced. 6. Furring Channel- (Optional -not Shown) - Resilient 25 MSG galv steel furring channels spaced vertically max 24 in. OC, flange portion attached to each intersecting stud with 1/2 in. long type S -12 panhead steel screws. Not for use with Type FRX gypsum panels. *Bearing the UL Classification Marking PLAN VIEW Suspension Systems for Acoustical Lay -in Ceilings This document provides the IBC- referenced standards for the installation of suspension systems for acoustical lay-in ceilings. Incorporation of this document will provide a more uniform standard for installation and inspection. This document is designed to accomplish the intent of the International Building Code (IBC) with regard to the requirements for seismic design category D, E and F for suspended ceilings and related items. Unless supported by engineering, the suspension system shall be installed per the requirements for Seismic Design Category (SDC) D, E and F per the IBC. Manufacturers' recommendations should be followed. Lateral Force Bracing Maximum Recommended Lengths for Vertical Struts METAL STUDS Attached Wall Molding Requirements FIGURE 4A Unattached Wall Molding Requirements MAXIMUM B" Countersloping Vertical Hanger Wire Attachment FIGURE 1 FIGURE 3 FIGURE 5A FIGURE 5B Splayed Seismic Bracing Wire Attachment FIGURE 69 Seismic Separation Joint OFEL -91 F7PM190}i NOM SIRL1CRetAL CONCRETE STEEL STRAP 1" ME x MUM 2'LONG X 12 GAGE 3 1llfsNS SPLAIFD SEISMIC BRACING %IRE 3/4 FIGURE 7 Ceili NTS FLANGE POP RIVET Sprinklers General Recommendations - Referenced sources per hierarchy. 2006 IBC (International Building Code), American Society of Testing Materids (ASIA C 635. ASTM C 636), American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE 7 -05) and Ceilings and Interior Systems Construction Association (CISCA). - Partitions that are tied to the ceiling and dl partitions greater than 6 feet in height shad be laterdly braced to the structure. Bracing shdl be independent of the ceiling splay bracing system. (Sauce 16C section 1621.12) - For further information on bracing of non -load bearing partitions refer to NWCB technical document 1201. - All main beams are to be Heavy Duty (HD). ( Scarce ASCE 7 Item 9.6. 6 24 -All cross tees shdl be capable of carrying the design load without exceeding deflection equal to 1/360 of its span. (Source CISCA =IBS 3 - These recommendations are intended for suspended ceilings including grid, panel or tile, light fixpxee and or terminals weighing no more the 4 lbs. per square foot. (Sarre ASCE 7 Item 9.6.2.6.1) - AIL wire ties are to be three tight turns around itself within three inches. Twelve gage Hanger wre spaced 4 foot on center (figure 1). (Scarce ASIA C 636 item 2.3.4) - Changes n ceiling planes will require positive bracing. (Samos ASCE 7 Section 9.6242 item f.) Lateral Force Bracing (figures 2 and 3) -- Ceilings constructed of lath and plaster or gypsum board, screw or nail attached to suspended members that support a ceiling an one level extending from wall to wall shall be exempt from the lateral force bracing requirements. (scum= oiSCA zones 3 - Laterd farce bracing is the use of vertical struts (compression posts) and splay wires (see figure 2). - Lateral force bracing is requked for ceilings over 144 square feet and not required for ceilings less than 144 square feet provided they are surrounded by four wails and braced to structure. - Lateral Force Bracing shall be 12 feet an center (maximum) and begin no farther than 6 feet from walls. (Scups CISCA Seismic amen 3-4) - Seismic splay wires are to be four 12 gage wires attached to the main beam. Wires are arrayed 90' from each other and at an angle not exceeding 45' from the plane of the ceiling. (Soiree: CiSCA seismic =nee 3 - Seismic splay wres shat be attached to the grid and to the structure in such a manner that they can support a design load of not less than 200 pounds or the actud design load, with a safety factor of 2, whichever is greater (figure fib). (Same: asCA nines 3 = Powder driven shot -in- anchors" when used for seismic application as part of the prescriptive path in Seismic Design Categories D, E and F shall have an ICC -ES approval for seismic applications and shall require 'special 'inspection' irrespective of the type of occupancy category the structure is in. Anchors for kicker wires (splayed wires installed for purposes other than seismic restraint) are exempt from this requirement -Splay wires are to be within 2 inches of the connection of the vertical strut to suspended ceiling. (scires CISCA Seleodo ranee 3 - Rigid bracing may be used in lieu of splay mores. (scam ASCE section 9.6.26.22) - Ceilings with plenums less than 12 inches to structure are not required to have lateral farce bracing. - Vertical struts must be positively attached to the suspension systems and the structure above. (sane: cISCA 3 - The vertical strut may be EMT conduit, metal studs or a proprietary compression post (see figure 3). Wall Moldings (figures 4a and 4b) - Wall moldings (perimeter closure angles) are required to have a horizontal flange 2 Inches wide. One end of the ceiling grid shall be attached to the wall molding, the other end shall have a ? inch clearance from the wall and free to slide. (Soiree: ASCE 7 section 9.6.262.2 item b) - Where substantiating documentation has been provided to the local jurisdiction, perimeter dips may be used to satisfy the requirements far the 2-inch closure angle. The grid shall be attached at two adjacent wails (pop rivets or approved method). - Softs extending to a point at least level with the bottom plane of the grid and independently supported and laterally braced to the structure above are deemed to be equivalent to walls. - There shall be a minimum 3/4" inch clearance from the end of the grid system at un- attached wads. (Sores: ASCE 7-0S sectm 9.6.2622 item b) Spreader Bars (figure 4b) - Spreader (spacer) bars shall be used to prevent the ends of the main beams and cross tees at perimeter walls from spreading open during a seismic event. Perimeter wires shdl not be in lieu of spreader bars. (scar= CISCA Seismic moos 3 - Spreader bars are not required at perimeters where runners are attached directly to closure angles. - Wire tying is an acceptable alternative to spreader bas. Spreader bars are not required if a 90 degree intersecting cross or main is within 8 Linares of the perimeter wall. - Where substantiating documentation has been provided to the load jurisdiction, perimeter dips may be used to satisfy the requirements for spreader bars. Hanger (Suspension) Wires (figures 5a and 5b) -Hanger and perimeter wires must be plumb within 1 in 6 unless (figure 5s) counter sloping wires are provided (figure 5b). (Sauna: AS1M C 636 section 2.1.4) - Hanger wires shad be 12 gage and spaced 4 feet on center or 10 gage spaced 5 feet on center. (Scarce: AS114 C 636) - Any connection device at the supporting construction shall be capable of carrying not less than 100 pounds. (Ssurcee OSCA zones 3 - Powder driven shot -in- anchors are an approved method of attachment for hanger wires. Terminal ends of each main beam and cross tee must be supported within 8 inches of each wall with a perimeter care (see figure 4 & 5 b). (sauce cr9CA nines 3 • - Wires shall not attach to or bend around interfering material or equipment A trapeze or equivalent device shall be used where obstructions preclude direct suspension. Trapeze suspensions shat be a minimum of back -to -back 1% inch cold -rolled channels for spans exceeding 48 inches. (Sarum aSCA zones 3 Electrical fixtures -Light fixtures weighing less than 10 pounds shall have one 12 gage hanger wire connected from the fixture to the structure above. This wire may be slack. (Soups CISCA Sdsnic amen 3 - Light fixtures weighing more than 10 pounds and less than 56 lbs. shall have two 12 gage wires attached at opposing corners of the fight fixture to the structure above. These tyres may be slack. (Saris (MCA Seismic zones 3 - Light Factures weighing more than 56 lbs. shall be supported by directly from the structure above. These wires must be taut. (Source: CISCA Seismic inns 3-4) - Pendant mounted fixtures shall be directly supported from the structure above using a 9 gage wire or an approved alternate support without using the ceding suspension system for direct support. ( Sarce: CISCA Seisnde Z12145 3-4) - Tandem fixtures may utilize common wires. Mechanical Services - Terminals or services weighng 20 lbs. but not more than 56 lbs. must have two 12 gage wires connecting them to the ceiling system hangers or the structure above. These Wres may be slack. (Some CISCA SeIsn zones 3 - Terminals or services weighing more than 56 lbs. must be independently supported directly from the structure above. These wires must be taut (sow= MCA Seismic zones 3-4) Seismic Separation Joints (figure 7) -For ceiling areas exceeding 2,500 square feet, a seismic separation joint or full height wall partition that breaks the ceiling shall be provided unless analyses are performed of the ceilings bracing system, closure angles and penetrations to provide sufficient clearance. ( Source: ASCE 7 Rem 9.6.2.6.2.2 d) -The layout and location of the seismic separation joint shall be per the designer of record and noted an the plans. If a seismic separation joint is required by the designer, the designer may use the generic joint detailed in this document or a proprietary joint. The amount of free movement (gap design) shall be a minimum of 1/4 inch. - In lieu of seismic separation joints, the ceiling may be divided into areas less than 2500 square feet by the use of partitions cr soffrts as follows: partitions shall extend a minimum of 6 inches above the level of the plane of the grid and shall be independently braced to the structure above. Soffits shall extend to a point at least level with the bottom plane of the grid and shall be independently supported and laterally braced to the structure above. - Other than partitions and soffits, seismic joints may not be used as part of a fire rated ceiling assembly unless substantiating documentation is provided. - For ceilings without rigid bracing, sprinkler head penetrations shall have a 2 inch oversize ring, sleeve or adapter through the ceding tile to allow free movement of at least 1 inch in all horizontal drections. Flexible head design that can accommodate 1 inch free movement shall be permitted as an alternate. (Source: ASCE 7-05 9.6.26.22 flan e) nstallation R uirements RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY '12 2008 PERMIT CENTER 9 co 0 lY CAI a O Z m 0 0 < LiJ ( J 11011111011111 o at el r el O y O g gis ed el 3 1!'f 0 C n 0 W (I) SHEET NUMBER A -5 SHEET 10 OF 18 NOTE: SEE SHEET N -1 FOR TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES. FIRE EXTINGUISHER, T.G.C. TO VERIFY REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCAL AUTHORITIES KITCHENETTE COUNTER AND CABINETS, SEE 1/F -1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION EMPLOYEE LOCKERS NOTE: EMPLOYEE LOCKERS TO BE (2)6 PERSON UNITS, 12' VIDE x 18' DEEP x 78' HIGH W 16" LEGS, STANDARD GRAY, PADLOCK READY, AS MANUFACTURED BY LYON METAL PRODUCTS, INC. ITEM ID5362, FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TEL/DATA CLOSET 30' GRAPHIC PANELS, TYP. OF 3 54' OFFlCE CREDENZA CHAIR FILE CABINET BREAK RM. 6' -2' AUDIOMETRIC EXAM SUITE AUDIOMETRIC EXAM SUITE SURFACE MID. PAPER CUP DISPENSER, BOBRICK MODEL x-235, FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. BOTTOM OF DISPENSER TO BE 39" A.F.F. NKNG WATER FOUNTAIN, SEE PLUMBING DRAWING FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION QUEUING RAIL FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.0 INTERACTIVE SOFFIT ABOVE, SEE SHEET A -4 CASHWRAP 30' UCENSE DISPLAY L__J r1 L J L'J 0 CV FACE OF WALL 2' FILLER PANEL SUPPORT COUNTER AT WALL j APRON SINK ADJUSTABLE SHELVING ABOVE (SEE DETAIL 3/F-1) REFRIGERATOR NOTE: FURNITURE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT. NOTE: T.G.C. TO INSTALL BLOCKING IN WALL BEHIND ALL WALL MOUNTED ITEMS. NOTE: PLASMA TELEVISIONS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT. REFER TO ZOUNDS FIXTURE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION F C � Fixture Plan -1 F-1 • 0 1 2 0 1 2 4 8FEET W30X24 W33X24 MIN. / 1' -3' 1' -3" MIN. TO CENTER UNE OF SINK 5-5" i J-. I N N = = — = I = = = = 30" MIN CLEAR NOTE KITCHEN CABINETS AND COUNTER TO BE FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. B33 NOTE T.G.C. TO INSTALL BLOCKING IN WALL AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL WALL CABINETS. BOOK FOR KITCHENETTE Interior Elevation 2 4 FEET 30' GRAPHIC PANEL, CENTERED ABOVE TABLE, TYP. OF 3 SUITES COUNTER AND CHAIRS, TYP. OF 3 SUITES, COUNTER TO BE CENTERED ON WALL 30' GRAPHIC PANELS, CENTERED ON WALL, TYP. OF 3 SUITES BREAK ROOM FIXTURE WITH CHARGING STATION, SEE 2/F-1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION T.G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL COAT HOOK STRIP BOBRICK I B- 232X24 OR APPROVED EQUAL NOTE COUNTERS AND FIXTURES FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. NOTE GRAPHIC PANELS WITH FRENCH CLEATS FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. FRENCH CLEATS TO BE TOGGLE BOLTED TO WALL CENTERED HORIZONTALLY ON WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP WITH 4" BACKSPLASH CABINETS: WHITEBAY 2 - WHITE LAMINATE MANUFACTURED BY: MERILI.AT COUNTERTOP: PLASTIC LAMINATE PULLS: 3' SATIN NICKEL BENT LINE PULL - HP132 30' MISSION STATEMENT GLASS PRODUCT DISPLAY CASE MTH INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED UGHT BOX FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. SOFFIT ABOVE 30' GRAPHIC PANEL CENTERED ABOVE TABLE 4' -6' x 2' -0' COUNTER AND CHAIRS, COUNTER TO BE CENTERED ON WALL 30" GRAPHIC PANEL, CENTERED ON WALL NOTE SUSPENDED BANNERS FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER. FACE OF WALL WHITE MELAMINE ADJUSTABLE SHELF (1) PER CABINET 2' FILLER PANE. B' -0' LONG PWGMOLD MOUNTED AT 48' A.F.F. PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP W /4' SPLASH 3' CHROME WIRE PULLS, TYP. 2" FILLER PANEL WHITE MELAMINE ADJUSTABLE SHELF (1) PER CABINET NOTE CABINETS TO HAVE WHITE MELAMINE FINISH ON INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR. NOTE WALL CABINETS TO BE PROVIDED WITHOUT DOORS. PROVIDE (2) 2 -1/2' DIA. GROMMETS IN BOTTOM OF EACH 36' WIDE WALL CABINET AS IN EACH ADJUSTABLE SHELF. NOTE: CASHWRAP TO HAVE A MINIMUM 36" HIDE AREA A MAXIMUM OF 34" A.F.F. TO COMPLY WITH HANDICAP ACCESSIBIUTY REQUIREMENTS. CASHWRAP/ BACKWRAP, FURNISHED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY T.G.C. 30' GRAPHIC PANELS, TYP. OF 3 FIRE EXTINGUISHER, T.G.C. TO VERIFY REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCAL AUTHORITIES 36' GRAPHIC PANEL, TYP. OF 3 50' PLASMA TV MEDIA CABINET DEMO ROOM SEATING PRODUCT DISPLAY PANEL NOTES T.G.C. TO REFER TO ZOUNDS FIXTURE BOOK FOR ALL R.O. AND SCRIBING INFORMATION. NOTE: T.G.C. TO REFER TO ZOUNDS FIXTURE BOOK FOR ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION INFORMATION. # = • = = W36X30 N N N 4 / / B36 DB36 NOTE: CYLINDER LOCKS ARE REQUIRED ON ONE 3 FOOT BASE CABINET AND ON DRAWERS IN DRAWER BASE. NOTE: T.G.C. TO INSTALL BLOCKING IN WALL AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL WALL CABINETS. STORAGE AND FIXTURE SHELVING Interior Elevation .5 1 i I 2 4 FEET W36X30 in 1 N c M 42' PLASMA TV CHAIRS BUILT -IN COUNTER MENU BOARD, FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY T.G.C. 36" GRAPHIC PANEL COUNTER AND CABINET BELOW 42' PLASMA TV CABINETS: WHITEDAY 2 - WHITE LAMINATE MANUFACTURED BY: MERILLAT COUNTERTOP: PLASTIC LAMINATE PULLS: 3' SATIN NICKEL BENT UNE PULL - HP132 SUSPENDED BANNER, TYP. OF 2 LEASE LINE FLOORING TRANSITIONS, SEE SHEET A -3 STOREFRONT DISPLAY FIXTURE PEDESTAL FLOOR FIXTURES PROFILE OF SOFFIT ABOVE ' ZOUNDS" LOGO SIGN ABOVE, SEE SHEET A -1.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FLOORING TRANSITION, SEE SHEET A -3 LEASE UNE 36' GRAPHIC PANEL LOUNGE FURNITURE FACE OF WALL (2) 3/4 X 16' X 36" WHITE MELAMINE ADJUSTABLE SHELVING Ant TOP OF SHELF IMF IT-6* 90' METAL SHELF BRACKET NOTE: T.G.C. TO INSTALL BLOCKING IN WALL AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT SHELVING. NOTE: STANDARD, BRACKETS AND SHELVING FURNISHED BY MILLWORK CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. BREAKROOM SHELVING Typical Detail H I--i I (2) 36' HEAVY DUTY SURFACE MOUNTED WALL STANDARDS WITH 1" SLOTS 2' O.C. AT 24" O.C., SECURE TO WALL WITH TOGGLE BOLTS MOUNT FROM 6'-6' TO 9' -6' A.F.F. 0 .5 1 2 4 FEET D OS- - t ri RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 1 ? Zuuti PERMIT CENTER CO z 0 � W F- X LL !t It -I—I 0 IT N CO r 3 E g 0 ett M N y O O ger I r a 0 G N 0 a) Co 8 os 0 SHEET NUMBER F -1 SHEET 11 OF 18 III -x;11 Notes and Specifications 00600 - GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 1. Description of work: General construction work for the construction, finishing the interior and storefront of this store for retail use. Definitions: In this contract for general construction, the terms: general construction contract, general contractor, contractor, tenant's general contractor and T.G.C. Are interchangeable. A. A.I.A. Document A201, "general conditions of the contract for construction ', 1997 edition, is part of this contract. 2. Drawings and specifications A complete up to date set of the drawings, including approved shop drawings shall be kept at the site for the duration of the work. Copies or originals, if required, of all permits and approvals, shall also be kept at the site. A. The use of these documents is restricted to the original site for which they were prepared. Reuse or reproduction of the documents (whole or in part) for any other purpose is prohibited. 3. All work is to be performed in accordance with applicable state and local codes and shopping center criteria. 4. The General Contractor shall obtain and pay for all required permits and comply with all applicable building codes and ordinances during construction. 5. Contractor's insurance policies are to name tenant, its architect, Comprehensive Development Corp., the landlord and the landlord's general contractors, (if applicable) as additional insured. Certificates of insurance shall be submitted to those named. A. Minimum insurance requirements: (T.G.C. TO VERIFY WITH LANDLORD) 1. Workman's compensation insurance for statutory obligations imposed by Workers Compensation or Occupational Disease Laws, including, where acceptable, the Liability Act and the Jones Act. Employers insurance shall In II be provided with a minimum limiit of $1,000,000.00 per accident, $1,000,000.00 per disease, $1,000,000.00 policy limit per disease. 2. Comprehensive general liability (including premises - operations: nt contractors' products and completed inde ende ctors rotective• rod P P P operations: broad form property damage; automobile coverage, and contractual liability.) a. Bodily injury: $2,000,000.00 Each occurrence $2,000,000.00 Aggregate, products and completed operations b. Property damage (including water damage and sprinkler leakage, legal liability). $2,000,000.00 Each occurrence $2,000,00M0- Aggregate c. Products and completed operations shall be maintained for a minimum period of 3 years after final payment and contractor shall continue to provide evidence of such coverage to owner on an annual basis during the aforementioned period. d. Property damage liability insurance shall include coverage for explosion and collapse. 3. Comprehensive automobile liability (owned, non - owned, hired) a. Bodily injury. $1,000,000.00 Each occurrence $1,000,000.00 Each accident b. Property damage: $1,000,000.00 Each occurrence All contractors and subcontractors engaged in the performance of this work shall effect and maintain and deliver to tenant and copy to the architect, certificates evidencing the existence of, prior to the commencement of the work and until completion, the insurance coverage noted above. Before commencing work contractor shall submit certificate of insurance to landlord if required. Upon completion of the work and before final payment is made, the contractor shall secure and deliver to the tenant (copy to the architect) a properly issued occupancy certificate and /or any other required approvals by any agencies having jurisdiction over the work. This includes the landlord. Upon completion of the work and before final payment is made, the contractor shall secure and deliver to the tenant (copy to the architect) all guarantees and /or warranties on all equipment supplied and /or installed by the contractor, and his subcontractors. Upon completion of the work and before final payment is made, the contractor shall submit final notarized waivers of lien from all subcontractors and a final notarized lien waiver from himself for the full amount of the contract (including all change orders and extras). Final lien waivers shall state that they include any and /or all work on the subject project. b. Miscellaneous provisions: 1. All work shall be coordinated with, and is subject to approval by, and the rules of, the landlord. Submit evidence of same as may be required. Obtain a list of rules and regulations from the landlord. 2. Storage of contractor's construction materials, tools, equipment and debris shall be confined to the premises and in any other areas which may be designated for such purpose by the landlord. In no event shall any material or debris be stored in malls or service /exit corridors. c. Change orders: 1. Bills for extras will be paid only when work is approved in writing. No charges based upon verbal orders will be considered unless so approved. The contractor's records for all charges or credits shall at all times be made available for inspection by the architect or owner. 6. The general contractor is responsible for providing safety at all times. 7. Barricades and temporary facilities: General contractor shall furnish and install all necessary barricades, temporary construction ,dust shields, and scaffolding as required. The T.G.C. shall be responsible for barricade maintenance, removal and repair, cleanup or any reconstruction required as a result of the barricade. Contractor shall arrange, pay for and maintain any needed temporary facilities at the premises including electrical service, trash removal, protection, enclosure barricade, use of elevators, air conditioning and heating, telephone and fax machinery, and sanitary facilities. 8. General contractor is to be familiar with all landlord criteria, special working conditions pertaining to barricades, noise, dust, trash removal, etc. and to coordinate with landlord. 9. General contractor must have a job phone on premises during entire construction period and provide number and name of contact to architect and tenant immediately. 10. The general contractor is to have a full time qualified supervisor on the site. Any work which is required to take place at night or during off hours shall be verified with the landlord's representative and the cost is to be included in the bid. 11. The contractor shall protect adjoining areas from any damage which may arise from the work. The contractor shall be responsible for paying for any damage arising from his work. 12. General contractor is to coordinate work schedule with owner, architect and mall management, (If Applicable) 13. The general contractor is to verify all dimensions and field conditions with the drawings, including overall wall dimensions, ceiling heights, condition of ceilings, capacity of electrical system, interference's such as existing duct work, hvac equipment, sprinkler lines and mains, roof downspouts, electrical equipment or other obstructions which could come in conflict with new construction. No extras shall be honored for omitted items which would be readily apparent during site visit. Do not scale drawings. See note 04 (layout work). 14. All dimensions are to face of gypsum board, unless noted otherwise. Should the general contractor require the millwork contractors to field measure, any costs shall be borne by the general contractor. 15. T.G.C. shall coordinate his work with that of the utility companies and also coordinate the work of all trades, providing access as required. 16. Any and all blocking members, i.e. shelf backing, glazing stops, platforms, etc. shall be non - combustible. All finished wood to be heated with flame retardant materials with a maximum flame spread index of 25. Refer to plans and detail for location of wood members. 17. The general contractor shall indude in base bid, price to unload and store, owner furnished items for installation by the general contractor. Construction equipment and materials are to be located in confined areas and truck traffic is to be routed in and from the site as directed by the landlord. The cost of the work shall indude any overtime necessitated by these conditions. G.C. to store package materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. 18. The general contractor is responsible for filing freight claims direct with carrier, and following through as necessary with all subsequent procedures, including inspections and removal of damaged material. This applies to visible and concealed damages of all owner supplied materials. Failure to do so will result in backcharge expenses to the general contractor. 19. General contractor is responsible for protecting all owner supplied materials throughout the work, and is to make repairs as required. 20. All material and products specified shall be new and are to be installed in accord with manufacturer's instructions and specifications. General contractor is to construct project in accord with the documents. Any deviation from the intent of the documents without architect approval are the contractor's own risk. 21. General contractor shall pay for all scavenger services, be responsible for removal of debris for all trades, and for keeping the job site clean at all times. 22. General contractor to patch and /or match all existing damaged surfaces, floors, walls, ceilings, etc. Also any damage due to construction. Care must be taken not to remove or damage any work which may affect the use or operation of any other premises or tenant. Any such damage or removal shall be immediately repaired at the sole cost of the contractor. n responsible for a smooth transition between s i n 23. General contractor shall be res o s t o b P require store floor and mall floor, (If Applicable). Store floor may equ a latex grinding store sub -floor to allow a feathering, or where possible ndm down of s a o 9� 9 9 smooth transition. If floor grinding is not permitted by mall, contact architect. 24. Provide exit lighting which is illuminated at any time the building is occupied and shall have an intensity of not less than 1 footcandle at floor level, per applicable codes. 25. All exit signs must comply with local applicable code requirements. 26. All exit way walls and ceiling finish materials shall have a flame spread classification of not more than class II and flame spread index of 75 or less. All additional wall and ceiling finish materials shall have a flame spread classification of not more than class III and a flame spread index of 200 or less. 27. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining any and all existing fire protection systems in good condition during all phases of the work and shall replace same if damaged or as required to perform the work. 28. Automatic fire sprinkler system: A. Fire sprinkler contractor shall obtain separate review and approval. B. Submit 4 sets of drawings as required for plan approval to landlord's insurance underwriter. C. General contractor shall be responsible for obtaining shop drawings and calculations. General contractor shall be responsible for obtaining approval of all sprinkler work with local governing bodies and landlord. D. General contractor to verify number of fire extinguishers present at job site and provide additional units and mounting hardware to bring total number as directed by local fire marshall or code. E. Fire extinguisher to be manufactured by U.L Industries or architect approval equal. Materials and installation as directed by local fire marshall or code. 29. As referred to in these documents, the landlord for this store is : Westfield Corporation, Inc. 11601 Wilshire Blvd., 12th Floor Los Angeles, CA 90025 30. Minimum interference - all work shall be performed so as to cause a minimum interference with any other tenants and the operation of the landlord's entire premises. Contractor shall take all precautionary steps to protect the facilities on the premises and the facilities of others affected by performance of the work and police same properly. 31. Shop drawings and samples: where called for in the documents, submit to the architect for approval as follows: A. Reserved B. Non - reproducible Data: Five Sealed copies C. Samples: one sample board D. Clearly mark all submissions with date, project, contact, and subcontractor and allow space for approval. 32. Before start of construction the tenant's general contractor is to provide: A. Schedule of requirement submittals B. Progress schedule C. List of all subcontractors D. Copies of building permit and any other required authorizations and licenses by governing- authorities E. Copy of insurance coverage 33. Demolition: Demolish and remove from the premises in a manner acceptable to any jurisdictional agencies, the landlord, and to the approval of the architect all work so indicated or required by the work of the contract documents, or as may be directed in the field by the architect. The work which is to be removed shall include any existing construction, furnishings, equipment or finishes not to remain in the completed work. 34. Layout work: General contractor shall locate all existing utility service lines and protect them throughout the construction period. Layout contractor shall lay out work and be responsible for all lines, elevations, measurements of the building, utilities, and other work executed under the contract. General contractor shall verify all dimensions as they may apply to existing conditions with particular emphasis on dimensions marked "verify' or verify in field (V.I.F.)" Notify architect and tenant immediately of any discrepancies between the drawings and existing conditions in written form. Any discrepancies, errors, or omissions discovered in the contract documents by the contractor shall be brought to the attention of the architect and tenant before proceeding with related work, otherwise the correction of such items is the responsibility of the contractor. 35. Cutting and repair. All cutting, dnlling, or removals required to remove, relocate, alter or install any work, equipment wiring, appliances, etc. and upon completion, repairing, patching and finishing all surfaces to a new condition shall be done by the contractor. 36. Patching: All surfaces, including those damaged during the work, requiring same shall be patched and refinished to a new condition to the architect's, landlord's or tenant's approval. 37. Cleaning: Upon completion of the work, all surfaces, including floors, walls, glass, fixtures and fittings shall be clean and ready to use. All glass surfaces shall be free of scratches. 38. Completion: A. Provide maintenance stock for all materials: 1. 1 carton of each acoustical ceiling tile 2. 1 gallon of each paint 3. 1 carton of each vinyl flooring. B. Warranties and guarantees for all equipment and materials C. Lien waivers, operating and maintenance instructions for all equipment 39. Changes: There may be changes, omissions, or modifications in the work and appropriate adjustments will be made in the contract price. The charges for all extra work or credits shall be reviewed and approved by the tenant in writing. 40. Contractor to provide all Subcontractors with a complete set of the most current documents. Part I- 1. 2. 3. Part II- 4. 5. Notes and Specifications 01710 - FINAL CLEANING GENERAL The work included in this subcontract shall be performed according to the General Conditions and Requirements which are stated on the cover sheet of this set of drawings. The final cleaning shall be performed by a professional cleaning company. All surfaces and finishes shall be left free of marks, blemishes, dust, dirt, overspray, paint spills, etc... PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS CLEANING PRODUCTS A. All products used for cleaning shall be appropriate for and compatible with the materials being cleaned. RESERVED Part III- EXECUTION 6. Clean all plastic laminates, countertops and metal trim with non - abrasive cleansers. 7. Clean all glass and mirrors with ammonia -type non - streaking glass cleanser. 8. Damp wipe all fixtures, including light fixtures. 9. Remove labels, except for those required to demonstrate compliance with building codes, fire - ratings and testing. Also remove all residue and glue remaining on the surface. 10. CARPET CLEANING - all carpeting, including base and wall installations, shall be thoroughly vacuumed. Where spotted or stained, carpeting shall be steam cleaned. 11. TOILET ROOMS - all fixtures and washable surfaces in the toilet rooms shall be cleaned, sanitized and polished. 12. ELECTRICAL PANELS AND FLOOR MOUNTED MECHANICAL EQUIP. shall be dusted and wiped clean. 13. VINYL COMPOSITION TILE -- strip, wash, seal & wax. 14. CORK FLOORING -Wash clean and seal per manufacturer's recommendations. 15. Remove protective coverings and tags. 16. Remove and dispose of all trash, scraps, packing etc., disposal shall be in accordance with the Landlord's requirements. 17. DISPLAY WALL & TRIM - Wipe clean 18. SOFFITS AND VALANCES - Dust Clean 19. CERAMIC TILE -Wash clean and seal per manufacturer's recommendations. 434 .` Notes and Specifications T - 05000 - METALS Part I- 1. 2. 3. 3. 4. 5. GENERAL The work included in this subcontract shall be performed according to the General Conditions and Requirements which are stated on the cover sheet of this set of drawings. Coordinate this work with the RELATED WORK of others which includes but is not necessarily limited to the following: a. 09000 - FINISHES Furnish and install metal fabrications which include but are not necessarily limited to light gauge metal framing • and miscellaneous metals. Part II- PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS N/A 4. STRUCTURAL STEEL (Existing) 5. LIGHT -GAUGE METAL FRAMING -ICBO ipIER -211 a. Demising Walls - Existing b. Interior Partitions and - 2 1/2 ", 3 5/8 ", and 6" CR and CS Series metal studs at 12 716" O.C. minimum or as detailed: gauges shall be as shown on the Partition Schedule - Dwg. A -1. c. Interior Soffits - 2 1/2" and 3 5/8" CR and CS Series metal studs 012716" O.C. minimum (25 gave or as shown on details) d. Bridging- Cross bridging ® 6' -0 o.c. vertical max. same stud as vertical members. 6. FASTENERS a. Stud to stud, stud to track, stud to bracing - fasten with (2) -0 TEK Screws 0 each connection. b. Track to floor slab - Hilti FDF Series fastener pin 0 4' -0" o.c. (5/8" Penetration .138 Dia.) 0�6 Notes and Specifications T 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY Part I- 1. 2. GENERAL The work included in this subcontract shall be performed according to the General Conditions and Requirements which are stated on the cover sheet of this set of drawings. Coordinate this Work with the RELATED WORK of others. A. 05000 - METALS Furnish and install all rough carpentry which includes but is not necessarily limited to rough blocking, panels and backboards. All wood used for framing and blocking shall be fire- retardant treated, tested per ASTM E84 and shall have a flame spread rating not greater than 25. The material shall bear the identification of an authoritative testing or inspection agency. Install fire-retardant wood blocking within wall behind all wall mounted items. Part II- PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS 6. BLOCKING Nominal 2x, fire retardant treated 7. SUBSTRATE A. 3/4" Plywood (fire retardant) and /or thickness as shown on plans. B. 3/4" Medium density particle board (fire retardant) and /or thickness as shown on plans. C. 1/4" Medium density fiber board (fire retardant) 4) Notes and Specifications T 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY Part I- GENERAL 1. The work included in this subcontract shall be performed according to the General Conditions and Requirements which are stated on the cover sheet of this set of drawings. 2. Coordinate this work with the RELATED WORK of others which includes but is not necessarily limited to the following: A. 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY B. PLASTIC LAMINATE C. PAINTING 3. Furnish and install all finished carpentry which includes but not necessarily limited to, shelves, prefinished wood products, wood trims, substrates & plastic laminates shown on the drawings and in related documents. 4. Furnish and install mercantile equipment which includes display fixtures, slatwall, cashwrap, wall- mounted items and finish hardware as shown on the drawings and in related documents. 5. All wood used for framing and blocking shall be fire- retardant treated, tested per ASTM E84 and shall have a flame spread rating not greater than 25. The material shall bear the identification of art authoritative testing or inspection agency. 6. All paint finished wood trim to be Paint Grade Number One Poplar smooth sanded with tight joints, scarfed horizontal, glued, and nailed. All wood trim scheduled to receive paint to be Poplar unless otherwise noted. No butt joints will be accepted. Furnished and installed by T.G.C. 7. T.G.C. To furnish and /or install millwork items as indicated on the drawings 8. All wood panels and trim must receive fire retardant wood blocking as required for proper installation. All joints in wood panels and trim must receive fire retardant wood blocking as backing for prevention of slippage and separation. All wood panels shall be plain sliced match grain installed with grain placed in vertical position. 9. All veneer surfaces, edges, and adjacent materials to be free of all adhesives, markings, chips, and surface blemishes. 10. Wood veneer to be installed per manufacturer's specifications. All edges to be flush, true, and straight, without gaps. 11. All wood trim scheduled to receive stain to be maple unless otherwise noted. 12. All caulking to match adjacent finish. <06 Notes and Specifications T 06240 - PLASTIC LAMINATES Part I- GENERAL 1. The work included in this subcontract shall be performed according to the General Conditions and Requirements which are stated on the cover sheet of this set of drawings. 2. Coordinate this work with the RELATED WORK of others which includes but is not necessanly limited to the following: A. FINISH CARPENTRY 3. All laminate surfaces, edges and adjacent materials to be free of all adhesives, markings, chips and surface blemishes. Remove wrappings. 4. Plastic laminates to be installed per manufacturer's specifications. All edges to be flush, true and straight, without gaps. Adjacent laminated panels to be concealed spline joints. 5. Laminate to be installed over medium density particle board. Spackle and sand smooth to avoid telegraphing of fastener locations, backer, edges, etc. 6. All laminate work to be fastened with concealed mechanical fasteners attached to substrate framing and with adhesives wet with blocks and damps until adhesives have developed adequate bonding strength. 7. All caulking to match adjacent finish. Part II- PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS -. . , - - SOS . I 9. Contact adhesives Notes and Specifications 08400 - FRAMELESS GLASS DOORS (Storefront Entrance) Part GENERAL 1. e Work included in this subcontract shall be performed a ording to the General Conditions and requirements whi ' are stated on the cover sheet of this set of drawl' 's. 2. Prom •. install and reuse all glazing and miscellaneous accessories as requi -d to complete the Work of this section. 3. SAFETY S • NDARDS - New glazing materials shall omply with CPSC 16 -C ' Part 1201; 42FR1428. 4. APPLICABLE CO l S: Glazing shall comply with applicable Nati a S 't Part II- PRODUCT 5. FRAMELESS GLA D'0' - ShFI b: Ick "Clear" tempered float glass whit n heat strengthened in accordance with Federal S = 'f , ' aCC n ASTM C1048. All visible I IC la P edges shall be beveled and s : •oth. All metal to be natural anodized satin finish to ma tylmark Brushed Brite White Gold #214. MANUFACTURER shall be • appro • -d equal to Blumcraft Series 640 Doors. Door to have 120' dual wing - Ver with floor plan. 6. MISC. DOOR ACCESS' "'IES: a. BOTTOM RAIL - 6" high continuous rai with floor pivots b. PATCH RAIL • TOP OF DOOR - non -co inuous c. RESERVED d. PULL HA 'LE - 12 Long, back to back, Han cap Accessible - finish to match Stylmark Brus d Brite White Gold #214 or equal, Blumcraft P751- or equal. e. C 4NDER - Provide cylinders in floor to allow doors to be locked in both the open and closed sitions. Doors to remain unlocked at all times ring store operating hours. A f. DOOR CLOSER - DORMA BTS -80 floor mounted closer with integral hold open feature. g. GLAZING TAPES NOTE DOORS TO HAVE "NO' THUMB SCREW Part III- INSTALLATION 7. ANCHOR SECURELY 4:48 Notes and Specifications T-1 08300 - ROLL-UP GRILLE Part I- 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Part II- 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. N/A 12. N/A 13. GENERAL The Work included in this subcontract shall be performed according to the General Conditions and requirements which are stated on the cover sheet of this set of drawings. SUBMITTALS - Shop drawings shall be submitted for approval by the landlord if a substitution is made. Furnish and install all materials, hardware and labor required to provide a complete roll -up grille system fully integrated with the Work of other trades. Apply 1" high letters affixed to bottom bar indicating this door to remain unlocked while store is occupied." APPUCABLE CODES: Roll -up grille shall comply with all applicable National, State, and Local Codes. PRODUCTS MANUFACTURER shall be an approved equal to Metro Door PBG GUIDES - Natural anodized finish BOTTOM BAR - Natural anodized finish LOCKING CYLINDERS - On mall side CURTAIN - Mill finish aluminum, M9 Series THUMB TURN - On Tenant side MOTOR - Vertical bracket mounted grille motor, on motorized grille. MINI KEY SWITCH - (black cover plate) one on Tenant side and one on mall side 12" A.F.F. (See Sht. A -1 for locations) Switch cover plate to be 2 7/8 "w x 4 1/2 "h, on motorized grille. Part III- INSTALLATION 14. Anchor new system for structural loads in accordance with building code requirements. 1 Notes and Specifications Part I- GENERAL 08410 - STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM 1. The Work included in this subcontract shall be performed according to the General Conditions and requirements which are stated on the cover sheet of this set of drawings. 2. Provide and install all glazing and miscellaneous accessories as required to complete the Work of this section. 3. SAFETY STANDARDS - New glazing materials shall comply with CPSC 16 -CFR Part 1201; 42FR1428. 4. APPLICABLE CODES: Glazing shall comply with National, State, and Local Codes. Part III- INSTALLATION 7. ANCHOR SECURELY - See storefront details. A Part II- PRODUCTS N/A 5. MONOUTHIC HEAT - TREATED GLASS -1/2" clear tempered float glass which has been heat strengthened accordance with Federal Specification ASTM C1048. All visible edges shall be beveled and smooth. (As Noted on Drawings) 6. MISC. GLAZING ACCESSORIES: a. SETTING BLOCK, or match existing b. No Caulking or Silicon is allowed between sections of glazing c. GLAZING VINYL - For 1/2" thick glazing - black #226022 (inside), #226021 (outside) d. GLAZING CHANNEL - AT BASE - 6" high x 2" wide Stylmark 110481 Brushed Brite White Gold #214 w/ 110358 anchor or equal. e. GLAZING CHANNEL - AT HEAD - 1 3/4" high x 2" wide Stylmark 110483 Brushed Brite White Gold #214 or approved equal. f. GLAZING CUPS - Guardian 3" Square, 15', 30', 45', 60' and 90' - color to match Stylmark Brushed Brite White Gold #214 or approved equal g. TRIM BASE - 6 "H x 3/4 "W Rectangular Trim Base - Stylmark Base # 110269 with Base #410509 Brushed Brite White Gold #214 or approved equal ()8 Notes and Specifications T 08800 - GLAZING (Mirror Glass) Part I- GENERAL 1. The Work included in this subcontract shall be performed according to the General Conditions and requirements which are stated on the cover sheet of this set of drawings. 2. Reserved 3. Furnish and install glass mirror complete with metal edging. Part II- PRODUCTS 4. WALL MOUNTED CLEAR, 1/4" mirror glass 5. Reserved 6. EDGING - metal J- channel, Brushed chrome with mitred edges (all exposed sides) Part III- INSTALLATION 7. Mount mirror directly to solid substrate with adhesive applied fully over the contact surface. 8. All edges shall be ground to prevent flash back. Notes and Specifications T-1 09250 - GYPSUM DRYWALL SYSTEM Part I- 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Part II- PRODUCTS AND M ATERIALS 6. GYPSUM DRYWALL PANELS a. Fire Resistant 5/8" thick with a Type X core; / YP equal to u Gold Bond Fire- Shield with Sta- Smooth edges. b. Moisture Resistant - for application in wet areas and for use as a substrate for areas designated to receive ceramic tile, non - absorbent finish materials and similar products, use 5/8" thick gypsum wallboard equal to Gold Bond MR Fire - Shield G with green paper faces and tapered edges. 7. JOINT TREATMENT a. Joint Tape - paper b. Joint Compound - fast hardening type equal to Gold Bond Sta-Smooth. 8. ACCESSORIES a. Corner Beads - 1 -1/8 "x 1 -1/8" galvanized metal, crimped to all wall board corners. b. Corner Beads - 1 -1 /4 "x 1 -1/4" galvanized metal for double layered walls. c. Corner Beads - Install sheetrock brand 4-A flexible corner bead along all corners of curved soffits. d. Casing Beads -- galvanized metal. e. Control Joint - Vinyl extrusion (e -z -strip) 9. Install system free of waves, buckles and uneveness. 10. EXPOSED TO VIEW - all joints, holes and depressions visible below the ceiling line shall be filled, floated, sanded smooth and made ready to receive paint primer. All drywall to be taped, receive three coats spackle, sanded. All corners and edges to have metal corner bead, bedded and sanded for finish. All work to conform to United States Gypsum standard specification or equal. Visible joints are not acceptable.. 11. CONCEALED LOCATIONS - all joints, holes and depressions concealed above ceiling lines and behind permanent fixtures shall be filled and taped if acceptable by code. 12. EXTENT ABOVE CEILINGS - gypsum wallboard shall extend a minimum of 4" above the adjacent ceiling line. At demising walls, draftstop partitions, fire- separation walls, and other locations (As specified within the partition schedule). the gypsum wallboard shall extend fully to the underside of the structural deck above. Notes and Specifications T--1 09510 - GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS Part I- GENERAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. The work included in this subcontract shall be performed according to the General Conditions and Requirements which are stated on the cover sheet of this set of drawings. All ceilings to bear one hour minimum U.L rating installed in strict compliance with manufacturer's published specifications and current Bulletin of Acoustical Materials Association - job conditions (If required by code). Suspension system for gypsum ceilings; rigid ceiling grid system with cross furring channels, direct suspension system by United States Gypsum or drywall suspension system by -- Donn Corporation. Access doors shall be provided to all control devices, dampers, and the mixed air discharge and intake plenums and the HVAC unit. Access doors in suspended drywall ceilings and walls to be pan shaped, and painted to match adjacent finish. Install Karp #DSC -214M, 24" x 24 ", Universal flush metal access doors in non fire rated partitions and ceilings. Install ip<RP- 150FR, 24" x 24 ", Universal flush metal access doors in partitions and ceilings requiring a one hour fire rating. See reflected ceiling plan for additional information and location. 4)9 Notes and Specifications `1 09680 - CARPET Part I- 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. GENERAL The work included in subcontract shall be performed this s p rm ed according to the General Conditions and Requirements which are stated on the cover sheet of this set of drawings. Coordinate this Work with the RELATED WORK of others which includes but is not necessarily limited to the following: A. 05000 - METALS - Light gauge framing B. 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY Furnish and install all drywall materials, accessories and products required to provide a complete installation, including, but not limited to gypsum drywall on existing demising walls, interior partitions, soffits, fascias and gypsum wallboard used as substrates for other materials. Repair and patch existing gypsum drywall system. Application procedures and workmanship shall be in accordance with GA -216, ASTM C840, and U.S. Gypsum standard specifications or equal. GENERAL The work included in this subcontract shall be performed according to the General Conditions and Requirements which are stated on the cover sheet of this set of drawings. Floor surface to be properly prepared without holes, cracks, or bumps. Installation to be glue down method, using latex mastic Robert Seam Sealer #4015, Capitol adhesives #022, or equal. Carpet to be turned over to owner clean, without stains, snags, due to construction work. All debris to be removed from premises, any pieces 48" or larger to be rolled and stored in workroom. Install transitions strips at the transition to all hard surface flooring as indicated on drawings. Install carpet per seaming plan provided by the carpet supplier. 4,) Notes and Specifications T - 09650 - VINYL COMPOSITION TILE/CERAMIC 11LE Part I- GENERAL 1. The work included in this subcontract shall be performed according to the General Conditions and Requirements which are stated on the cover sheet of this set of drawings. 2. Vinyl composition tile floors to be properly prepared without holes, cracks and bumps, to insure a first class floor installation. 3. Vinyl composition floor tile and vinyl or rubber base to be as specified on room finish schedule. 4. Vinyl composition floor tile and vinyl rubber base to be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 5. Vinyl and rubber base rolled smooth, corners and edges to be true and tight, seam sealer to be applied size of smallest piece to be 8 inch length. All surfaces to be turned over to owner clean, without mastic smears or seepage. 6. All vinyl and rubber base shall be furnished with performed inside and outside corners. 7. Concrete floor sealer and Concrete Stain A. Concrete floors to be properly prepared without holes, cracks, bumps, to insure a first class installation. B. Surface must be clean and free of all wax, grease and oil and dry. C. Concrete sealer and Concrete Stain is to be applied in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations. 8. PRODUCT DATA: Submit manufacturer's technical information and installation instructions for specified materials, except bulk materials. 9. SAMPLES: Submit mounted floor tile sample for each selected color or specified tiles, grout and accessories requiring color selection. 10. Setting and grouting materials: Provide materials obtained from one source for each type and color of grout and setting. (4t Notes and Specifications Part I- GENERAL 1. The work included in this subcontract shall be performed according to the General Conditions and Requirements which are stated on the cover sheet of this set of drawings. 2. General contractor to confirm suitability of all walls to receive paint and /or wall covering in a first class manner. General contractor to contact architect if any walls not acceptable to receive as specified. Poor installation over unsuitable surface is painting contractor's responsibility. 3. All surfaces to be primed per manufacturer s recommendations. Suitable and compatible with surface and finish specified. 4. All material workmanship shall produce a first class installation of uniform quality without laps and streaks. 5. All new HVAC diffusers to match ceiling finish in which they occur. 6. All painted surfaces to receive one coat of primer and two coats of finish paint, unless otherwise noted. Note: painted surface to be smooth rolled or brushed with no skips, laps, or streaks. See color schedule for manufacturers designations. 7. Painting contractor to fill and touch up all nail holes in wood trim. 8. All electrical plates and devices to receive finish to match surrounding areas. 9. All caulking to match adjacent finish. 10. Prepare surfaces and apply product per manufacturers recommendations at areas to receive textured paint. Part l- 1. GENERAL The work included in this subcontract shall be performed according to the General Conditions and Requirements which are stated on the cover sheet of this set of drawings. 2. All interior signage, (including sign letters and vinyl window decals) shall be furnished and installed by tenant's sign contractor. 3. Storefront signage shall be furnished and installed by the Tenant's sign contractor. Sign contractor to procure all necessary approvals and permits prior to fabrication and /or installation of signs. General contractor to provide finished sign fascia and access to bulkhead interior as required for electrical wiring and connection. connection by general corn eral contractor. See storefront elevations Y9 for additional information. N/A 4. Under canopy or blade sign shall be furnished and installed by the Tenant's sign contractor to procure all necessary approvals and permits prior to fabrication and /or installation of signs. Notes and Specifications 1-1 10810 - TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES Part I- GENERAL 1. The work included in this subcontract shall be performed according to the General Conditions and Requirements which are stated on the cover sheet of this set of drawings. 2. Coordinate this Work with the RELATED WORK of others which includes but is not necessarily limited to the following: A. 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY 3. Furnish and install specialties which include but are not necessarily limited to toilet room accessories and miscellaneous items. 4. SUBMITTALS - Product Data sheets for proposed substitution shall be submitted for approval. Part II- PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS 5. TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES - a. Paper towel dispenser Bobrick # B -253 - 2 Requirerd, (1 at Toilet Room, and 1 at Kitchenette) b. Horizontal Grab bar Bobrick # B -6106 x 36" and 42" c. Coat hook Bobrick # 8 -682 at 54" R.F.F. on back of door. d. Mirror Bobrick # B -293 - 1630 e. Vertical Grab Bar Bobrick # B -6106 x 18" f. Toilet Tissue Dispenser Bobrick # B -264 Part III- INSTALLATION 6. All accessories to be mounted in conformance with applicable Federal, State and local Codes and Guidelines. 7. Provide fire retardant wood blocking in wall as required to attach wall mounted accessories and grab bars. Part I-- 1. 09900 - PAINTING Notes and Specifications 10426 - SIGNAGE Notes and Specifications 12304 - MILLWORK GENERAL The work included in this subcontract shall be performed according to the General Conditions and Requirements which are stated on the cover sheet of this set of drawings. 2. Coordinate this Work with the RELATED WORK of others which includes but is not necessarily limited to the following: A. 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY B. 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY 3. Millwork as noted on drawings is supplied by and installed by the General Contractor's millwork contractor 4. Some field assembly of millwork is required. Follow shop drawing accompanym9 millwork. All field assembled millwork to be scribed and joined accurately by tenant's contractor. 5. Installation to be in accordance with manufacturers shop drawings. 6. Make all joints inconspicuous maintaining a uniform flush connection using combination of screws, dowels and glue. Blind fasten where possible. Where blind fastening is impossible, drill holes uniformly, set and putty heads and finish as applicable to surface. 7. Cut ends of wood trim that shall have exposed end grain sanded smooth, sealed and finished. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWLA MAY 1 ?- 2008 PERMIT CENTER co CNI a a A 0 0 z m 0 Ilk if" egimit 0 00 co CO Qa -1--a 0 a) SHEET NUMBER N -1 SHEET 12 OF 18 NOTE MEPHONE/DATA TERMINAL BOARD TO CONNECT TO HSM SECURITY PANEL VIA CONDUIT. SECURITY SYSTEM TENANT SUPPLJED PATCH BAY SEE SYSTEM NOTES THIS SHEET. TELEPHONE/DATA TERMINAL BOARD. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY T G C. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. - 0 1 2 4 V V TEL /DAT 54' AFF — -- �DIOMETRIC 36' (EXAM SUITE \ 1;, 1/4'C) EGRESS CORRIDOR • NOTE: ALL LOW VOLTAGE CONDUITS TO BE INSTALLED WITH LONG RADIUS BENDS. NOTE ALL COVER PLATES TO BE WHITE. JUNCTION BOX WITH EMPTY 1 -1/4' CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING STUBBED UP ABOVE SALES AREA CEIUNG FOR FUTURE USE I Tel /Data Cabling Plan FEET Legend: (IF APPLICABLE) CABLE RUN WITHIN CONDUIT 12' AFF I TOILET RM. 1 I /r BREAK RM. 1. T.G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL DEVICES WITH TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER. 2. ALL CONDUITS TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED WITH PULL WIRE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 4. ALL TEL /DATA CABLE RUNS WITHIN WALLS OR ABOVE GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS TO BE RUN WITHIN CONDUIT. TERMINATE END OF CONDUIT WITHIN WALL/CEILING WITH NIPPLE AND PULL STRING - ONLY CABLE SHALL PENETRATE WALL /CEILING - AapreETRIc EXAM I--,, pOM lam- -7\ \ 1/4" 1 DUPLEX RJ45 JACK FOR NETWORK CONNECTION. ® MOUNT 18" A.F.F. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SEE INTERNAL NETWORK SYSTEM NOTES THIS SHEET. r 9 r - � I I I I L - I 18 AFT L iJ 3. ALL JUNCTION BOXES TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. MOUNT 18" A.F.F. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. FURNISH WITH PLASTER RINGS. OFFICE AFF STUB FROM IN 5. ALL LOW VOLTAGE CABLES SHALL BE PLENUM RATED. WILD CABLE RUNS TO BE NEATLY TIED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. 6- INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES 10" TO LEFT SIDE OF CENTERLINE OF TELEVISION. VERTICALLY ALIGN UPPER AND LOWER BOXES AND CONNECT WITH 1 -1/4" CONDUIT. FLUSH WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX - MOUNT VERTICALLY AT 18" A.F.F. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED JUNCTION B X WITH EMPTY 1 -1/4' CONDUIT PULL STRING STUBBED UP ABOVE S AREA CEWNG FOR FUTURE U J 7. PROVIDE CONDUIT RUNS AND JUNCTION BOXES FOR AUDIO SYSTEM. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND SEE ELEVATIONS "G" AND "H" THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND COMMENTS. CABLE RUN TO BE RUN WILD ABOVE CFJUNG UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED STUB -UP CONDUITS FROM WALL TO LOCATION ABOVE CEILING SHELF FOR RESTAURANT EQUIPMENT 8. ALL JUNCTION BOXES CONNECTED TO 1 -1/4" CONDUITS TO BE EXTRA DEEP BOXES. UF� 1 --1/4. CONDUIT BOX ABOVE CEIUNG ROOM NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL WIRE PULLS AND CONNECTIONS FOR TELEPHONE /DATA AND NETWORK SYSTEM TO BE PERFORMED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EMPLOYING THE SERVICES OF A QUALIFIED TEL /DATA TECHNICIAN. ALL WORK TO BE COORDINATED WITH TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. ADDITIONAL DEVICES MAY BE REQUIRED.' NOTE: T.G.C. TO VERIFY SECURITY SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS WITH TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. SALES AUDIOMETRICk j — EXAM SUIT r CONSULTATION i\ ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SINGLE G EXTRA DEEP WORK BOX FLUSH MTD. WITH PLASTER RING MOUNTED AT 48' AFF. TO ACCOMMODATE PLSH BUTTON SYATCH. STUB UP 1/2' CONDUIT ABOVE CEILING IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. J-BOX TO BE ALIGNED HORIZONTALLY WITH LUTRON DIMMER PA INDICATED Oil E -1. . STUB UP 1 -1/4' CONDUIT FROM J-BOX TO ABOVE LAY-IN CEILING IN CONSULTATION ROOM STUB UP 1' CONDUIT FROM J-BOX (AT 18' A.F.F.) TO ABOVE LAY -IN CEIUNG IN DEMO ROOM UNE #1 LINE #2 UNE #3 15. - J I I 1 I DEMO R OM GEyERL ALL STUB UP 1" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING TO ABOVE CEILING (2) 1' CONDJITS WITH PULL STRING. SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS FOR ADDITIONAL CONDUIT RUNS 12' AFT III COUNTER INTERACTIVE rf `� 7 74' F- ky VOID SEE GENERAL NOTE 16 NOTE: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF ALL DEVICES BEING INSTALLED BEHIND FIXTURES TO ENSURE THAT DEVICES ARE LOCATED AT CUTOUTS IN BACK OF FIXTURE. NOTE: COORDINATE CASHWRAP AND POS WIRING REQUIREMENTS WITH TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. Schedule Of Telephone Lines: STORE PHONE NUMBER -MAIN (VOICEMAIL /LONG DISTANCE/CAL, FORWARDING) STORE PHONE NUMBER -HUNT (STORE FAX AND SECURITY (LONG DISTANCE) P.O.S. TERMINAL AND MODEM (LONG DISTANCE) Telephone /Data /Network System Notes 1. ALL CABLE RUNS TO BE 4 PAIR, CATEGORY 6, PLENUM RATED. i J r C.-7 f \ \ / / < \ �°� '1IVGE SEE GENERAL NOTE #7 'Ii AFF\ 4 / J AFF) STALL 1 -1/4" CON UIT BETWEEN UPPER AND LOWER NCTION BOXES. VERTICALLY ALIGN B XES AND CENTER HORIZONT Y ON WALL 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL CABLE AND JACKS. 4. RUN CABLE WILD ABOVE LAY -IN CEILINGS NEATLY TIED TO STRUCTURE 6. TENANT TO FURNISH TELEPHONES. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL TELEPHONE BLOCK AND PROVIDE FINAL HOOK -UP. r -- � VOID 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES AND 3/4" CONDUIT IN ALL WALLS FROM RJ -45 JACK LOCATIONS TO ABOVE CEILING FOR CABLE RUNS. 5. TENANT TO ORDER THREE ANALOG TELEPHONE LINES FROM LOCAL PHONE COMPANY. TELEPHONE COMPANY TO BRING TELEPHONE SERVICE TO DEMARK LOCATION IN MALL 7. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL DATA JACKS AND CABLE, EXTEND CATEGORY 6 CABLE FROM RJ45 JACK LOCATIONS TO PATCH BAY IN TEL /DATA CLOSET AND PUNCH CABLE INTO PATCH BAY. 8. ALL DATA UNES AND WALL PLATES MUST BE LABELED FOR IDENTIFICATION WITH NUMBERS CORRESPONDING TO PATCH PANEL NUMBERS. 9. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL CATEGORY 6 48 PORT PANEL WITH 19" FREESTANDING TWO POLE HALF RACK IN TEL /DATA CLOSET. 10. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL 20 AMP 110V ISOLATED GROUND DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, AS INDICATED ON SHEET E -2, ADJACENT TO PATCH BAY. PROVIDE HANDLE LOCK ON BREAKER. 11. TENANT WILL ORDER T -1 DATA SERVICE FROM AT &T. AT &T PROVIDES ROUTER AND OTHER NETWORK EQUIPMENT. ROUTER WILL BE SHIPPED TO THE STORE AND INSTALLED BY TENANT. 12. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO EXTEND PHONE UNES AND T -1 LINE FROM MALL'S DEMARK LOCATION TO TEL /DATA CLOSET VIA CONDUIT. UTILIZE ONE CAT 5 FOR TELEPHONE UNES AND ONE CAT 5 FOR T -1 UNE. 13. PHONE LINES SHOULD BE TERMINATED AT PORTS #44, 46, AND 48 ON THE PATCH PANEL AND LABELED WITH CORRESPONDING PHONE NUMBERS AT RJ45 JACKS. 14. T -1 DATA LINE SHOULD BE TERMINATED AT PORT #42, AND LABELED "T -1 ". TENANT PROVIDES NETWORK GB SWITCH AND PATCH CORDS. INSTALL 1 -1/4" CONDUIT BETWEEN UPPER AND LOWER JUNCTION BOXES. VERTICALLY ALIGN BOXES AND CENTER HORIZONTALLY ON WALL. vdD I 18" / mil • AFF /� P 68" AFF (/ c- - - k1 RESTAURANT SIMULATION ROOM SEE GENERAL NOTE #7 !� L__JII ilIFT1 a INSTALL 1/2' CONDUIT, CUT FLUSH TO FACE OF WALL AT 54" A.F.F. WITH NIPPLE AND PULL STRING FOR REAR CHANNEL SPEAKERS IN RESTAURANT ROOM. STUB UP ABOVE CEILING TERMINATE CONDUIT ABOVE CFJUNG ACCESS PANEL AND INSTALL BUSHING AT END OR WIDTH OP CLOSET SECURITY PNL PATCH PANEL 4' -0" 3/4" FIRE RETARDENT MDF FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. SEE NOTE 6, SEE SYSTEM NOTES SEE NOTE 9, SEE SYSYTEM NOTES WALL JACK ID.# WIRE ID.# AT PATCH BAY TYPICAL JACK AND WIRE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AT PATCH BAY TO MATCH Telephone Board Elevation .5 ~ 2 4 FEET TD -1 CD STUB UP 1" CONDUIT ABOVE CEILING IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION 1/2" CONDUIT 1 -1/4" CONDUIT DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 1/2' CONDUIT i 1/2' CONDUIT ABOVE TO LUTRON DIMMER. SEE SHEET E 1 —� 0 1 2FLLI 2 FEET STUB UP 1 -1/4' CONDUIT ABOVE CEILING IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION 68" 18' AFF RESTAURANT SIMULATION ROOM Interior Elevation 0 6 0' 68' AFF 42" PLASMA TO POWER 1/2' CONDUIT TO POWER RECESSED CLOCK RECP. J-BOX WITH RJ45 LUTRON RS232 SEE SHEET E -1 RECESSED CLOCK RECP. WALL SPEAKER ROUGH -IN KITS TYP. OF 3 RECESSED SPEAKER LOCATIONS. DO NOT INSTALL CONDUIT IN WALL AT THESE LOCATIONS 1/2" CONDUIT 1/2" CONDUIT TO ABOVE CEILING RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 121008 PERMIT CENTER CO co ry w I- a Q \\ 2 Q\ NI 40 IsidA 0 G Co SHEET NUMBER TD -1 SHEET 13 OF 18 Southcenter WA 98188 PROJECT COORDINATION: JOB NO: ZO-11-01-0 STORE NO: 1000 CI-IECKED: CM REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: NO REVISIONS 1 W ^ h- r 2 i! 1 'J \a+ . NOTE MEPHONE/DATA TERMINAL BOARD TO CONNECT TO HSM SECURITY PANEL VIA CONDUIT. SECURITY SYSTEM TENANT SUPPLJED PATCH BAY SEE SYSTEM NOTES THIS SHEET. TELEPHONE/DATA TERMINAL BOARD. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY T G C. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. - 0 1 2 4 V V TEL /DAT 54' AFF — -- �DIOMETRIC 36' (EXAM SUITE \ 1;, 1/4'C) EGRESS CORRIDOR • NOTE: ALL LOW VOLTAGE CONDUITS TO BE INSTALLED WITH LONG RADIUS BENDS. NOTE ALL COVER PLATES TO BE WHITE. JUNCTION BOX WITH EMPTY 1 -1/4' CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING STUBBED UP ABOVE SALES AREA CEIUNG FOR FUTURE USE I Tel /Data Cabling Plan FEET Legend: (IF APPLICABLE) CABLE RUN WITHIN CONDUIT 12' AFF I TOILET RM. 1 I /r BREAK RM. 1. T.G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL DEVICES WITH TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER. 2. ALL CONDUITS TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED WITH PULL WIRE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 4. ALL TEL /DATA CABLE RUNS WITHIN WALLS OR ABOVE GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS TO BE RUN WITHIN CONDUIT. TERMINATE END OF CONDUIT WITHIN WALL/CEILING WITH NIPPLE AND PULL STRING - ONLY CABLE SHALL PENETRATE WALL /CEILING - AapreETRIc EXAM I--,, pOM lam- -7\ \ 1/4" 1 DUPLEX RJ45 JACK FOR NETWORK CONNECTION. ® MOUNT 18" A.F.F. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SEE INTERNAL NETWORK SYSTEM NOTES THIS SHEET. r 9 r - � I I I I L - I 18 AFT L iJ 3. ALL JUNCTION BOXES TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. MOUNT 18" A.F.F. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. FURNISH WITH PLASTER RINGS. OFFICE AFF STUB FROM IN 5. ALL LOW VOLTAGE CABLES SHALL BE PLENUM RATED. WILD CABLE RUNS TO BE NEATLY TIED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. 6- INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES 10" TO LEFT SIDE OF CENTERLINE OF TELEVISION. VERTICALLY ALIGN UPPER AND LOWER BOXES AND CONNECT WITH 1 -1/4" CONDUIT. FLUSH WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX - MOUNT VERTICALLY AT 18" A.F.F. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED JUNCTION B X WITH EMPTY 1 -1/4' CONDUIT PULL STRING STUBBED UP ABOVE S AREA CEWNG FOR FUTURE U J 7. PROVIDE CONDUIT RUNS AND JUNCTION BOXES FOR AUDIO SYSTEM. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND SEE ELEVATIONS "G" AND "H" THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND COMMENTS. CABLE RUN TO BE RUN WILD ABOVE CFJUNG UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED STUB -UP CONDUITS FROM WALL TO LOCATION ABOVE CEILING SHELF FOR RESTAURANT EQUIPMENT 8. ALL JUNCTION BOXES CONNECTED TO 1 -1/4" CONDUITS TO BE EXTRA DEEP BOXES. UF� 1 --1/4. CONDUIT BOX ABOVE CEIUNG ROOM NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL WIRE PULLS AND CONNECTIONS FOR TELEPHONE /DATA AND NETWORK SYSTEM TO BE PERFORMED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EMPLOYING THE SERVICES OF A QUALIFIED TEL /DATA TECHNICIAN. ALL WORK TO BE COORDINATED WITH TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. ADDITIONAL DEVICES MAY BE REQUIRED.' NOTE: T.G.C. TO VERIFY SECURITY SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS WITH TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. SALES AUDIOMETRICk j — EXAM SUIT r CONSULTATION i\ ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SINGLE G EXTRA DEEP WORK BOX FLUSH MTD. WITH PLASTER RING MOUNTED AT 48' AFF. TO ACCOMMODATE PLSH BUTTON SYATCH. STUB UP 1/2' CONDUIT ABOVE CEILING IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. J-BOX TO BE ALIGNED HORIZONTALLY WITH LUTRON DIMMER PA INDICATED Oil E -1. . STUB UP 1 -1/4' CONDUIT FROM J-BOX TO ABOVE LAY-IN CEILING IN CONSULTATION ROOM STUB UP 1' CONDUIT FROM J-BOX (AT 18' A.F.F.) TO ABOVE LAY -IN CEIUNG IN DEMO ROOM UNE #1 LINE #2 UNE #3 15. - J I I 1 I DEMO R OM GEyERL ALL STUB UP 1" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING TO ABOVE CEILING (2) 1' CONDJITS WITH PULL STRING. SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS FOR ADDITIONAL CONDUIT RUNS 12' AFT III COUNTER INTERACTIVE rf `� 7 74' F- ky VOID SEE GENERAL NOTE 16 NOTE: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF ALL DEVICES BEING INSTALLED BEHIND FIXTURES TO ENSURE THAT DEVICES ARE LOCATED AT CUTOUTS IN BACK OF FIXTURE. NOTE: COORDINATE CASHWRAP AND POS WIRING REQUIREMENTS WITH TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. Schedule Of Telephone Lines: STORE PHONE NUMBER -MAIN (VOICEMAIL /LONG DISTANCE/CAL, FORWARDING) STORE PHONE NUMBER -HUNT (STORE FAX AND SECURITY (LONG DISTANCE) P.O.S. TERMINAL AND MODEM (LONG DISTANCE) Telephone /Data /Network System Notes 1. ALL CABLE RUNS TO BE 4 PAIR, CATEGORY 6, PLENUM RATED. i J r C.-7 f \ \ / / < \ �°� '1IVGE SEE GENERAL NOTE #7 'Ii AFF\ 4 / J AFF) STALL 1 -1/4" CON UIT BETWEEN UPPER AND LOWER NCTION BOXES. VERTICALLY ALIGN B XES AND CENTER HORIZONT Y ON WALL 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL CABLE AND JACKS. 4. RUN CABLE WILD ABOVE LAY -IN CEILINGS NEATLY TIED TO STRUCTURE 6. TENANT TO FURNISH TELEPHONES. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL TELEPHONE BLOCK AND PROVIDE FINAL HOOK -UP. r -- � VOID 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES AND 3/4" CONDUIT IN ALL WALLS FROM RJ -45 JACK LOCATIONS TO ABOVE CEILING FOR CABLE RUNS. 5. TENANT TO ORDER THREE ANALOG TELEPHONE LINES FROM LOCAL PHONE COMPANY. TELEPHONE COMPANY TO BRING TELEPHONE SERVICE TO DEMARK LOCATION IN MALL 7. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL DATA JACKS AND CABLE, EXTEND CATEGORY 6 CABLE FROM RJ45 JACK LOCATIONS TO PATCH BAY IN TEL /DATA CLOSET AND PUNCH CABLE INTO PATCH BAY. 8. ALL DATA UNES AND WALL PLATES MUST BE LABELED FOR IDENTIFICATION WITH NUMBERS CORRESPONDING TO PATCH PANEL NUMBERS. 9. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL CATEGORY 6 48 PORT PANEL WITH 19" FREESTANDING TWO POLE HALF RACK IN TEL /DATA CLOSET. 10. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL 20 AMP 110V ISOLATED GROUND DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, AS INDICATED ON SHEET E -2, ADJACENT TO PATCH BAY. PROVIDE HANDLE LOCK ON BREAKER. 11. TENANT WILL ORDER T -1 DATA SERVICE FROM AT &T. AT &T PROVIDES ROUTER AND OTHER NETWORK EQUIPMENT. ROUTER WILL BE SHIPPED TO THE STORE AND INSTALLED BY TENANT. 12. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO EXTEND PHONE UNES AND T -1 LINE FROM MALL'S DEMARK LOCATION TO TEL /DATA CLOSET VIA CONDUIT. UTILIZE ONE CAT 5 FOR TELEPHONE UNES AND ONE CAT 5 FOR T -1 UNE. 13. PHONE LINES SHOULD BE TERMINATED AT PORTS #44, 46, AND 48 ON THE PATCH PANEL AND LABELED WITH CORRESPONDING PHONE NUMBERS AT RJ45 JACKS. 14. T -1 DATA LINE SHOULD BE TERMINATED AT PORT #42, AND LABELED "T -1 ". TENANT PROVIDES NETWORK GB SWITCH AND PATCH CORDS. INSTALL 1 -1/4" CONDUIT BETWEEN UPPER AND LOWER JUNCTION BOXES. VERTICALLY ALIGN BOXES AND CENTER HORIZONTALLY ON WALL. vdD I 18" / mil • AFF /� P 68" AFF (/ c- - - k1 RESTAURANT SIMULATION ROOM SEE GENERAL NOTE #7 !� L__JII ilIFT1 a INSTALL 1/2' CONDUIT, CUT FLUSH TO FACE OF WALL AT 54" A.F.F. WITH NIPPLE AND PULL STRING FOR REAR CHANNEL SPEAKERS IN RESTAURANT ROOM. STUB UP ABOVE CEILING TERMINATE CONDUIT ABOVE CFJUNG ACCESS PANEL AND INSTALL BUSHING AT END OR WIDTH OP CLOSET SECURITY PNL PATCH PANEL 4' -0" 3/4" FIRE RETARDENT MDF FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. SEE NOTE 6, SEE SYSTEM NOTES SEE NOTE 9, SEE SYSYTEM NOTES WALL JACK ID.# WIRE ID.# AT PATCH BAY TYPICAL JACK AND WIRE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AT PATCH BAY TO MATCH Telephone Board Elevation .5 ~ 2 4 FEET TD -1 CD STUB UP 1" CONDUIT ABOVE CEILING IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION 1/2" CONDUIT 1 -1/4" CONDUIT DEMO ROOM Interior Elevation 0 1 1/2' CONDUIT i 1/2' CONDUIT ABOVE TO LUTRON DIMMER. SEE SHEET E 1 —� 0 1 2FLLI 2 FEET STUB UP 1 -1/4' CONDUIT ABOVE CEILING IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION 68" 18' AFF RESTAURANT SIMULATION ROOM Interior Elevation 0 6 0' 68' AFF 42" PLASMA TO POWER 1/2' CONDUIT TO POWER RECESSED CLOCK RECP. J-BOX WITH RJ45 LUTRON RS232 SEE SHEET E -1 RECESSED CLOCK RECP. WALL SPEAKER ROUGH -IN KITS TYP. OF 3 RECESSED SPEAKER LOCATIONS. DO NOT INSTALL CONDUIT IN WALL AT THESE LOCATIONS 1/2" CONDUIT 1/2" CONDUIT TO ABOVE CEILING RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 121008 PERMIT CENTER CO co ry w I- a Q \\ 2 Q\ NI 40 IsidA 0 G Co SHEET NUMBER TD -1 SHEET 13 OF 18 Southcenter WA 98188 PROJECT COORDINATION: JOB NO: ZO-11-01-0 STORE NO: 1000 CI-IECKED: CM REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: NO REVISIONS WATERCLOSET FLOOR DRAIN LAVATORY FCO ELECTRIC WATER HEATER ABOVE THE TOILET CEILING • 2" X LAVATORY 1i" 11 KITCHEN SINK RINKING FOUNTAIN ( B � Waste Piping Schematic REDUCED PRESSUREI BACKFLOW PREVENTER. SHUTOFF VALVE IN TOILET ROOM AT EYE LEVEL. .11 WATERCLOSET KITCHEN SINK P -1 C Supply Piping Schematic SPRINKLER NOTE: SPRINKLER WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY LANDLORD DESIGNATED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR AT GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. CTE J NOTES: 1. 2. SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED WITHIN THE BACK ROW OF CEILING TILES, (SIDE OPPOSITE THE TELEVISION), WITHIN THE DEMO ROOM. 3. COORDINATE ANY SLAB CORING WITH LANDLORD. DO NOT USE DEMISING WALLS FOR PLUMBING. 4. G.C. TO PROVIDE CUP HOLDER IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION IN THE VICINITY OF THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE DETAIL. 5. SPRINKLER AND FIRE ALARM WORK TO BE PERFORMED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. ENGINEERED PLANS TO BE SUBMITTED SEPARATELY. 1.4 DRINKING FOUNTAIN 0 SHUTOFF VALVE IN TOILET ROOM AT EYE LEVEL. ELECTRIC WATER HEATER LOCATED ON THE PLATFORM ABOVE TOILET ROOM CEILING, SEE DETAIL -6. RUN DRAIN TO FD. 1/2" CW AND HW DP TO LAVATORY AND 2 "W DN & VR PENDANT TYPE SPRINKLER HEAD (TYPICAL) oar lr x "mama BALLS., D3 / „---,D3 M O BALL VALVE a LOCATION OF SPRINKLER HEADS IN CEILING PANELS 4' SOFT COPPER AVOID DIRECT INSTALLATION TO PREVENT FOREIGN MATERIAL FROM ENTERING DIRECTLY INTO TRAP PRIMER DOMESTIC WATER LINE TRAP PRIMER VALVE DISTRIBUTION UNIT, REQUIRED FOR MULTIPLE PRIMER LINES TRAP PRIMER LINE DRAIN FLOOR SLAB NOTE: THE TRAP PRIMER VALVE MUST HAVE A MINIMUM ELEVATION OF 12" INCHES ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR TRAP PRIMER DETAIL ABV BV CLG CONT CTE CO CW DF DN DP DWG ABOVE BALL VALVE CEILING CONTINUOUS CONNECT TO EXISTING CLEANOUT COLD WATER PIPING DRINKING FOUNTAIN DOWN THROUGH FLOOR DROP (OR RISE) DRAWING CONNECT CW TO EXISTING LINE AT CEILING LEVEL IN THIS AREA. VERIFY LOCATION AND SIZE WITH THE LANDLORD PRIOR TO ANY WORK. INSTALL SPRINKLE HEADS ABOVE AN BELOW TOILET ROO CEILING. SEE DETAI SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATION STANDARD 2x4 CEILING TILE SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATION SCORELINE SCORED 2x2 CEILING TILE NTS NTS STALL SPRINKLER TEST DRAINED TO AN IN WALL FUNNEL DRAIN MOUNTED 36"A.F.F. ON OFFICE SIDE OF PARTITION PER 5. LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ETR FD G GV HB HW L NTS SK NOTE: REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 15300 FOR SPRINKLER HEAD TYPES AND LOCATION REQUIREMENTS WITHIN CEILING TILES. EXISTING TO REMAIN FLOOR DRAIN FLOW ARROW FUEL GAS PIPING FUEL GAS PLUG VALVE GATE VALVE HOSE BIBB HOT WATER PIPING LAVATORY NOT TO SCALE 51NK NOTE: ALL TRADES TO COORDINAT RUNS THROUGH THIS AREA SO AS NOT TO IMPEDE ACCESS TO PLATFORM, DROP ALONG FULL HEIGHT WALL AND RUN HORIZONTALLY TO HEAD LOCATION. 1" RETURN BEND DROP TO SPRINKLER HEAD IN CEILING �- CORRIDOR -� 1 /8` 5 0 e 0 0 REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTE " RETURN BEND DROP TO SPRINKLER HEAD IN CEILING TYPICAL CONCEALED SPRINKLER HEAD RETURN BEND DROP NTS SPRINKLER BRANCH PIPING 1 "xi" REDUCER FINISH CEILING SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATED IN CEILING TILE AS SPECIFIED SPRINKLER BRANCH ` PLATFORM ABOVE TOILET ROOM PENDANT OR UPRIGHT TO PROTECT PLATFORM ABOVE CEILING 1"X 1/2" REDUCER CONNECT NEW SANITARY AND VENT TO EXISTING LINES. VERIFY LOCATION AND DIRECTION OF FLOW PRIOR TO ANY WORK. FINISH CEILING SEMI - RECESSED SPRINKLER HEAD TYPICAL PENDANT SPRINKLER HEAD RETURN BEND DROP AT TOILET RM. NTS LEGE \D & ABBREVIATIO SL S or W 5 or W SPR TP \S SLOPE (1 /8" PER FOOT) FLOOR BELOW WASTE PIPING SOIL OR WASTE PIPING SPRINKLER PIPING EXISTING SPRINKLER HEAD EXPOSED UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEAD EXPOSED PENDANT SPRINKLER HEAD RECESSED SPRINKLER HEAD CONCEALED SPRINKLER HEAD HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER HEAD TRAP PRIMER D2 CEILING ACCEPTABLE HERE DO NOT LOCATE SPRINKLERS WITHIN THIS AREA. TOP OF SIDEWALL SPRINKLER DEFLECTOR ACCEPTABLE HERE SIDEWALL HEADS LISTED FOR 12" BELOW CEILING MAY BE INSTALLED HERE LOCATION OF SPRINKLERS AT WALLS THERMOMETER 3/4" HW SUPPLY SHUT OFF VALVE -TYP T &P RELIEF VALVE r -i RELIEF PIPING - SPILL TO FLOOR SINK NOTE: 0 ac Plumbing and Sprinkler Plan 0 7 2 4 8 FEET TR UP UP & DN UP & T V V VR W &T W &V WC WM SEMI - RECESSED TYPE SPRINKLER HEAD (TYPICAL) CONCEALED TYPE SPRINKLER HEAD (TYPICAL) O BHI1 LOCATE HOT WATER HEATER SO AS NOT TO IMPEDE ON THE USE OF THE PLATFORM. r =� UNION -TYP VACUUM RELIEF / 3/4" CW SUPPLY POWER CORD NEW ELECTRIC HOT WATER HEATER OVERFLOW PAN PIPE TO FLOOR SINK PLATFORM HOT WATER HEATER PIPING SCHEMATIC NTS THROUGH ROOF UP (THROUGH SLAB ABOVE) UP & DOWN (THROUGH FLOOR SLAB) UP & TRAP BURIED VENT PIPING VENT PIPING VENT RISE WASTE & TRAP WASTE & VENT WATER CLOSET WATER METER NTS i -j SPRINKLER WORK NOTES SECTION 15300 PART ONE - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Perform work and provide field survey, engineering, hydraulic calculations, material, and equipment cis required to modify the existing sprinkler piping system to provide sprinkler protection throughout renovated areas. Completely coordinate work of this Section with work of other trades and provide a complete and fully functional installation. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS: Documents affecting work of this section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1. 1.3 PERMITS AND APPROVALS: Give all notices, file all plans, obtain all permits and licenses, pay all fees, and obtain all necessary approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: All work, materials, installation, and testing shall comply with all state and local laws, codes and regulations, including but not limited to the 2006 International Building, Fire, Mechanical and Uniform Plumbing codes, NEC 2005, ANSI 117.1 2003 and ADA. All codes with WA State Building Code Amendments. Fire protection systems, material, installation and testing shall be governed by NFPA 13. Design work shall be performed by NICET Level III certified automatic sprinkler system technician and be stamped and signed by a professional engineer. 1.5 SUBMITTALS: Submit product data sheets for materials provided under the work of this section to the architect for approval. Submit sprinkler working plans to the authorities having jurisdiction for approval. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS: Comply with Article 2 of the Instructions to Bidders, AIA Document A701, including the Appendix. Visit the site prior to submission of bids and examine existing conditions that affect the work of this section. Submit questions and requests for clarifications in compliance with the Instructions to Bidders. 1.7 WARRANTY: Guarantee the work of this section in writing for one year from the date of substantial completion. PART TWO - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Materials and equipment shall be approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation. Components required for a complete installation which are not available with the FM Approval shall be UL- listed. 2.2 PIPING FITTINGS AND JOINTS: Piping shall be schedule 40 black steel with threaded joints. Piping 2" and larger may be schedule 10 steel with roll grooved joints. 2.3 SPRINKLER HEADS: Sprinkler heads shall be quick response 165 degree F temperature rating, standard orifice. Provide concealed heads with white cover plates in gypsum soffits and ceilings of public area including Sales area. Provide recessed heads in public areas with tile ceilings and the Kitchenette. Provide upright or pendant heads in staff areas such as the Storage Room, and Toilet Room. Sprinkler heads shall be equal to Tyco Model TY -FRB or RFII. 2.4 SUPPORTS: Provide hangers, rods and attachments to support the sprinkler work from the existing building structure. PART THREE - EXECUTION 3.1 MODIFICATIONS: Modify existing sprinkler piping system and provide new piping branches, piping offsets, and sprinkler heads to suit new ductwork, partition layouts, and ceilings. Provide sprinklers as required for obstructions to spray pattern from soffits and lights, etc. Coordinate modifications to the existing sprinkler system with the Landlord's sprinkler contractor. 3.2 SCHEDULING: Maintain existing sprinkler system during construction, as directed by the owner. Coordinate shutdowns of the existing system with the owner and submit a written request at least ten days in advance of scheduled shutdowns. 3.3 INSTALLATION: Provide new sprinkler heads and locate in center of tiles. Refer to architectural reflected ceiling plan. Provide As -Built drawings to Bay Planning Company at completion of installation. 3.4 Verify all conditions in the field. PLUMBING WORK NOTES SECTION 15400 PART ONE - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Perform work plumbing systems as indicated with work of other trades and and provide material and equipment as required to provide on drawing. Completely coordinate Work of this Section provide a complete and fully functional installation. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1.3 PERMITS AND APPROVALS: Give all notices, file all plans, obtain all permits and licenses, pay all fees, and obtain all necessary approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: All work, materials, installation and testing shall comply with all state and local laws, codes, and regulations, including but not limited to the 2006 International Building, Fire, Mechanical and Uniform Plumbing codes, NEC 2005, ANSI 117.1 2003 and ADA. 1.5 SUBMITTALS: Submit product data sheets for materials provided under the Work of this Section to the Architect for approval. 1.6 SITE VISIT: Comply with Article 2 of the Instructions to` Bidders, AIA Documents A701, including the appendix. Visit the site prior to submission of bids and examine existing conditions which affect the Work of this Section_ Submit questions and requests for clarification in compliance with the Instructions to Bidders. 1.7 WARRANTY: Guarantee the Work of this Section in writing for one year from the date of substantial completion, as required by the general conditions. PART TWO - PRODUCTS 2.1 DOMESTIC WASTE AND VENT PIPING: Soil, waste, and vent piping shall be no -hub cast iron with no hub couplings above ground and service- weight with resilient gaskets below ground. Type DWV copper may be used for waste and vent piping. 1 ..i. till 2.2 WATER PIPING: Water piping shall be type L copper hard temper with wrought copper fittings and 95 -5, lead -free solder joints. 2.3 INSULATION: Provide all service jacket fiberglass insulation on hot, return, and cold water piping. Insulation shall be 1/2 inch thick on cold water piping. 2.4 VALVES: Valves shall be two - piece, full -port ball valves equal to Apollo 77 -220. 2.5 WATERCLOSET: American Standard Cadet 2168.100 watercloset, 17 inch rim height, elongated bowl, 1.6 gpf. American Standard 5324.019 seat. Stops and supplies. 2.6 LAVATORY: American Standard Lucerne (white) 0355.012 wall mounted lavatory. Symmons Scot S- 60 -G -H metering faucet with temperature limit stop, time limit stop, 0.5 gpm flow rate, vandal proof, blade handle and grid strainer drain and American Standard 7723.018 offset grid drain assembly. J.R. Smith 700- 27 -M31 lavatory support. Truebro Handi Lav -Guard insulation kits, offset drain, p -trap, stops and supplies. 2.7 KITCHEN SINK - Elkay LRAD(Q)252255, 18 gauge stainless steel, 25 inch by 22 inch single bowl kitchen sink, self rimming. Culinaire Single Control Kitchen Faucet with Hi -Flow spout, model number 4147.001. Provide offset drain, Truebro Handi Lav -Guard insulation kit, p -trap, stops and supplies. 2.8 ELECTRIC HOT WATER HEATER: Provide 6 gallon, glass lined electric electric water heater with 1500 watts, 120 volts and 5 year warranty equal to Ruud, State or Bradford - White. Provide overflow pan. 2.9 SHOCK ABSORBERS: Install shock absorbers at all faucets. Size per PDI standards. 2.10 ELECTRIC WATER COOLER: Halsey - Taylor Model HTV8 -Q wall hung fountain with two - stream, mound building type bubbler, push bar controls, to produce 7.6 gph of 50T water with 90'F ambient air and 807 inlet water. Provide with optional water filter. Refrigeration system shall employ high efficiency, positive start compressor using R134A, non- pressurized insulated tank with thermostat. Construction shall be stainless steel basin with integral drain strainer and molded polymer cabinet. Unit shall comply with ADA /AAB and ANSI /NSF 61. 2.11 FLOOR DRAIN: J.R. Smith 2005- A- Y- B -U -P. Cast -iron body with flashing collar, round vandal -proof nickel bronze grate, and trap primer connection. 2.12 Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventer: Watts 909HW, bronze body, stainless steel check seats. PART THREE - EXECUTION 3.1 Provide roughing and final connections to plumbing fixtures and equipment provided under other Sections. Include traps, supplies, stops and adapters. 3.2 Shut downs for tie -ins to existing systems shall be scheduled and perform at times as directed by the Owner. 3.3 All work shall be coordinated with existing conditions and other trades prior to installation. w � Z 0 CD a_ W 1 1 >1 � °Sig?? 02 CO c 1 1 0 3 73 mNG m * r W CITY OF TUKWILq MAY 1 2Q08 ed PERMIT CENTER Sr -7 4 PEPpl i..5 4 111 RE- %t1, RED �J Cd Cfl N REEMEI gi Ir1Y1 0 C N CO 4; o in d g H M es E cp ce � Q F !If M M M 'Dm ra Cel CO I- Y SHEET NUMBER P -1 SHEET 14 OF 18 ^a r ., PER SMACNA LOW PRESSURE INSULATED ROUND DUCT, IN AREA SPECIFIED. SCREWS AND DUCT NT AT CONNECTION_ TRAPEZE HANGERS NOTE: SELECTION RANGE (CFM) MINIMUM OF 4 DUCT HANGERS 1. THE SEISMIC RESTRAINTS FOR ALL DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE BRACING AND STRUCTURAL MEMBER CONNECTIONS PER THE LATEST SMACNA SEISMIC RESTRAINT GUIDELINES. STRAP HANGERS 1 "x22 GA. HANGER A 9 "x9" 24 "x24" DETAIL IS TYPICAL FOR SUPPLY AIR AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK AT PENETRATION OF SOUND CEILING IN EXAM ROOMS AND DEMO ROOM. LAY -IN STRAPS ' -" PACING 1 "x18 GA. ROD SAP OR ANGLE. SEE DAIL FOR PENAON OF SOUND CEILING NO TURNING METAL HANGER TO EXISTING STRUCTURE. r-A.- SPRING SIZED TO FOR SUPPORT FROM UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE TYP SEE OF SOUND NO TURNING VANES. DETAIL FOR PENETRATION CEILING i 1 - / I I C 6 "x6" 24 "x24" r� S OPEN RETURN AIR OUTLET AT TOP OF SOUND BOOT SUPPLY OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER L _ EN x ¢ < , HANGER STRAPS 165 HARD DUCT ONLY SEE NOTE NO.1 & 2 OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER VANES. 1 I I I � � ,� I - ` __ , V - ` �` � ` -- `- _ - ` 1 - _ ` -. I ��� / n 1 SOUNDLINING ALL AROUND OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER METALAIRE 5000 --1 S4 NO FLEX TO BE USED - - VD - 300 -325 LAY -IN SUPPLY OVER DRYWALL CEILINGS. METALAIRE 5000 -6 S4 G 8 "x8" V 70 LAY-IN :- - ., H 14 "x14" 24 "x24" " SIZE BOLT(S) FOR LOAD ROD SCREWS 1" BAND J jr 24 "x24" - - RETURN - n LOAD. TYP FOR 4 r ( 4). DOUBLE HEX NUTS. VAV DUCT SEALANT AND SCREWS i _ -��� RETURN AIR J �� / SOUND GRILLE INSTALLED EN D CAP 2" SOUNDLINING AL AROUND CEILING AT ACT CEILING AT CONNECTIONS. (TYP) 45' RESTRAINT PLATE (2 REQ'D / RESTRAINT PT.) V.E.C.O SUPPLIED). LOAD FASTENERS 1 "x22 G.A. HANGER STRAP • \ DRYWALL CEILING UN T. CEILING SUPPLY DIFFUSER 12' -0" SPACING SLING AVOID DISRUPTION : -:• � o ,=. ph _ • - - �� _ c. - �- �� Pc TRANSVERSE RESTRAINTS (FOR 4). BELLMOUTH STYLE TAKE -OFF. MINIMUM ONE SCREW �;� ;� ii cll OF INSULATION. ! NUTS � - 45 ) PLAN VI WLONGIT) LONGITUDINAL TS 4!!!!!!!!!!!17 EACH SIDE OF DIFFUSER SOUND CEIUNG _ _ d \\ �' �-� MAIN SUPPLY DUCT NOTES: BAND OF THE SAME SIZE AS HANGER STRAP. ANGLES EQUIPMENT HANGER ROD 0 1/ - EQUIPMENT SUPPORT DETAIL -B �G o 90' ALUMINUM ACOUSTICAL FLEX DUCT SUPPLY/RETURN COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF DIFFUSER WITH CEILING PLAN. ALTERNATE LOCATION. EQUIPMENT CONNECTION / AIR DIFFUSER OR GRILLE INSTALLED AT ACT CEILING DRYWALL CEILING DIFFUSER DETAIL NTS LOWER HANGER ATTACHMENTS NTS SOUND CEILING DUCTWORK DETAIL NTS SOUND BOOT DETAIL NTS EQUIPMENT SUPPORT DETAIL NTS SUPPORT FROM UNISTRUT OR ^� STRUCTURAL BEAM. (TYP.) ^� PER SMACNA - LOW PRESSURE INSULATED ROUND DUCT, IN AREA SPECIFIED. SCREWS AND DUCT SEALANT AT CONNECTION. / ROOF / T ,_ INSULATED NYLON TY -WRAP TIGHTENED FLEXIBLE DUCT WITH TY -WRAP TOOL OR REUSABLE STAINLESS- INSULATED TRANSITION STEEL DRAW BAND ROUND TO SQUARE SCREW SAFING TO DUCT " ' R IGID 3/4" THICK FIBERGLASS INSULATING BOARD ALL AROUND / I I I 1 I 1 ' H ! , : 1 -- DUCT HANGER TO CLIPS. TOP COFNBAR (TYP) JOIST. TYP DUCT LINING 11111111 CAULKI ALL AROUND ANGLE SHEETMETAL SAFING A H IF REQUIRED. ALL AROUND DUCTWORK. i %%i+� � i � %i ce% h +,,,,„" + + r 7 ll \ W �i , % � i ► *+ k +' 1+ ' ++ ►+ ► iii : w49, 41. 40 ,f `" + i4 ; +; , , SUPPLY DIFFUSER DIFFUSER CONNECTION SEE NOTE NO.1 & 2 -- - - -- G - f - - VD _ / MAIN C \ \ I I (' \.,, /` y '‘ DUCT SHEETMETAL PLENUM OR DUCT WITH 1 " SOUNDLINING. SEE DWG. M -1 FOR DIMENSIONS. OR CONICAL VD CONNECTION OF F ROUND ( ) F r _ METAL DECK. DUCT STAINLESS STEEL OR NYLON DRAW BAND, DUCT SEALER AND SCREWS +:4' 1 ;� -.41__(\i___ METAL HANGER (LOAD NOT TO EXCEED 50 LBS). ) AT CONNECTIONS I CAULKING ALL AROUND FIBERGLASS PACKING BOTH SIDES. V4 +� •+ ` CAULKING ALL AROUND " "' PHI :;: "' "" SHEETMETAL DUCT TYPE SLEEVE 1.. CAULKING ALL AROUND I �" _� BRANCH DUCT - SUPPLY AIR H 1» TEE-BAR SUPPORT SUPPLY DIFFUSER �� "' `��•' R ��: SHEET METAL NOTES: SCREW. (TYP) LAY -IN CEILING CEILING SUPPLY DIFFUSER _ IIiI! _ _ CEILING --,,P- RETURN /EXHAUST AIR DUCT TAKE -OFF (LOW PRESSURE) SEE SCHEDULE FOR SIZES 1. DUCTS SHALL NOT BE HUNG FROM OR SUPPORTED BY HUNG CEILING. 2. FOR DUCTS NOT EXCEEDING 2 SQ. FT. IN CROSS - SECTIONAL AREA, HANGERS SHALL BE OF METAL NOT LESS THAN 16 GA. 3. FOR DUCTS LARGER THAN 2 SQ. FT. IN CROSS - SECTIONAL AREA, HANGERS SHALL BE OF METAL NOT LESS THAN 12 GA. 4. HANGERS FOR ALL DUCTS SHALL BE TURNED UNDER AND FASTENED TO THE BOTTOM OF DUCT AS SHOWN ABOVE. 5. WHERE CROSS - SECTIONAL AREA OF DUCT EXCEEDS 8 SQ. FT., HANGERS SHALL BE SPACED NOT MORE THAN 4 FT. ON CENTERS. 6. ON DUCTS OVER 48" WIDE, BOTTOM SHALL BE BRACED BY ANGLE. FOR CROSS - SECTIONAL AREA MORE THAN 8 SQ. FT., DUCT SHALL BE BRACED _ 1 " THICK ARMAFLEX ALL i ; . _R.. ;;¢ C'•� '•' 1 " ANY PIPE OR CONDUIT GREATER THAN 1" DIAM. NOTES: AROUND PIPE OR CONDUIT FOR ENTIRE LENGTH OF SLEEVE IT SHALL FIT TIGHT TO PIPE � . i; BELLMOUTH STYLE TAKE -OFF SEAL BETWEEN PLENUM AND DIFFUSER 1. OFFSETS WITH FLEX DUCT SHALL NOT EXCEED 30' AND SHALL BE GRADUAL. OFFSETS IN EXCESS OF 30' SHALL BE HARD - DUCTED (GRADUAL 90' OFFSET PERMITTED WHERE SPACE IS AVAILABLE AND WHEN VELOCITY IS UNDER 500 FPM.) 2. FLEX DUCT SHALL NOT HAVE MORE THAN 1/2" SAG PER FOOT. 3. LENGTH OF FLEX DUCT SHALL NOT EXCEED 5' -0 ". 4. PROVIDE DUCT MOUNTED VOLUME DAMPER TO DIFFUSER AS CLOSE TO MAIN DUCT AS POSSIBLE. OR CONDUIT. MAIN SUPPLY DUCT NOTES: CUT AROUND PIPE TO BE KEPT AT 1/2" MAXIMUM LARGER THAN PIPE. 1. MAXIMUM 5' -0" LONG OF FLEXIBLE DUCT ON SUPPLY DUCTWORK ONLY. 2. 1/2" PER FOOT MAXIMUM SAG FOR FLEXIBLE DUCT. 3. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF DIFFUSER WITH CEILING PLAN. NOTE: INSTALL AT ALL LOCATIONS IN EXAM ROOMS AND DEMO ROOM. LAY -IN CEILING DIFFUSER DETAIL NTS DUCT SUPPORT FROM BAR JOISTS NTS SOUND WALL CEILING PENETRATION DETAIL NTS GRILLE REGISTER © DEMO & AUDIOMETRIC EXAM SUITES NTS TAKE -OFFS 8c DIFFUSER CONNECTIONS NTS DIFFUSER , GRILLE & REGISTER SCHEDULE UNIT NO. SYMBOL NECK SIZE DIFF. /GRILLE SIZE SELECTION RANGE (CFM) MOUNTING SUPPLY / RETURN ACCESSORIES MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. (AS STANDARD) A 9 "x9" 24 "x24" 70 LAY -IN SUPPLY - METALAIRE 5000 -6 S4 B 15"x15" 24"x24" 260 LAY -IN SUPPLY - METALAIRE 5000 -6 S4 C 6 "x6" 24 "x24" 60 -130 LAY -IN SUPPLY OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER METALAIRE 5000 -6 S4 D 9 "x9" 24"x24" 165 LAY -IN SUPPLY OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER METALAIRE 5000 -6 S4 E 12 "x12" 15 "x15" 325 SURFACE SUPPLY OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER METALAIRE 5000 --1 S4 F 12 "x12" 24 "x24" 300 -325 LAY -IN SUPPLY . OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER METALAIRE 5000 -6 S4 G 8 "x8" 24"x24" 70 LAY-IN TRANSFER - METALAIRE CC5 -6 H 14 "x14" 24 "x24" 260 LAY -IN TRANSFER - METALAIRE CC5 -6 J - 24 "x24" 60 -1080 LAY -IN RETURN - METALAIRE CC5 -6 FAN BOX SCHEDULE UNIT NO. PRIMARY CFM RANGE PRIMARY INLET SIZE (IN.) DISCH. SIZE (IN.) MAX BOX S.P. DROP AIRBORNE N.C. FAN DATA ELECTRICAL WEIGHT (LBS) LBS ( MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER (AS STANDARD) REMARKS PRIMARY 01.0 IN.S.P. FAN ASSEMB. FULL SPEED ©0.5 IN.S.P. CFM MOTOR HP EXT. S.P. V HZ FPB -1 540 -2000 14 "0 20 "x17i" 1.0 - 0.20 2000 s" 50 115 1 60 C 200 PRICE FECGQ 8000 SIZE 5014 PROVIDE FAN POWERED BOX W /1OKW ELECTRIC HEATING COIL © 208/3/60 AND 36" DISCHARGE SILENCER HVAC SYMBOLS NEW RIGID DUCT NEW RIGID ACOUSTICALLY LINED DUCT SOUND WALL PENETRATION --I VD 0 0 RA. S.A. WMS AQ 100 CFM O g SD MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER THERMOSTAT ROUND OR DIAMETER RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR WIRE MESH SCREEN DIFFUSER CALLOUT CFM EQUIPMENT TAG DESIGNATION SMOKE DETECTOR FLEX DUCT NEW SUPPLY DIFFUSER NEW RETURN GRILLE NEW TRANSITION MECHANICAL NOTES: 1. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO T LANDLORDS RETAIL STORE DESIGN CRITERIA. 2. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE HUNG IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA STANDARDS FOR ANY SEISMIC RESTRAINT IN THIS GEOGRAPHIC REGION. LATERAL SUPPORTS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED TO SATISFY ANY STATE OR LOCAL CODES FOR ALL DUCTWORK. 3. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE RUN AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE TO UNDERSIDE OF BUILDING STRUCTURES SO AS NOT TO CONFLICT WITH CONSTRUCTION OF WALLS AND CEILINGS. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTUAL DRAWINGS. 4. ALL NEW SUPPLY AND RETURN DIFFUSERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH OPPOSED BLADE DAMPERS EXCEPT DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES IN DEMO ROOM AND EXAM ROOMS. ARROWS SHOWN INDICATE DIRECTION OF FLOW. PROVIDE TRANSITION TO NECKS OF DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES AS REQUIRED. 5- FLEX DUCT WHERE INDICATED SHALL RUN NO MORE THAN 5' -0 ". DUCTS SERVING SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES IN GYP. BOARD CLGS. SHALL BE ROUND HARD DUCT ONLY. 6. REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING HEIGHTS AND MATERIAL TYPES COORDINATE CEILING STYLE WITH DIFFUSER STYLE FOR COMPATIBILITY. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE LOCATION OF DIFFUSERS WITH REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 8. ALL SUPPLY DUCT WORK SHALL BE INSULATED WITH A MINIMUM OF 1.5" DUCT WRAP EXTERNALLY, OR INTERNALLY WITH 1" MINIMUM FOR ACOUSTICALLY LINED DUCTS. 9. ALL DUCTWORK SIZES SHOWN ARE CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS. 10. ALL BRANCH DUCTS SHALL HAVE VOLUME DAMPERS INSTALLED AS CLOSE TO THE MAIN TRUNK DUCT AS POSSIBLE. 11. ALL FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL BE BUCKLEY MODEL "BDA" ALUMINUM ACOUSTICAL FLEX DUCT. 12. BRANCH DUCTS AND RETURN DUCTS TO EXAM ROOMS AND DEMO ROOM SHALL HAVE A VELOCITY OF NO MORE THAN 300 FPM THROUGH DUCTWORK. 13. DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES IN EXAM ROOMS AND DEMO ROOM SHALL NOT HAVE OPPOSED BLADE DAMPERS. 14. ALL DUCTWORK TO EXAM ROOMS AND DEMO ROOM SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINING. REFER TO PLANS FOR BLOW PATTERNS, PROVIDE INDUCTION VANES AT DIFFUSERS. PROVIDE SQUARE TO ROUND TRANSITIONS AS REQUIRED. AIR VELOCITY THROUGH DIFFUSERS A & B AND GRILLES G & H SHALL NOT EXCEED 250 FPM. NOTES: 1. DUCT RUNS ARE ROUTED SPECIFICALLY FOR SOUND ATTENUATION PURPOSES. 2. SPRINKLER HEADS AND HVAC DIFFUSERS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED WITHIN THE BACK ROW OF CEILING TILES, (SIDE OPPOSITE THE TELEVISION), WITHIN THE DEMO ROOM. 3. ALL MATERIALS TO BE INSTALLED IN PLENUM AREA MUST BE NON- COMBUSTIBLE AND /OR PLENUM RATED. 4. CONTRACTOR MUST PROVIDE A FULL 1" UNDERCUT AT ALL DOORS WHERE INDICATED ON THE PLANS. UNDERCUTS OF LESS THAN 1" ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 5. SPRINKLER AND FIRE ALARM WORK TO BE PERFORMED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. ENGINEERED PLANS TO BE SUBMITTED SEPARATELY. 6. IF NECESSARY, ALL ROOF WORK, INCLUDING PENETRATIONS AND FLASHING MUST BE PERFORMED BY THE LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED CONTRACTOR AT THE TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. UNDERCUT DOOR 1" (BY G.C.) INTERACTIVE AUDIOM' EXAM S CONNECT NEW 16 "0 TO EXISTING MALL PRIMARY SUPPLY AIR DUCT. RETURN GRILLE OPEN TO PLENUM (TYP) NEW COMBINATION EXHAUST FAN /LIGHT TO BE PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE NEW 6"0 DUCT AND TIE INTO EXISTING CENTRAL EXHAUST SYSTEM. NOTE: TENANT TO TENANT DEMISING WALLS TERMINATE 6" BELOW DECK TO ALLOW FOR PLENUM RETURN. SOUND CEILING PENETRATION. REFER TO SOUND CEILING PENETRATION DETAIL. (TYPICAL FOR THREE AUDIOMETRIC EXAM SUITES) 8"x8" ACOUSTICALLY LINED TRANSFER DUCT. DUCT IS ROUTED FOR SOUND ATTENUATION PURPOSES. SEE SOUND BOOT DETAIL. 12 "x12" ACOUSTICALLY LINED TRANSFER DUCT. DUCT IS ROUTED FOR SOUND ATTENUATION PURPOSES. SEE SOUND BOOT DETAIL. PROVIDE VAV BOX WITH SEISMIC SPRING VIBRATION ISOLATORS, 7 -DAY DIGITAL PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT WITH NIGHT TIME SET BACK FEATURE, AND PRICE SCR ELECTRONIC HEATING CONTROLS. PROVIDE NEW SEVEN (7) DAY DIGITAL PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT WITH NIGHT -TIME SETBACK FEATURE AND LOCKABLE COVER. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 17 2008 PERMIT CENTER r 4 R,1t 1 ''°pp 444 I Q3 CO CNI N O z m 0 SHEET NUMBER M -1 SHEET 15 OF 18 STORE NO: 1000 DRAWN BY: JMH CHECKED: BBIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES A. The attention of this contractor is directed to Part 3, Paragraph 3.1 of this Section, which contains instructions for commissioning of equipment and systems. ZOUNDS 426 SOUTHCENTER MALL - SEATTLE, WA 98188 HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING SPECIFICATIONS 1.2 DEFINITIONS 1.3 SCOPE B. Examine Drawings and other Sections of Specifications for requirements that affect work of this Section. A. As used in this Section, "provide" means "furnish and install" and "POS" means "Provided Under Other Sections ". "Furnish" means "to purchase and deliver to the project site complete with every necessary appurtenance and support," and "Install" means "to unload at the delivery point at the site and perform every operation necessary to establish secure mounting and correct operation at the proper location in the project." A. Perform work and provide material and equipment as shown on Drawings and as specified. Completely coordinate work of this Section with work of other trades and provide a complete and fully functional installation. B. Drawings and Specifications form complimentary requirements; provide work specified and not shown, and work shown and not specified as though explicitly required by both. C. Give notices, file plans, obtain permits and licenses, pay fees and backcharges, and obtain necessary approvals from authorities that have jurisdiction as required to perform work in accordance with all legal requirements and with Specifications, Drawings, Addenda and Change Orders, all of which are part of Contract Documents. D. Work shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following: 1.7 RELATED WORK 1.8 SITE VISIT 1. Demolition and removal of any existing ductwork and diffusers, Installation of new duct, diffusers, piping, valves, insulation. Connection to existing systems and start test and balance of systems. 2. All cutting, patching, rigging, prime painting, balancing, electrical control wiring and all other work associated with a complete and working system. 3. Pipe and Duct external insulation and internal duct lining as well as insulated flex duct. 4. Registers, Grilles & Diffusers. 5. Air and Water Balance. 6. Automatic temperature controls 7. Instalation of new fan coil unit. 8. Exhaust fan. 9. Piping hangers fittings & valves. Work not included is limited to the following: 1. Power wiring. 2. Finished painting. 1.4 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Listing of Drawings does not limit responsibility of determining full extent of work required by Contract Documents. B. Except where modified by a specific notation to the contrary, the drawings or specifications or both, carries with it the instruction to furnish and install the item, to complete the work. C. Drawings are diagrammatic. They are not intended to be absolutely precise; or to show every offset, fitting, and component. The contractor shall provide all other components and materials necessary to make the systems fully complete and operational. 1.5 DISCREPANCIES IN DOCUMENTS A. Where Drawings or Specifications do not coincide with manufacturers' recommendations, or with applicable codes and standards, alert Architect in writing before installation. Otherwise, make changes in installed work as Architect requires within Contract Price. B. In cases where the contractor believes he needs engineering guidance, submit a sketch identifying his proposed solution. The Architect shall review and approve the sketch. 1.6 MODIFICATIONS IN LAYOUT A. In all spaces, prior to installation, review Architectural Drawings for exact locations and where not definitely indicated, request information from Architect. B. Check Contract Drawings as well as Shop Drawings to verify and coordinate spaces in which work this section will be installed. C. Maintain maximum headroom at all locations. All duct, conduit, and associated components to be as tight to underside of structure as possible. A. The following work is not included and shall be performed by the General contractor in the specific trade. 1. Cutting and patching of masonry, concrete, tile and other parts of structure. 2. Installation of access panels in floor, wall, furred space or above ceiling. 3. Painting, except as specified herein. 4. Electric power wiring for all equipment. 5. Structural supports necessary to distribute loading from equipment to roof or floor except as specified herein. A. Before submitting bid, visit and carefully examine site to identify existing conditions and difficulties that will affect work of this Section. No extra payment will be allowed for additional work caused by unfamiliarity with site conditions that are visible or readily construed by observer. Site visit is particularly important because this is renovation work and also needed is a complete understanding of the demolition work involved. Contractors shall take particular note of elevations and position of existing structural components with regard to demolition layout shown. 1.9 CODES, STANDARDS, AUTHORITIES AND PERMITS A. Perform work strictly as required by rules, regulations, standards, codes, ordinances, and laws of local, state, and Federal governments, and other authorities that have legal jurisdiction over the site, as well as the requirements of the landlord. B. Most recent editions of applicable specifications and publications of the following organizations form part of Contract Documents: 1. Local and national building, plumbing, mechanical, electrical, fire and health department codes. 2. International Building, Fire and Mechanical Codes 2006, Uniform Plumbing Code 2006, National Electrical Code 2005, ANSI -117.1 2003 and ADA. All codes with WA State Building Code Amendments. 3. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA). 4. American society of Mechanical engineers (ASME). 5. National Electric Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 6. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 7. American Society for Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE). 8. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA). 9. Mall Tenent Design/ Installation Criteria. 1.10 GUARANTEE AND 24 -HOUR SERVICE B Replace material and equipment that require excessive service during guarantee period as defined and as directed by Architect. 1.11 RECORD DRAWINGS PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. Guarantee Work of this Section in writing for one year following the date of initial building occupancy or turning over of the building to the owner, whichever is earlier. Repair or replace defective materials, equipment, workmanship and installation that develop within this period, promptly and to Architect's satisfaction and correct damage caused in making necessary repairs and replacements under guarantee within Contract Price. A. As work progresses and for duration of Contract, maintain complete and separate set of prints of Contract Drawings at job site at all time. Record work completed and all changes from original Contract Drawings. B. At completion of work prepare a complete set of record drawings, showing all systems as actually installed. The design tracings will be made available for the contractor's copying, at his expense, into mylar reproducibles to serve as backgrounds for the drawings. Contractor's professional draftsperson shall transfer changes to mylars; submit mylars to Architect. C. THE ACCURACY OF THE RECORD DRAWINGS IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR, AND SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW FINAL PAYMENT. 1.12 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Requirements B. Acceptable Manufacturers 2.2 SLEEVES AND PENETRATIONS 1. Coordinate submittal packages, review for compliance with Contract Documents and submit to Architect for review. Submit six sets of each Product Data package. When samples are required, submit one. 1. The mechanical design is based on the manufacturer listed in the schedule or shown on the drawings. Other manufacturers are acceptable only if their products meet all the requirements of the specification and have performance and construction features and delivery capabilities C. Substitutions and Deviations: 1. Deviations from Contract Documents and substitution of materials or equipment for those specified shall be requested individually in writing. 2. Approval of proposed deviations or substitutions, if any, will be made at discretion of Architect. D. Material and equipment requiring Shop Drawing and Product Data SUBMITTALS shall include but not be limited to: 1. Insulation (external) for duct, as well as internal lining, and insulated flex duct. 2. Flex connectors. 3. Sleeves and inserts. 4. Exhaust Fan 5. Access panels if required. 6. Ductwork, screws, hangers, fitting sketches, flex duct, registers, grilles and diffusers, access doors, fire dampers. 7. Pipe insulation. 8. Piping ,valves, fittings & hangers. 2.1 DUCTWORK INSULATION AND LINING A. Furnish and install Owens /Corning, Manville, Certainteed, or approved equal, duct insulation as specified in detail hereinafter. B. Cover all Air Conditioned rectangular supply air ducts, and return air ducts with fiberglass rigid duct insulation which shall have vapor seal membrane of aluminum foil faced Kraft paper vapor seal; 1.5" thickness, 2.0 pcf density. 1. Insulation shall be adhered to the duct with Foster No. 81- 13 or Minnesota Mining EC1329, or approved equal, adhesive applied in six (6) inch wide strips twelve (12) inches on center. Butt all edges of the insulation and seal all joints of vapor seal membrane with tape of same material as the membrane; apply tape with adhesive as specified above to provide a continuous vapor seal. On the bottom of ducts 24 inches on centers. Seal all holes for stick clips with tape and adhesive as specified above to provide continuous vapor seal. 2. Acoustical Duct Lining Line ductwork where indicated on the drawings with 1 inch thick Johns Manville Permocote Linacoustic "Standard" with a minimum NRC (Noice Reduction Coefficient) of 0.80 or higher. A. Duct Sleeves and Openings 1. Sleeves through fire -rated construction and through smoke partitions that require smoke dampers shall be Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe for round duct and shall meet SMACNA Fire Damper and Heat Stop Guide for rectangular and flat oval ducts. Fireproof packing materials shall maintain the fire rating of the wall, and shall be installed in accordance with the SMACNA Fire Damper and Heat Stop Guide. 2. Openings in walls, partitions and other non "Sound Room" enclosure areas that do not require smoke dampers shall meet NFPA 90A, Section 3 -3.8, and requirements of soundwall penetration detail. 3. Materials for prepared openings in partitions shall match construction penetrated_ Duct and pipe conduit sleeves in wall enclosures shall be provided by mechanical contractor. This contractor shall provide final size requirements for all penetrations to general contractor prior to construction. Final position of vertical and horizontal points of penetrations shall be coordinated with final locations of all other trades as well as general contractor. This contractor shall provide the enclosure contractor the sizes and quantities of penetrations required in time to meet the construction schedule. C. Control Conduit Sleeve Packing 1. Packing between the conduit and the sleeve in fire rated walls shall be a combination of fireproof insulation and fireproof caulk with the same fire rating, in hours, as the wall or slab. Fiberglass shall not be used as the insulation material. 2. Acceptable fireproof insulation materials shall be: Kaolin (Kaowool by Babcock and Wilcox); ceramic fiber blanket (Fiberfrax by Standard Oil) or fire rated mineral wool (Thermafiber by USG). Acceptable fireproof caulks shall be: Silicone (Firestop by Dow Corning); ceramic fiber (Fyreputty by Standard Oil) or intumescent synthetic elastomer (Fire Barrier Caulk by 3M) 3. Packing for sleeves that do not require maintenance of fire rating shall be oakum, silicate foam, ceramic fibre or mineral fibre with approved sealant. 4. All materials must be installed in accordance with manufacturers instructions; all gaps must be sealed. Finish caulk flush with wall or slab surface if piping runs exposed. 2.3 MOTORS, STARTERS AND WIRING A. Provide motors and controls, and furnish starters for HVAC equipment. Provide control and other related wiring including interlocks. Starters that are not integral to equipment will be installed and wired in the field. B. Unless otherwise specified, motors shall be NEMA Design B, constant speed, self- ventilated squirrel cage induction. Motors shall have 1.15 service factor unless totally enclosed. Motors shall have Class B insulation. 1. Motors under 1/2 hp, shall be designed for 120 V, 60 Hz, single phase, unless otherwise specified. 2. Motors 1/2 hp and over shall be as required in schedules. C. All motors shall be high or premium efficiency type. The NEMA nominal efficiency shall be listed on the motor nameplate. Minimum nominal efficiencies shall be as follows: Size (HP) Nominal Efficiency (Min.) 1 - 5 84% D. Starters that require interlocks or remote control shall be magnetic with HAND -OFF- AUTOMATIC switch in cover. Provide magnetic starters as necessary, with auxiliary contacts, buttons and switches in required configurations. Refer to paragraph AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS for interlock requirements. Starters shall be by single manufacturer: Cutler- Hammer, Clark, Arrow Hart or Square D. 1. Each 3-phase, 60 Hz motor shall be provided with magnetic starter with either ON -OFF push button or hand-off - automatic switch. 2. Other motors shall be provided with a manual starter with ON -OFF switch. 3. Control relay for each starter shall be fore operation on 120 V, single 4. Provide inverse time limit overload and under voltage protection in each leg and with pilot lights. Provide red and green On -Off pilot lights. 5. Provide nameplates with engraved white lettering to designate area and equipment served. 2.4 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYS I EM - ELECTRIC /ELECTRONIC A. General: 1. The temperature control system components shall be by Honeywell, Johnson Controls, Robert Shaw or approved equal. This system shall be installed by service technicians employed by the mechanical contractor, or employee installers of the component manufacturers. by m Io in Ilers f th cam nen an to rers. Y P Y P 2. Control system shall be installed by competent control mechanics and electricians regularly employed as control system installers. ATC contractor shall have responsibility for All control elements whether he manufactures the components or not. B. Scope 1. Control system shall consist of electronic or electric thermostats, temperature transmitters, controllers, sensors control panels, electrical wiring, control /alarm cabinet and all other components required to fill intent of Specifications and provide for complete and operable system. Control equipment shall be fully proportioning, except as noted otherwise. 2. Provide the services of control contractors representative to be on site during the startup testing and balancing procedures. Representative shall be part of contractor's service organization and shall be skilled in the adjustment and calibration of all control devices. 3. The existing electrical system shall be tapped and extended to equipment. Systems shall be electric /electronic devices and systems as required to provide system as described. C. Sequence of Operation 1. On a call for cooling from the thermostat the damper shall modulate open to increase primary air flow to meet the thermostat setpoint. 2. On a decrease in room temperature, the primary air flow will decrease. If the thermostat is satisfied, the primary air shall modulate to minimum position. 3. If the room temperature continues to drop, the fan shall be energized to supply plenum air to the space. 4. If the room temperature continues to drop, the electric heating coil shall stage on /off to provide heat to meet the setpoint. 5. In the unoccupied mode, the fans shall not run. If the thermostat calls for heat, the fan shall start and run. If the thermostat is not satisfied, the electric heat shall stage on to provide heat. Once satisfied, the heating coil shall de- energize and the fan shall stop. D. Provide supervision services for work performed under this Section. E. Electric Wiring: 1. 120V and 24V electric wiring and wiring connections and components required for installation of temperature control system, as herein specified, shall be provided by temperature control contractor. 2. Wiring shall comply with requirements of Section 16100, ELECTRICAL WORK. 2.5 SHEETMETAL DUCTWORK A. Materials: All sheetmetal ductwork shall be U.S. Steel, Armco, or equal of the following materials: 1. HVAC low pressure air downstream of A.C. units return air and exhaust air ductwork: Galvanized sheet steel. B. Shop Drawings: Detailed shop drawings of all sheetmetal ductwork shall be submitted for approval prior to installation. Shop drawings shall include: 1. Details of construction for ductwork, - fittings, and accessories. C. Rectangular Ductwork Construction: The gauge and construction details of all rectangular sheetmetal ductwork shall be in conformance with recommendations and procedures outlined in the latest edition of the SMACNA Duct Construction Standards Manual for HVAC Systems. D. Joints and Seams: 1. HVAC supply air, return air, and exhaust air ducts shall be made as airtight as possible by good construction in accordance with SMACNA standards for the applicable pressure class. Joints for rectangular duct shall be S- slip type on low pressure ductwork. Slips shall be at least one gauge heavier than duct gauge. Joint seams, including branch takeoffs, shall be sealed with EC -800 painted on slips and all joints. E. Elbows and Transitions in Rectangular Ductwork: All elbows and offsets shall have a centerline radius of 1 1/2 of the width of the duct. Where elbows are required to have a shorter throat radius, they shall be constructed with full curvature turning vanes spaced as determined from SMACNA Manual, Figure 2.5 with throat radius not less than 3 inches. Where vaned square elbows are shown on the drawings, they shall have radius throats with the same radius as the turning vanes and square heels. Turning vanes shall be single wall for ducts up to 18 inches wide and double wall for ducts over 18 inches and shall be fabricated as shown in SMACNA Manual, Plate 22. Transitions shall be made with sides sloping at not more than 15 degrees to the longitudinal axis of the duct, unless otherwise approved. F. Duct Supports: All Ducts 5 feet in width and larger, shall be supported by structural angle and steel rods. All ducts in these areas, less than 3 feet in width may be supported by strap hangers. Balancing dampers shall be single -blade quadrant type for duct sizes up to 24 inch width and 12 inch depth, and multiple blade opposed type for larger duct sizes. Single blade dampers with a shaft length of 12 inches or less shall be equipped with Ventlock No. 620 -1/4 inch dial regulators; dampers with shaft lengths of 12 inches to 20 inches shall be equipped with Ventlock No. 635 -3/8 inch dial regulators and No. 607 end bearings. Larger dampers shall be controlled with Ventlock self - locking regulators No. 640 -3/8 inch or No. 641 -3/8 inch and shall be complete with No. 607 end bearings. Multiple -blade balancing dampers shall be equipped with appropriate dial regulators. Splitter dampers shall be made of the same material and two gauges heavier than the duct in which they are installed and shall be properly reinforced to prevent sagging, buckling or vibrating. Splitter dampers shall be equipped with steel rod adjustment arms which have ball joint type duct collars with thumb screw locks. All dampers shall have a damper blade position indicator. All duct supports shall be in compliance with the WASHINGTON state seismic code for lateral & vertical restraint. G. Cleaning: All new duct section shall be thoroughly cleaned inside and out as they ar erected. 2.6 AIR DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES A. Furnish and install air diffusers, registers, and grilles of the sizes, capacities, blow patterns, and styles called for on the drawings and as specified hereinafter. All diffusers registers and grilles shall be aluminum construction. B. For ceiling installation, registers and grilles shall be furnished with frames which are compatible with the ceiling system in which they are to be placed. All registers grilles and diffusers shall have paint finish as scheduled. PART 3 - COMMISSIONING AND WORKMANSHIP 3.1 COMMISSIONING OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. The Architect will check the completed installation either sequentially as different parts are completed. 3.2 SPECIAL RESPONSIBILITIES A. Coordination: Cooperate and coordinate with work of other trades in executing work of this Section. 1. Perform work such that progress of entire project shall not be interfered with or delayed. 2. Obtain detailed installation information from manufacturers of equipment provided under this Section. 3. Keep fully informed to shape, size and position of openings required for material or equipment to be provided under this and other Sections. Give full information so that openings required by work of this Section may be provided for in advance. In case of failure to provide sufficient information, provide cutting and patching or have same done, at own expense and to full satisfaction of Architect. 4. Notify Architect of location and extent of existing piping, ductwork and equipment that interferes with new construction. In coordination with and with approval of Architect, relocate piping, ductwork and equipment to permit new work to be provided as required by Contract Documents. Remove non - functioning and abandoned piping, ductwork and equipment as indicated on demolition plan and as directed by Architect. Dispose of or store items as requested by Architect. B. Maintain HVAC equipment and systems until Final Acceptance. Ensure adequate protection of equipment and material during delivery, storage and installation. C. Use of premises: Use of premises shall be restricted as directed by Architect and as required below. 1. Remove and dispose of dirt and debris, and keep premises reasonably clean. Upon completion work, remove ably can Up comp et�o of w k, r move equipment and unused material. Put building and premises in neat and clean condition. 2. Do not interfere with function of existing sewers and water and gas mains. Interruption of heating or cooling services shall be performed at time of day or night deemed by Architect to provide minimal interference with normal operation. Obtain Architect's approval of the method proposed for minimizing service interruption. D. Superintendence: Keep superintendent or foreman on site during progress of work. E. Inspections by Architect: Undertaking of periodic inspections by Architect or designated agent shall not be construed as supervision of actual construction, nor make either responsible for providing safe place for performance of work of various trades or suppliers, or for visitors or occupants, or make either responsible for omission of safety devices called for by codes, ordinances, or specifications of manufacturer of equipment supplied. F. Surveys and measurements: 1. In event of discrepancy between actual measurements and those indicated, notify Architect in writing and do not proceed with work until written instructions have been issued by Architect. 3.3 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP A. Work shall be neat and rectilinear. Ductwork and piping shall run concealed except in mechanical rooms and areas where no hung ceiling exists. Installation shall operate safely and without leakage, undue wear, noise, vibration, corrosion or water hammer. 3.4 CONTINUITY OF SERVICES A. Do not interrupt existing services without Owner's approval. B. Schedule interruptions in advance, according to Owner's instructions. Submit, in writing, with request for interruption, methods proposed to minimize length of interruption. 3.5 ACCESS AND ACCESS PANELS A. Provide proper access to materials and equipment that require inspection replacement, repair or service and coordinate their delivery with the installing Trade. B. Coordinate and prepare a location, size, and function schedule of access panels required to fully service equipment and deliver to a representative of the installing Trade. C. Furnish access panels for installation under other Sections where fire dampers, volume dampers, controls, shut -off valves, control valves, check valves, or other items installed under this Section require access and are concealed in floor, wall, furred space or above ceiling. Access panels shall be by Milcor, Knapp or Inland Steel. D. Panels shall be at least 12 -in. x 12 -in. 3.6 PENETRATIONS AND SLEEVES A. General 1. Provide pipe and duct sleeves and packing materials as specified and as shown on Drawings. 2. Coordinate work carefully with architectural and structural work. Provide core drilling as required for penetrations of existing construction. Do not penetrate structural members without Architect's approval. 3. Sleeves for insulated pipe and duct in non -fire rated construction shall accommodate continuous insulation without compression. 3.7 ANCHORS AND INSERTS A. Inserts shall be iron or steel of type to receive machine bolt head or nut after installation. Inserts shall permit adjustment of bolt in one horizontal direction and shall develop strength of bolt when installed in properly cured concrete. B. Provide anchors as necessary for attachment of equipment supports and hangars. 3.8 STARTUP, TESTING AND BALANCING A. General 1 . Testing and balancing shall be performed by a certified (AABC) test and balance engineer. Balance report shall be submitted to the landlord prior to project closeout. 2. Provide qualified personnel, equipment, apparatus and services for start -up, testing and balancing of mechanical system, to performance data shown in schedules, as specified, and as required. Notify Architect and authorities involved at least two weeks before startup testing and balancing begins. 3. This Subcontractor shall do the following prior to starting the HVAC system. a. Check equipment alignment. b. Check equipment rotation. C. Check V -belt drives and sheaves. d. Check operation of all manual dampers. 4. This Subcontractor shall then start the HVAC system and check for proper operation. All safety controls shall be tested. The HVAC system shall then be adjusted to provide the operation called for on the drawings and in these Specification. 5. Final acceptance of the HVAC system and its operation shall be subject to approval of same by the Architect. 3.9 AIR AND WATER BALANCING A. The HVAC system shall be adjusted and balanced after all installation work and startup work is complete. Balancing work shall be performed by and independent certified balancing Subcontractor with a minimum of five (5) years experience in the balancing of air and water systems. B. Prior to balancing of the water systems, this Subcontractor shall perform the following work, as applicable. 1_ Examine the air and water systems to see that they are free of obstructions. 2. Verify that all diffusers and registers are open. 3. Verify that all motorized dampers and valves are in the correct position. 4. Check fans for proper rotation. C. This Subcontractor shall inform the Architect promptly if, in his opinion, the system cannot be made to perform as specified. D. The Balancing Subcontractor shall then perform the following work, as applicable: 1. Adjust diffusers and registers by means of dampers to deliver or remove the specified air quantities. Each diffuser shall deliver the designated cfm in the proper pattern. 2. Measure air flows and pressures at branch takeoff points to insure specified air quantities are being delivered to and removed form all zones. Air flows shall be measured by the duct traverse method. 3. Adjust fan speeds, as applicable, as required to move the specified air quantities. Balancing Subcontractor shall continuously monitor fan motor current draw during balancing and adjusting work to insure that the motor is not overloaded. 4. Tabulate the results of balancing on approved AABC forms and submit three (3) copies to the Architect for approval and record. 5. Perform this work in accordance with the latest procedures and standards described in the AABC Balancing and Adjusting Manual. E. Water Balancing and Adjusting A. Balancing shall not begin until systems have been installed complete, including pumps, piping, valves and coils. B. Make adjustments as required to deliver water volumes at coils and equipment within approximately 5% of design flow, or as required to properly balance cooling and heating loads throughout conditioned areas. C. Adjustments in water volumes shall be made in manner satisfactory to Architect. D. Report on system performance shall include: 1. Manufacturer, size, type, location including room number, and zone of each coil and piece of equipment. 2. Design and actual water flow. 3.10 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. At completion of the work of this Section of the Specifications, this Subcontractor shall give detailed instruction in the operation and maintenance of all equipment and devices installed under this Section of the Specifications to responsible personnel designated by the Owner. A letter containing the name of the person or persons to whom the instructions were given and the dates of the instruction period shall be submitted to the architect. B. At completion of the work of this Section of the Specifications, this Subcontractor shal prepare and deliver to the Architect three (3) complete maintenance manuals covering all equipment and devices installed under this Section of the Specifications. The manuals shall contain, for each piece of equipment and device, complete manufacturer's descriptions including photographs, dimensioned drawings, and wiring diagrams. The manuals shall provide complete instructions for the proper operation and use of the equipment and device, and shal include copies of posted specific instructions. The manuals shal contain only that information which specifically applies to this project and all unrelated material shall be deleted. During the instruction period this manual shall be used and explained. The manuals shall be bound in notebook form and indexed. C. This Subcontractor shall provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the manufacturer's representatives and service companies for each piece of equipment and device so that replacement parts and service can be readily obtained. END OF SPECIFICATION w , w - O cD aw PLENUM AIR LINED INLET SOUND DIVERTER (SEE PART PLAN) THROW AWAY FILTER 1.5 D PLENUM AIR FLEX DUCT AS PER SPECIFICATIONS, SAME SIZE AS PRIMARY AIR INLET CONNECTION. AIR VALVE RUBBER & SHEAR VIBRATION ISOLATOR. DIVERTER. THROW AWAY FILTER. NYLON TY -WRAP TIGHTENED WITH TY -WRAP TOOL OR S.S. DRAW BAND - I - R =D D� ❑ r 1.5 D r FAN CONTROL BOX HEATING COIL BY ELECTRICAL OR HOT WATER BOX MANUFACTURER, IF REQUIRED BY JOB. SEE FAN TERMINAL UNIT SEE NOTE 6. SEE SCHEDULE AND SPECIFICATIONS. PART PLAN (ELEV.) r r r 6. REFER TO DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS FOR HEATING COIL PIPING DETAIL, GPM, ELECTRICAL & A.T.C. REQUIREMENTS. 7. A.T.C. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVISION OF DAMPER CONTROLLER & ALL INTERFACE DEVICES NECESSARY TO TIE INTO CONTROL SYSTEM, FOR PROPER OPERATION & CONTROL. SUPPORT ROD PROVIDE 1" INTERVAL DUCT SOUND LINING IN FIRST TEN FEET OF DUCT DOWNSTREAM OF TERMINAL UNIT. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOTES: MAY 1 ?. 2008 1. BOX SENSOR SHALL BE ORIENTED IN SAME PLANE AS BELOW AND f ER�g.�. CENTER WITHIN 10 deg. OF HORIZONTAL OR PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. 2. LENGTH OF FLEX DUCT SHALL NOT EXCEED 12 ". 3. OFFSETS WITH FLEX DUCT SHALL NOT EXCEED 30 deg. AND SHALL BE GRADUAL. GRADUAL. OFFSETS IN EXCESS OF 30 deg. SHALL BE HARD DUCTED. 4. FLEX DUCT SHALL NOT HAVE MORE THAN 1/2" SAG. 5. IF INDICATED STRAIGHT RUN CANNOT BE OBTAINED, A FLOW-STRAIGHTENER SHALL BE PROVIDED AT BOX INLET. 54 R�T� FAN TERMINAL UNIT CONNECTION�, (SERIES) NT Sp`i® n CO 0 c0 N W a z 0 J • Ch CD CCI N v' cin « u a an c►r SHEET NUMBER M-2 SHEET 16 OF 18 0 LA -1 PANEL "LA" LTG. RELAY PNL. Electrical Specification 16000 - ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION 1. General The General Conditions, Special Conditions, Supplementary Conditions end Electrical Specifications contained in the main mall Specifications, and AIA "General Conditions of the Contract ", current edition, shall apply to all work on this project except as modified herein. This Contractor shall also refer to the Architectural, Structural, and Mechanical Plans and Specifications, which are Contract Documents. Bidders shall visit the site and familiarize themselves with all conditions surrounding the work prior to submitting their bid. Any discrepancies shall be called to the Architect's attention. No subsequent allowance will be made in this connection for any error or negligence on the contractor's part. 2. Requirements All work shall meet the current National Electrical Code or applicable local electrical code, all other applicable codes, all utility requirements, and all Landlord requirements as to construction and insurance_ This Contractor shall procure and pay for all required permits and utility service charges required for the execution of this work and shall make any necessary arrangements for electric connections to tenant area as required. Contractor shall obtain rough ---in and final electrical inspection approval certificates for all electrical work. Electrical Contractor shall provide circuit directory with typed circuit designation card under plastic cover on the inside of each panel door. Electrical Contractor shall also furnish and install nameplates on all other enclosures, disconnect switches and panelboards. Each nameplate shall be black laminated micarta with 1/4 inch high white letters, describing panel designation and voltage characteristics, and shall be permanently affixed to outside surface of door by means of metal screws. 3. Guarantee This Contractor shall unconditionally guarantee all work under this Contract to be free from defects in workmanship and materials for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work by the Tenant. Contractor shall make good all such faulty items identified to him during this period without cost to Zounds. 4. Plans and Specifications It is the intent of the Plans and Specifications to provide for a complete installation. Everything necessary for the completion and successful operation of the work, whether or not herein definitely specified or indicated shall be furnished and installed as if so specified or indicated without additional cost to Zounds "Provide" means to furnish and install. The drawings are diagrammatic and not intended to show exact locations unless dimensioned. This Contractor shall verify all dimensions and lengths, and shall adjust his equipment and raceway locations to avoid conflicts with other construction or equipment. If any errors, discrepancies or omissions appear in the Plans and Specifications or other Contract Documents, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, or, failing to do so before construction and /or fabrication of the work, shall be held responsible for the results of any such errors, discrepancies or omissions and the cost of rectifying same. Minor adjustments to the Plans and Specifications, including equipment voltage requirements and outlet locations, may be requested by Zounds during the project. Contractor shall make such adjustments without additional cost to the Tenant, where such adjustments are necessary to the proper installation and operation and within the intent of the Contract Documents. i NOTE: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF ALL DEVICES BEING INSTALLED BEHIND FIXTURES TO ENSURE THAT DEVICES ARE LOCATED AT CUTOUTS IN BACK OF FIXTURE. 277Y/480 volt system Phase A - Brown Phase B - Orange Phase C - Yellow Neutral - Grey WIRING DIAGRAM NOTES: 1. GRX 3104 DIMMER - FLUSH MOUNTED 48 "A.F.F. AND 16" FROM DOOR FRAME TO CENTERLINE OF UNIT. 2. GRX -FDBI INTERFACE TO BE MOUNTED IN 2 GANG BOX, LOCATED ABOVE THE DROPPED CEILING, IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. 3. GRX -RS -232 INTERFACE IS HOUSED IN A FLUSH MOUNTED SINGLE GANG BOX BEHIND THE CABINET AT 12" AFF; SEE SHEET TD -1 FOR EXACT LOCATION. 4. DIMMER PACK TO BE INSTALLED IN FOUR FLUSH MOUNTED SINGLE GANG JUNCTION BOXES ATTACHED HORIZONTALLY AT 48" AFF. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE POWER IN CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOXES TO A DEDICATED CIRCUIT WITH HANDLE LOCK ON A 120/208 VOLT PANEL. 5. LUTRON DIMMER SYSTEM IN DEMO ROOM FURNISHED BY TENANT FOR INSTALLATION BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL WIRING AND CONDUIT PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. NOTE: T.G.C. TO REFER TO SHEET A -4 FOR QUANTITY AND LOCATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES. THAT SHEET WILL TAKE PRECEDENCE IF THERE ARE ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN SHEET E -1 AND A-4. 3 Demo Room Lutron Wiring Diagram E -1 NOT TO SCALE 5. Installation All electrical work shown and required shall be by Electrical Contractor, unless otherwise stated, who shall furnish and install all minor items obviously and reasonably necessary for the completion of the work, and make final connections. All cutting and patching of existing conditions required for the work of this Contract shall be by this Contractor. All temporary wiring shall be furnished, installed and removed by this Contractor. 6. Lighting Fixtures All recessed light fixtures must be installed to provide a non- combustible fire rated assembly as specified under ceiling construction. Recessed incandescent fixtures shall be connected by means of flexible conduit and 150 degree centigrade wire run to a branch circuit outlet box independent of the fixture. 7. Wiring Devices Wiring devices shall be specification grade, by architect, side - wired, 20 amp with ground, Hubbell No. 1221 and 1223 series switches, 5362 series receptacles; or equal products of Lutron, Slater, Sierra, or Arrow -Hart. Isolated ground outlets shall be Hubbell No. IG -5362. Plates shall be smooth plastic. Junction boxes, and outlet boxes for light fixtures, receptacles and wall switches shall be galvanized knockout type, except cast waterproof type shall be used in wet locations. Lighting fixture outlets shall not be less than 4" octagonal. Cover plates to be white(U.N.O.). Electrical contractor to coordinate locations with general contractor and architectural drawings. 8. Conduit and Wire All wiring shall be installed in steel conduit unless otherwise indicated or specified. Conduit shall be EMT, except all conduit in concrete slab or masonry construction or exposed to weather shall be 3/4" minimum galvanized IMC, and short final connections to mechanical equipment, lighting fixtures, and transformers shall be FMC (or LTFMC if in a wet location). Conduit shall be concealed in all finished areas of the space. Fittings shall be set screw or compression type as appropriate, except fittings for IMC shall be threaded waterproof with anti -seize compound. Conduit shall not be run through or attached to HVAC ducts. All wire shall be copper, Type THHN, or as noted, No. 12 AWG stranded minimum, or as shown. Wiring, within light fixtures and other high temperature equipment shall have 150 degree Celsius insulation as required by NEC. All wiring shall be color coded throughout as follows: 208Y/120 volt system Phase A - Black Phase B - Red Phase C - Blue Neutral -- White Color code shall identify the some phase throughout the system service switch or transformer through all branch circuitry. from T DI0 E R11�. ilitti - ilJL�r TRi�i ►UDIO IETRI min EXA ream EXAi� 'SJ!TE XAM S1.11TE j ___ i MIMI "ME / =MK im I lici 0 II WWI II ELI I i 'II l ig Amu =b. immoure iii. E1101111116 r uii SA ES .: L ,!aE�.. r r A C I I r MMEMEmmum'''' GRX RS232 INTERFACE DUAL TWISTED PAIR 18AWG- 1/2"C. GRX RS232 INTERFACE BEHIND CABINET (LOW LEVEL DEVICE) LUTRON GRX 3104-7-WHITE 4 CH. IN WALL DIMMER PACK 2000W TOTAL 800W /CH. MAX. GRX- FDBl -16A -120 (FLUORESCENT DIMMING BALLAST INTERFACE) NOTE: LIGHTING RELAY PANEL AND CONTROLS SYSTEM SHALL BE "COMMISSIONED" PER WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE REGULATIONS. LUTRON CH. 4 RESERVED RELAY PANEL SHALL BE LUTRON MODEL: XPS16- 120FT. LOW VOLTAGE WALL SWITCHES SHALL BE LUTRON MODEL: SO- 4BN- WH -EGN CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE LUTRON MODEL: LOS- CDT - 500 -WH INTERCONNECT CABLES BETWEEN SWITCHES, SENSORS AND PANEL SHALL BE LUTRON: GRX-PCBL-46L (Plenum rated). The panel door shall contain a typewritten branch circuit directory. Wires shall be identified for all branch circuits using approved wire markers. Disconnect switches shall be NEMA, Heavy Duty, 3p, fused per u "• -n .nufacturer's s•ecific•tions and recommendations. 11. Mechanical Equipment Line voltage wiring of HVAC equipment, if required, shall be the responsibility of the Electrical Contractor. The Electrical Contractor shall verify requirements with the Mechanical Contractor. Electrical Contractor to furnish and install conduit in walls for temperature control devices. LUTRON CH. 1 CL2 CL4 I I COVE LIGHTS - LUTRON CH. 2 d '8 03 9. Electrical Equipment All equipment shall be new, UL listed, commercial grade, and weatherproof if exposed to weather. This Contractor shall order equipment within ten days of receipt of Contract and submit copies to Engineer of all equipment purchase orders to verify timely ordering of specified equipment. Substitutions after this date will not be approved due to lack of placement or order. This Contractor shall provide the General Contractor with a minimum of five certified copies of all shop and equipment drawings for his approval, two of which shall be retained by the Engineer, the remaining being returned to the Contractor. Electrical Contractor shall coordinate with Mall's electrical requirements Unless otherwise indicated on Plans. Surge protector shall be LIEBERT ACCUVAR #ACV- 208 -Y -1 1 1 -RE. All panels, transformers and disconnects shall be identified by means of engraved nameplates with white lettering on a black background. 10. Telephone Landlord is to supply a 1" conduit to the Zounds space. It is the Electrical Contractor's responsibility to provide a complete telephone system including all power, backboards, term etc. for this installation. See sheet TO -1 for additional information. LUTRON CH. 3 12. Door Buzzer System Buzzer System equipment shall be Edwards: Buzzer #340- 4G5- 24VAC, 852 Weatherproof Pushbutton and 592 Transformer. Buzzer system wire need not to be installed in conduit unless required by Landlord. Wiring not in conduit shall be plenum rated. SEE PLAN NOTES 3 & 6. CL4 LA -7 LA -19 VIA T.C. LA -37 LIGHT SWITCHES TELE /DATA OUTLETS F. A. AUDIOVISUAL SIGNAL (IF REQUIRED) F. A. PULL STATION (IF REQUIRED) 0 0 0 RECEPTACLES FINISHED FLOOR - 18{' AFF N. E -1 E -1 8' -6" OR LOWER 75 WALL PHONES Egress Corridor RELAY PANEL "LC" TO: PANEL LA EXIT 0 54" 42" AFF 48" AFF 6'-8" Rear Entry SLV1 Ceiling Mounted Occupanc Sensor Front Entry SLV2 PROVIDE PENDANT WHERE HUNG CEILING OR STRUCTURE EXCEEDS 8' -6" AFF COUNTER DETAIL NOTES: 1. INSTALL DEVICES ON ONE COMMON VERTICAL CENTERLINE. (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) 2. INSTALL DEVICES AT THIS HEIGHT WHEREVER APPLICABLE. (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) i � Typical Device Mounting Height Detail: � _ NOT TO SCALE A Lutron cable GRX - PCBL -46L (Plenum rated). Low Voltage Wiring Diagram NOT TO SCALE MIN.46" AFF TO CL E -1 Lighting Relay Panel Control Matrix N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ Light Fixture Schedule 16000 - LIGHTING SYMBOL QUANTITY DESCRIPTION MFR. STYLE/ VOLTS/ CAT. NO. LAMPS COMMENTS NOTE 1: TENANT LIGHT FIXTURE VENDOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THE QUANTITIES ON THE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE WITH THE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. LIGHT FIXTURES ARE TO BE FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. Q81(i Lighting Plan Notes: 1. REFER TO SHEET A -4 FOR LIGHT FIXTURE QUANTITIES. 2. FOR ALL EMERGENCY LIGHTS, EXIT SIGNS AND NIGHT LIGHTS, PROVIDE LOCK -ON AT BREAKER HANDLE. PER NEC ARTICLE 700 -12(F) WIRE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND EXIT SIGNS AHEAD OF ALL SWITCHES. 3. PROVIDE MANUAL, ELECTRONIC DIMMER SWITCH MOUNTED ON SIDE WALL OF ALCOVE Ca? 54" A.F.F. DIMMER SHALL BE LUTRON, NOVA T SERIES MODEL # NELV -450. DIMMER SHALL CONTROL TYPE "G" FIXTURE ONLY. 4. HARD DECK ON THIS PROJECT IS 17' -6" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. ALL SUSPENDED LUMINAIRES SHALL BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED WITH THIS IN MIND. 5. LIGHT FIXTURES "D2 ", "03' AND ALL TRACK FOR TRACK LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE CENTERED OVER WALL FIXTURES /GRAPHICS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 6. INSTALL TWO (2) TYPE "G" FIXTURES, ONE AT 60" AFF AND ONE AT 66" AFF. CONNECT WITH MODEL # 10571, 9" INTERCONNECTING CABLE. 7. RESERVED 8. ALL EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTS ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE A 90 MINUTE BATTERY BACK -UP. .F. ixture ixture y zontally RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWIL.A MAY 1 2 2008 PERMIT CENTER S ARATE. PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED 2 E 4 tri z 0 U) 7 W ce 0 N W 0 2 0 z CO 0 V W U Z\\ Qom\ 0 at 0 CO Fi CD 0 = m I I MO SHEET NUMBER E -1 SHEET 17 OF 18 UI a: 5- as RELAY PANEL CONTROL MATRIX 2'x2' Recessed Fluorescent, w/ Parabolic Troffer Lightolier RELAY # PCIR. # LANL. "" ROOM(S) /AREA(S) O.S. WALL SW. 1 1 CORRIDOR LIGHTING Y LV1, LV2 2 3 EXAM ROOM # 1 N S1 3 3 EXAM ROOM # 2 N Si 4 -• - 3 EXAM ROOM # 3 N S1 5 3 CONSULTATION ROOM N S1 6 5 SPARE - - 7 7 RESTAURANT ROOM N SD, SD 8 9 LOUNGE N LV1, LV2 9 11 DEMO ROOM N GSX 10 13 OFFICE Y S1 11 13 BREAK ROOM Y S1 12 13 BATHROOM N S1 13 15 STORE FRONT SIGN N TC 14 17 MERCHANDISE DISPLAYS N LV2 15 19 FRONT OF STORE N TC 16 - SPARE - - 2 -20TS . 120V • Tel /Data Closet Egress Corridor • ri I Surface Mounted 4' Fluorescent Strip Lightolier SW4S232 HPF12004 2 -4ORS 120V Breakroom NOTATIONS: LV1 = LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH AT BACK DOOR (BY- PASSES TIME CLOCK) LV2 = L.V. SW. AT FRONT DOOR (UPPER SW. BY- PASSES TIME CLOCK, LOWER SW. TURNS DISPLAY LIGHTS OFF) Y = YES N = NO TC -= TIME CLOCK S1 = STANDARD WALL SWITCH 0 LA -1 PANEL "LA" LTG. RELAY PNL. Electrical Specification 16000 - ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION 1. General The General Conditions, Special Conditions, Supplementary Conditions end Electrical Specifications contained in the main mall Specifications, and AIA "General Conditions of the Contract ", current edition, shall apply to all work on this project except as modified herein. This Contractor shall also refer to the Architectural, Structural, and Mechanical Plans and Specifications, which are Contract Documents. Bidders shall visit the site and familiarize themselves with all conditions surrounding the work prior to submitting their bid. Any discrepancies shall be called to the Architect's attention. No subsequent allowance will be made in this connection for any error or negligence on the contractor's part. 2. Requirements All work shall meet the current National Electrical Code or applicable local electrical code, all other applicable codes, all utility requirements, and all Landlord requirements as to construction and insurance_ This Contractor shall procure and pay for all required permits and utility service charges required for the execution of this work and shall make any necessary arrangements for electric connections to tenant area as required. Contractor shall obtain rough ---in and final electrical inspection approval certificates for all electrical work. Electrical Contractor shall provide circuit directory with typed circuit designation card under plastic cover on the inside of each panel door. Electrical Contractor shall also furnish and install nameplates on all other enclosures, disconnect switches and panelboards. Each nameplate shall be black laminated micarta with 1/4 inch high white letters, describing panel designation and voltage characteristics, and shall be permanently affixed to outside surface of door by means of metal screws. 3. Guarantee This Contractor shall unconditionally guarantee all work under this Contract to be free from defects in workmanship and materials for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work by the Tenant. Contractor shall make good all such faulty items identified to him during this period without cost to Zounds. 4. Plans and Specifications It is the intent of the Plans and Specifications to provide for a complete installation. Everything necessary for the completion and successful operation of the work, whether or not herein definitely specified or indicated shall be furnished and installed as if so specified or indicated without additional cost to Zounds "Provide" means to furnish and install. The drawings are diagrammatic and not intended to show exact locations unless dimensioned. This Contractor shall verify all dimensions and lengths, and shall adjust his equipment and raceway locations to avoid conflicts with other construction or equipment. If any errors, discrepancies or omissions appear in the Plans and Specifications or other Contract Documents, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, or, failing to do so before construction and /or fabrication of the work, shall be held responsible for the results of any such errors, discrepancies or omissions and the cost of rectifying same. Minor adjustments to the Plans and Specifications, including equipment voltage requirements and outlet locations, may be requested by Zounds during the project. Contractor shall make such adjustments without additional cost to the Tenant, where such adjustments are necessary to the proper installation and operation and within the intent of the Contract Documents. i NOTE: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF ALL DEVICES BEING INSTALLED BEHIND FIXTURES TO ENSURE THAT DEVICES ARE LOCATED AT CUTOUTS IN BACK OF FIXTURE. 277Y/480 volt system Phase A - Brown Phase B - Orange Phase C - Yellow Neutral - Grey WIRING DIAGRAM NOTES: 1. GRX 3104 DIMMER - FLUSH MOUNTED 48 "A.F.F. AND 16" FROM DOOR FRAME TO CENTERLINE OF UNIT. 2. GRX -FDBI INTERFACE TO BE MOUNTED IN 2 GANG BOX, LOCATED ABOVE THE DROPPED CEILING, IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. 3. GRX -RS -232 INTERFACE IS HOUSED IN A FLUSH MOUNTED SINGLE GANG BOX BEHIND THE CABINET AT 12" AFF; SEE SHEET TD -1 FOR EXACT LOCATION. 4. DIMMER PACK TO BE INSTALLED IN FOUR FLUSH MOUNTED SINGLE GANG JUNCTION BOXES ATTACHED HORIZONTALLY AT 48" AFF. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE POWER IN CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOXES TO A DEDICATED CIRCUIT WITH HANDLE LOCK ON A 120/208 VOLT PANEL. 5. LUTRON DIMMER SYSTEM IN DEMO ROOM FURNISHED BY TENANT FOR INSTALLATION BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL WIRING AND CONDUIT PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. NOTE: T.G.C. TO REFER TO SHEET A -4 FOR QUANTITY AND LOCATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES. THAT SHEET WILL TAKE PRECEDENCE IF THERE ARE ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN SHEET E -1 AND A-4. 3 Demo Room Lutron Wiring Diagram E -1 NOT TO SCALE 5. Installation All electrical work shown and required shall be by Electrical Contractor, unless otherwise stated, who shall furnish and install all minor items obviously and reasonably necessary for the completion of the work, and make final connections. All cutting and patching of existing conditions required for the work of this Contract shall be by this Contractor. All temporary wiring shall be furnished, installed and removed by this Contractor. 6. Lighting Fixtures All recessed light fixtures must be installed to provide a non- combustible fire rated assembly as specified under ceiling construction. Recessed incandescent fixtures shall be connected by means of flexible conduit and 150 degree centigrade wire run to a branch circuit outlet box independent of the fixture. 7. Wiring Devices Wiring devices shall be specification grade, by architect, side - wired, 20 amp with ground, Hubbell No. 1221 and 1223 series switches, 5362 series receptacles; or equal products of Lutron, Slater, Sierra, or Arrow -Hart. Isolated ground outlets shall be Hubbell No. IG -5362. Plates shall be smooth plastic. Junction boxes, and outlet boxes for light fixtures, receptacles and wall switches shall be galvanized knockout type, except cast waterproof type shall be used in wet locations. Lighting fixture outlets shall not be less than 4" octagonal. Cover plates to be white(U.N.O.). Electrical contractor to coordinate locations with general contractor and architectural drawings. 8. Conduit and Wire All wiring shall be installed in steel conduit unless otherwise indicated or specified. Conduit shall be EMT, except all conduit in concrete slab or masonry construction or exposed to weather shall be 3/4" minimum galvanized IMC, and short final connections to mechanical equipment, lighting fixtures, and transformers shall be FMC (or LTFMC if in a wet location). Conduit shall be concealed in all finished areas of the space. Fittings shall be set screw or compression type as appropriate, except fittings for IMC shall be threaded waterproof with anti -seize compound. Conduit shall not be run through or attached to HVAC ducts. All wire shall be copper, Type THHN, or as noted, No. 12 AWG stranded minimum, or as shown. Wiring, within light fixtures and other high temperature equipment shall have 150 degree Celsius insulation as required by NEC. All wiring shall be color coded throughout as follows: 208Y/120 volt system Phase A - Black Phase B - Red Phase C - Blue Neutral -- White Color code shall identify the some phase throughout the system service switch or transformer through all branch circuitry. from T DI0 E R11�. ilitti - ilJL�r TRi�i ►UDIO IETRI min EXA ream EXAi� 'SJ!TE XAM S1.11TE j ___ i MIMI "ME / =MK im I lici 0 II WWI II ELI I i 'II l ig Amu =b. immoure iii. E1101111116 r uii SA ES .: L ,!aE�.. r r A C I I r MMEMEmmum'''' GRX RS232 INTERFACE DUAL TWISTED PAIR 18AWG- 1/2"C. GRX RS232 INTERFACE BEHIND CABINET (LOW LEVEL DEVICE) LUTRON GRX 3104-7-WHITE 4 CH. IN WALL DIMMER PACK 2000W TOTAL 800W /CH. MAX. GRX- FDBl -16A -120 (FLUORESCENT DIMMING BALLAST INTERFACE) NOTE: LIGHTING RELAY PANEL AND CONTROLS SYSTEM SHALL BE "COMMISSIONED" PER WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE REGULATIONS. LUTRON CH. 4 RESERVED RELAY PANEL SHALL BE LUTRON MODEL: XPS16- 120FT. LOW VOLTAGE WALL SWITCHES SHALL BE LUTRON MODEL: SO- 4BN- WH -EGN CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE LUTRON MODEL: LOS- CDT - 500 -WH INTERCONNECT CABLES BETWEEN SWITCHES, SENSORS AND PANEL SHALL BE LUTRON: GRX-PCBL-46L (Plenum rated). The panel door shall contain a typewritten branch circuit directory. Wires shall be identified for all branch circuits using approved wire markers. Disconnect switches shall be NEMA, Heavy Duty, 3p, fused per u "• -n .nufacturer's s•ecific•tions and recommendations. 11. Mechanical Equipment Line voltage wiring of HVAC equipment, if required, shall be the responsibility of the Electrical Contractor. The Electrical Contractor shall verify requirements with the Mechanical Contractor. Electrical Contractor to furnish and install conduit in walls for temperature control devices. LUTRON CH. 1 CL2 CL4 I I COVE LIGHTS - LUTRON CH. 2 d '8 03 9. Electrical Equipment All equipment shall be new, UL listed, commercial grade, and weatherproof if exposed to weather. This Contractor shall order equipment within ten days of receipt of Contract and submit copies to Engineer of all equipment purchase orders to verify timely ordering of specified equipment. Substitutions after this date will not be approved due to lack of placement or order. This Contractor shall provide the General Contractor with a minimum of five certified copies of all shop and equipment drawings for his approval, two of which shall be retained by the Engineer, the remaining being returned to the Contractor. Electrical Contractor shall coordinate with Mall's electrical requirements Unless otherwise indicated on Plans. Surge protector shall be LIEBERT ACCUVAR #ACV- 208 -Y -1 1 1 -RE. All panels, transformers and disconnects shall be identified by means of engraved nameplates with white lettering on a black background. 10. Telephone Landlord is to supply a 1" conduit to the Zounds space. It is the Electrical Contractor's responsibility to provide a complete telephone system including all power, backboards, term etc. for this installation. See sheet TO -1 for additional information. LUTRON CH. 3 12. Door Buzzer System Buzzer System equipment shall be Edwards: Buzzer #340- 4G5- 24VAC, 852 Weatherproof Pushbutton and 592 Transformer. Buzzer system wire need not to be installed in conduit unless required by Landlord. Wiring not in conduit shall be plenum rated. SEE PLAN NOTES 3 & 6. CL4 LA -7 LA -19 VIA T.C. LA -37 LIGHT SWITCHES TELE /DATA OUTLETS F. A. AUDIOVISUAL SIGNAL (IF REQUIRED) F. A. PULL STATION (IF REQUIRED) 0 0 0 RECEPTACLES FINISHED FLOOR - 18{' AFF N. E -1 E -1 8' -6" OR LOWER 75 WALL PHONES Egress Corridor RELAY PANEL "LC" TO: PANEL LA EXIT 0 54" 42" AFF 48" AFF 6'-8" Rear Entry SLV1 Ceiling Mounted Occupanc Sensor Front Entry SLV2 PROVIDE PENDANT WHERE HUNG CEILING OR STRUCTURE EXCEEDS 8' -6" AFF COUNTER DETAIL NOTES: 1. INSTALL DEVICES ON ONE COMMON VERTICAL CENTERLINE. (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) 2. INSTALL DEVICES AT THIS HEIGHT WHEREVER APPLICABLE. (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) i � Typical Device Mounting Height Detail: � _ NOT TO SCALE A Lutron cable GRX - PCBL -46L (Plenum rated). Low Voltage Wiring Diagram NOT TO SCALE MIN.46" AFF TO CL E -1 Lighting Relay Panel Control Matrix N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ Light Fixture Schedule 16000 - LIGHTING SYMBOL QUANTITY DESCRIPTION MFR. STYLE/ VOLTS/ CAT. NO. LAMPS COMMENTS NOTE 1: TENANT LIGHT FIXTURE VENDOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THE QUANTITIES ON THE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE WITH THE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. LIGHT FIXTURES ARE TO BE FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. Q81(i Lighting Plan Notes: 1. REFER TO SHEET A -4 FOR LIGHT FIXTURE QUANTITIES. 2. FOR ALL EMERGENCY LIGHTS, EXIT SIGNS AND NIGHT LIGHTS, PROVIDE LOCK -ON AT BREAKER HANDLE. PER NEC ARTICLE 700 -12(F) WIRE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND EXIT SIGNS AHEAD OF ALL SWITCHES. 3. PROVIDE MANUAL, ELECTRONIC DIMMER SWITCH MOUNTED ON SIDE WALL OF ALCOVE Ca? 54" A.F.F. DIMMER SHALL BE LUTRON, NOVA T SERIES MODEL # NELV -450. DIMMER SHALL CONTROL TYPE "G" FIXTURE ONLY. 4. HARD DECK ON THIS PROJECT IS 17' -6" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. ALL SUSPENDED LUMINAIRES SHALL BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED WITH THIS IN MIND. 5. LIGHT FIXTURES "D2 ", "03' AND ALL TRACK FOR TRACK LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE CENTERED OVER WALL FIXTURES /GRAPHICS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 6. INSTALL TWO (2) TYPE "G" FIXTURES, ONE AT 60" AFF AND ONE AT 66" AFF. CONNECT WITH MODEL # 10571, 9" INTERCONNECTING CABLE. 7. RESERVED 8. ALL EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTS ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE A 90 MINUTE BATTERY BACK -UP. .F. ixture ixture y zontally RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWIL.A MAY 1 2 2008 PERMIT CENTER S ARATE. PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED 2 E 4 tri z 0 U) 7 W ce 0 N W 0 2 0 z CO 0 V W U Z\\ Qom\ 0 at 0 CO Fi CD 0 = m I I MO SHEET NUMBER E -1 SHEET 17 OF 18 UI a: 5- as 2'x2' Recessed Fluorescent, w/ Parabolic Troffer Lightolier DPA2G9LF 32U12003 (3)FBO31/ 835 120V Sales Area � 2'x4' Recessed Fluorescent, w/ Parabolic Troffer Lightolier DPS2G18L P332- 12003 3 -T8 120V Office, Exam Rooms e C Track Head Light Lightolier 9023 --WH, 75W PAR 30 NSP /H -C 120V Sales Area 8'- 0 "/4'- 0 "/2' -0" Surface Mounted Track Lightolier 6002/6001/ 6000 WHITE Sales Area i ■ C2 /C4 /C8 4'- 0" /2' -0" Recessed Cove Lighting Lightolier CL12 CL14 T8 - F17, F32 Demo Room With Lutron Eco -10 Series Dimmable Ballasts 1 _____� CL4 CL2 DO Recessed Compact Fluorescent Down Light Lightolier 8021CCDW - 6132BU- 1951 PLT /32/4P/ /D830 Sales Area D1 O Recessed Downlight - Specular Clear Lightolier 11041C- 1144 75W PAR 30S /CAP NFL 120V Restaurant Room D2 Recessed Adjustable Dn. Light Lightolier 1102P1- 1129CL 60W PAR38 Cap /FL 120V Sales Area, Cashwrap, Restaurant Room D3 EO Track Head Light w/ Monopoint Lightolier 9023 -WH, 6190-WH 50W PAR 30 NSP /H -C 120V Sales Area 0 D4 4" Recessed Incandescent Downlight ® EM Recessed Emergency Light with 90 Minute Battery Backup DUAL-LITE EZ -2R 120 Volts 8W Sales Area F Surface Mounted 2' Fluorescent Strip Lightolier . SW2S217 HPF120S0 2 -20TS . 120V • Tel /Data Closet Egress Corridor • ri I Surface Mounted 4' Fluorescent Strip Lightolier SW4S232 HPF12004 2 -4ORS 120V Breakroom I • G Pair of Cabinet Light Fixture Kichler 10566 WH Series I 22" Long (3) 12V, 18.5W Xenon Sales Area Interactive Displi Centered Vertically and Hor in Rear Wall of Alcove Install w /Lens Side Up H1 Wall Sconce Kichler 6966BK 100W 120V Restaurant Room Center on wall at 7' -0" A.F to bottom H =' Wall Sconce Kichler 6520N1 75W 120V 0 K Pendant Mounted Fixture Kichler 2768N1 4 -60W 120V Demo Room Centered on Ceiling Grid 7' - 6" A.F.F. to bottom of f O K2 Pendant Mounted Fixture Kichler 3030N1 100W 120V Cashwrap 7' -6" A.F.F. to bottom of f ■ N 0 Mono -Point Incandescent Wall Washer Lightolier 6422 -WH Q150CL DC -ETC 120V Combination Fan/ Light NUTONE 8664RP 120 Volts 1 -100W Toilet Room T �II v (2) Head Emergency Light Astralite EU -1 INC Breakroom, Demo Room U Surface Mounted Under Counter Fluorescent ■ �� UC V LED STYLE Exit Sign Astralite 1P - W - EM 2.4WATT L.E.D. Ceiling mounted Sales Area, Breakroom Designates Night -light Neon ■ 0 LA -1 PANEL "LA" LTG. RELAY PNL. Electrical Specification 16000 - ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION 1. General The General Conditions, Special Conditions, Supplementary Conditions end Electrical Specifications contained in the main mall Specifications, and AIA "General Conditions of the Contract ", current edition, shall apply to all work on this project except as modified herein. This Contractor shall also refer to the Architectural, Structural, and Mechanical Plans and Specifications, which are Contract Documents. Bidders shall visit the site and familiarize themselves with all conditions surrounding the work prior to submitting their bid. Any discrepancies shall be called to the Architect's attention. No subsequent allowance will be made in this connection for any error or negligence on the contractor's part. 2. Requirements All work shall meet the current National Electrical Code or applicable local electrical code, all other applicable codes, all utility requirements, and all Landlord requirements as to construction and insurance_ This Contractor shall procure and pay for all required permits and utility service charges required for the execution of this work and shall make any necessary arrangements for electric connections to tenant area as required. Contractor shall obtain rough ---in and final electrical inspection approval certificates for all electrical work. Electrical Contractor shall provide circuit directory with typed circuit designation card under plastic cover on the inside of each panel door. Electrical Contractor shall also furnish and install nameplates on all other enclosures, disconnect switches and panelboards. Each nameplate shall be black laminated micarta with 1/4 inch high white letters, describing panel designation and voltage characteristics, and shall be permanently affixed to outside surface of door by means of metal screws. 3. Guarantee This Contractor shall unconditionally guarantee all work under this Contract to be free from defects in workmanship and materials for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work by the Tenant. Contractor shall make good all such faulty items identified to him during this period without cost to Zounds. 4. Plans and Specifications It is the intent of the Plans and Specifications to provide for a complete installation. Everything necessary for the completion and successful operation of the work, whether or not herein definitely specified or indicated shall be furnished and installed as if so specified or indicated without additional cost to Zounds "Provide" means to furnish and install. The drawings are diagrammatic and not intended to show exact locations unless dimensioned. This Contractor shall verify all dimensions and lengths, and shall adjust his equipment and raceway locations to avoid conflicts with other construction or equipment. If any errors, discrepancies or omissions appear in the Plans and Specifications or other Contract Documents, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, or, failing to do so before construction and /or fabrication of the work, shall be held responsible for the results of any such errors, discrepancies or omissions and the cost of rectifying same. Minor adjustments to the Plans and Specifications, including equipment voltage requirements and outlet locations, may be requested by Zounds during the project. Contractor shall make such adjustments without additional cost to the Tenant, where such adjustments are necessary to the proper installation and operation and within the intent of the Contract Documents. i NOTE: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF ALL DEVICES BEING INSTALLED BEHIND FIXTURES TO ENSURE THAT DEVICES ARE LOCATED AT CUTOUTS IN BACK OF FIXTURE. 277Y/480 volt system Phase A - Brown Phase B - Orange Phase C - Yellow Neutral - Grey WIRING DIAGRAM NOTES: 1. GRX 3104 DIMMER - FLUSH MOUNTED 48 "A.F.F. AND 16" FROM DOOR FRAME TO CENTERLINE OF UNIT. 2. GRX -FDBI INTERFACE TO BE MOUNTED IN 2 GANG BOX, LOCATED ABOVE THE DROPPED CEILING, IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. 3. GRX -RS -232 INTERFACE IS HOUSED IN A FLUSH MOUNTED SINGLE GANG BOX BEHIND THE CABINET AT 12" AFF; SEE SHEET TD -1 FOR EXACT LOCATION. 4. DIMMER PACK TO BE INSTALLED IN FOUR FLUSH MOUNTED SINGLE GANG JUNCTION BOXES ATTACHED HORIZONTALLY AT 48" AFF. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE POWER IN CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOXES TO A DEDICATED CIRCUIT WITH HANDLE LOCK ON A 120/208 VOLT PANEL. 5. LUTRON DIMMER SYSTEM IN DEMO ROOM FURNISHED BY TENANT FOR INSTALLATION BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL WIRING AND CONDUIT PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. NOTE: T.G.C. TO REFER TO SHEET A -4 FOR QUANTITY AND LOCATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES. THAT SHEET WILL TAKE PRECEDENCE IF THERE ARE ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN SHEET E -1 AND A-4. 3 Demo Room Lutron Wiring Diagram E -1 NOT TO SCALE 5. Installation All electrical work shown and required shall be by Electrical Contractor, unless otherwise stated, who shall furnish and install all minor items obviously and reasonably necessary for the completion of the work, and make final connections. All cutting and patching of existing conditions required for the work of this Contract shall be by this Contractor. All temporary wiring shall be furnished, installed and removed by this Contractor. 6. Lighting Fixtures All recessed light fixtures must be installed to provide a non- combustible fire rated assembly as specified under ceiling construction. Recessed incandescent fixtures shall be connected by means of flexible conduit and 150 degree centigrade wire run to a branch circuit outlet box independent of the fixture. 7. Wiring Devices Wiring devices shall be specification grade, by architect, side - wired, 20 amp with ground, Hubbell No. 1221 and 1223 series switches, 5362 series receptacles; or equal products of Lutron, Slater, Sierra, or Arrow -Hart. Isolated ground outlets shall be Hubbell No. IG -5362. Plates shall be smooth plastic. Junction boxes, and outlet boxes for light fixtures, receptacles and wall switches shall be galvanized knockout type, except cast waterproof type shall be used in wet locations. Lighting fixture outlets shall not be less than 4" octagonal. Cover plates to be white(U.N.O.). Electrical contractor to coordinate locations with general contractor and architectural drawings. 8. Conduit and Wire All wiring shall be installed in steel conduit unless otherwise indicated or specified. Conduit shall be EMT, except all conduit in concrete slab or masonry construction or exposed to weather shall be 3/4" minimum galvanized IMC, and short final connections to mechanical equipment, lighting fixtures, and transformers shall be FMC (or LTFMC if in a wet location). Conduit shall be concealed in all finished areas of the space. Fittings shall be set screw or compression type as appropriate, except fittings for IMC shall be threaded waterproof with anti -seize compound. Conduit shall not be run through or attached to HVAC ducts. All wire shall be copper, Type THHN, or as noted, No. 12 AWG stranded minimum, or as shown. Wiring, within light fixtures and other high temperature equipment shall have 150 degree Celsius insulation as required by NEC. All wiring shall be color coded throughout as follows: 208Y/120 volt system Phase A - Black Phase B - Red Phase C - Blue Neutral -- White Color code shall identify the some phase throughout the system service switch or transformer through all branch circuitry. from T DI0 E R11�. ilitti - ilJL�r TRi�i ►UDIO IETRI min EXA ream EXAi� 'SJ!TE XAM S1.11TE j ___ i MIMI "ME / =MK im I lici 0 II WWI II ELI I i 'II l ig Amu =b. immoure iii. E1101111116 r uii SA ES .: L ,!aE�.. r r A C I I r MMEMEmmum'''' GRX RS232 INTERFACE DUAL TWISTED PAIR 18AWG- 1/2"C. GRX RS232 INTERFACE BEHIND CABINET (LOW LEVEL DEVICE) LUTRON GRX 3104-7-WHITE 4 CH. IN WALL DIMMER PACK 2000W TOTAL 800W /CH. MAX. GRX- FDBl -16A -120 (FLUORESCENT DIMMING BALLAST INTERFACE) NOTE: LIGHTING RELAY PANEL AND CONTROLS SYSTEM SHALL BE "COMMISSIONED" PER WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE REGULATIONS. LUTRON CH. 4 RESERVED RELAY PANEL SHALL BE LUTRON MODEL: XPS16- 120FT. LOW VOLTAGE WALL SWITCHES SHALL BE LUTRON MODEL: SO- 4BN- WH -EGN CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE LUTRON MODEL: LOS- CDT - 500 -WH INTERCONNECT CABLES BETWEEN SWITCHES, SENSORS AND PANEL SHALL BE LUTRON: GRX-PCBL-46L (Plenum rated). The panel door shall contain a typewritten branch circuit directory. Wires shall be identified for all branch circuits using approved wire markers. Disconnect switches shall be NEMA, Heavy Duty, 3p, fused per u "• -n .nufacturer's s•ecific•tions and recommendations. 11. Mechanical Equipment Line voltage wiring of HVAC equipment, if required, shall be the responsibility of the Electrical Contractor. The Electrical Contractor shall verify requirements with the Mechanical Contractor. Electrical Contractor to furnish and install conduit in walls for temperature control devices. LUTRON CH. 1 CL2 CL4 I I COVE LIGHTS - LUTRON CH. 2 d '8 03 9. Electrical Equipment All equipment shall be new, UL listed, commercial grade, and weatherproof if exposed to weather. This Contractor shall order equipment within ten days of receipt of Contract and submit copies to Engineer of all equipment purchase orders to verify timely ordering of specified equipment. Substitutions after this date will not be approved due to lack of placement or order. This Contractor shall provide the General Contractor with a minimum of five certified copies of all shop and equipment drawings for his approval, two of which shall be retained by the Engineer, the remaining being returned to the Contractor. Electrical Contractor shall coordinate with Mall's electrical requirements Unless otherwise indicated on Plans. Surge protector shall be LIEBERT ACCUVAR #ACV- 208 -Y -1 1 1 -RE. All panels, transformers and disconnects shall be identified by means of engraved nameplates with white lettering on a black background. 10. Telephone Landlord is to supply a 1" conduit to the Zounds space. It is the Electrical Contractor's responsibility to provide a complete telephone system including all power, backboards, term etc. for this installation. See sheet TO -1 for additional information. LUTRON CH. 3 12. Door Buzzer System Buzzer System equipment shall be Edwards: Buzzer #340- 4G5- 24VAC, 852 Weatherproof Pushbutton and 592 Transformer. Buzzer system wire need not to be installed in conduit unless required by Landlord. Wiring not in conduit shall be plenum rated. SEE PLAN NOTES 3 & 6. CL4 LA -7 LA -19 VIA T.C. LA -37 LIGHT SWITCHES TELE /DATA OUTLETS F. A. AUDIOVISUAL SIGNAL (IF REQUIRED) F. A. PULL STATION (IF REQUIRED) 0 0 0 RECEPTACLES FINISHED FLOOR - 18{' AFF N. E -1 E -1 8' -6" OR LOWER 75 WALL PHONES Egress Corridor RELAY PANEL "LC" TO: PANEL LA EXIT 0 54" 42" AFF 48" AFF 6'-8" Rear Entry SLV1 Ceiling Mounted Occupanc Sensor Front Entry SLV2 PROVIDE PENDANT WHERE HUNG CEILING OR STRUCTURE EXCEEDS 8' -6" AFF COUNTER DETAIL NOTES: 1. INSTALL DEVICES ON ONE COMMON VERTICAL CENTERLINE. (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) 2. INSTALL DEVICES AT THIS HEIGHT WHEREVER APPLICABLE. (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) i � Typical Device Mounting Height Detail: � _ NOT TO SCALE A Lutron cable GRX - PCBL -46L (Plenum rated). Low Voltage Wiring Diagram NOT TO SCALE MIN.46" AFF TO CL E -1 Lighting Relay Panel Control Matrix N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ Light Fixture Schedule 16000 - LIGHTING SYMBOL QUANTITY DESCRIPTION MFR. STYLE/ VOLTS/ CAT. NO. LAMPS COMMENTS NOTE 1: TENANT LIGHT FIXTURE VENDOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THE QUANTITIES ON THE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE WITH THE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. LIGHT FIXTURES ARE TO BE FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. Q81(i Lighting Plan Notes: 1. REFER TO SHEET A -4 FOR LIGHT FIXTURE QUANTITIES. 2. FOR ALL EMERGENCY LIGHTS, EXIT SIGNS AND NIGHT LIGHTS, PROVIDE LOCK -ON AT BREAKER HANDLE. PER NEC ARTICLE 700 -12(F) WIRE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND EXIT SIGNS AHEAD OF ALL SWITCHES. 3. PROVIDE MANUAL, ELECTRONIC DIMMER SWITCH MOUNTED ON SIDE WALL OF ALCOVE Ca? 54" A.F.F. DIMMER SHALL BE LUTRON, NOVA T SERIES MODEL # NELV -450. DIMMER SHALL CONTROL TYPE "G" FIXTURE ONLY. 4. HARD DECK ON THIS PROJECT IS 17' -6" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. ALL SUSPENDED LUMINAIRES SHALL BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED WITH THIS IN MIND. 5. LIGHT FIXTURES "D2 ", "03' AND ALL TRACK FOR TRACK LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE CENTERED OVER WALL FIXTURES /GRAPHICS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 6. INSTALL TWO (2) TYPE "G" FIXTURES, ONE AT 60" AFF AND ONE AT 66" AFF. CONNECT WITH MODEL # 10571, 9" INTERCONNECTING CABLE. 7. RESERVED 8. ALL EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTS ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE A 90 MINUTE BATTERY BACK -UP. .F. ixture ixture y zontally RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWIL.A MAY 1 2 2008 PERMIT CENTER S ARATE. PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED 2 E 4 tri z 0 U) 7 W ce 0 N W 0 2 0 z CO 0 V W U Z\\ Qom\ 0 at 0 CO Fi CD 0 = m I I MO SHEET NUMBER E -1 SHEET 17 OF 18 UI a: 5- as PANEL LA 120/208 VOLTS, 3 0, 4 W, 150A ❑ MLO El MCB El SOLID NEUTRAL El GROUND BUS SC RATING: 10 kA MOUNTING: El SURFACE ❑ FLUSH NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE DESCRIPTION LOAD kVA cIRcurr BREAKER PHASE C° T 13REAKER LOAD k VA DESCRIPTION TRIP POLE NO. NO. TRIP POLE LTG: MAIN STORE .48 20 1 1 A 2 20 1 0 SPARE LTG: CONSULT & EXAM RMS .68 20 1 3 B 4 20 1 .18 RCPT: SHOW WINDOW LTG: FUTURE .10 20 1 5 C 6 20 1 .18 RCPT: SHOW WINDOW LTG: REST. SIM. RM .35 20 1 7 A 8 20 1 .72 RCPT: GENERAL LTG: LOUNGE .33 20 1 9 B 10 20 t .36 RCPT: REST. SIM. RM LTG: DEMO ROOM .73 20 1 11 C 12 20 1 .18 RCPT: CASHWRAP (IG) LTG: OFFICE, BRK RM, TOILET -44 20 1 13 A 14 20 1 .54 RCPT: CASHWRAP LTG: STRFRNT SIGN VIA TC 1.2 20 1 15 B 16 20 1 .54 RCPT: LOUNGE LTG: MERCHANDISE DISPLAYS 1.25 20 1 17 C 18 20 1 .36 RCPT: TELE /DATA (IC) LTG: STOREFRONT .24 20 1 19 A 20 20 1 .54 RCPT: DEMO ROOM SURGE SUPPRESSOR .24 30 3 21 B 22 20 1 .90 RCPT: GENERAL 23 C 24 20 1 .18 RCPT: BREAKROOM COUNTERTOP 25 A 26 20 1 0 SPARE REFRIGERATOR 1.2 20 1 27 B 28 20 1 1.4 PLUGMOLD WATER COOLER .60 15 1 29 C 30 20 1 1.5 WATER HEATER DUCT HEATER 10.0 35 3 31 A 32 20 1 0 SPARE 33 B 34 20 1 0 SPARE 35 C 36 60 3 1 -15 1.62 1.42 PANEL LB LTG: EMERG. LTS, EXITS .3 20 1 37 A 38 SPARE 0 20 1 39 B 40 SPARE 0 30 1 41 C 42 25 I 1 1.7 VAV FAN (3/4 HP) 8.65kVA + 11.6kVA + 11.3kVA = 31.6 kVA = 87.8A AO= 72 -0A, BO= 96.8A, C4= 94.5A SCHEDULE NOTES: BREAKER TO BE PROVIDED WITH HANDLE LOCK. DIRECTORY FOR EACH PANELBOARD. 1. " *" DENOTES PROVIDE CIRCUIT 2. PROVIDE NEW TYPED CIRCUIT PANEL LB DESCRIPTION 120/208 VOLTS, 3 0, 4 W, 60A El MLO ❑ MCB El SOLID NEUTRAL El GROUND BUS SC RATING: 10 kA MOUNTING: ® SURFACE ❑ FLUSH NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE ARTICLE DESCRIPTION LOAD kVA C1RCUf BREAKER PHASE CUIT BREAKER LOAD kVA DESCRIPTION OTHER LIGHTING LOAD TRIP POLE NO. NO. TRIP POLE RCPT: AUDIO EXAM RM 3 .54 20 1 1 A 2 20 1 .25 RCPT: KIOSK 50.00% RCPT: AUDIO EXAM RM 2 .54 20 1 3 B 4 20 1 .54 RCPT: TELE /DATA SPECIAL LOADS RCPT: AUDIO EXAM RM 1 -54 20 1 5 C 6 20 1 .7 RCPT: DISPLAY 220.50 RCPT: OFFICE .36 20 1 7 A 8 20 1 0 SPARE KVA: RCPT: CONSULT ROOM .54 20 1 9 B 10 20 1 0 SPARE RCPT: TOILET .18 20 1 11 C 12 20 1 0 SPARE SPARE 0 20 1 13 A 14 20 1 0 SPARE SPARE 0 20 1 15 B 16 20 1 0 SPARE SPARE 0 20 1 17 C 18 20 1 0 SPARE BUSSED SPACE - - - 19 A 20 - - - BUSSED SPACE BUSSED SPACE --- - - 21 B 22 - - - BUSSED SPACE BUSSED SPACE - - - 23 C 24 - -- - BUSSED SPACE 1.15kVA + 1.62kVA + 1.42kVA = 4.19kVA = 12A AO= 9.6A, BO= 13.5A, CO= 11.8A RE CITY C SCHEDULE NOTES: BREAKER TO BE PROVIDED WITH HANDLE LOCK. MAY PERM! 1. " *" DENOTES PROVIDE CIRCUIT 2005 NEC SERVICE SIZE CALCULATIONS DESCRIPTION CONNECTED ARTICLE DEMAND % DEMAND GENERAL LIGHTING LOAD 6570 220.42 100.00% 6570 OTHER LIGHTING LOAD 810 220.43 100.00% 810 TOTAL LIGHTING LOAD 7380 220.20A 125.00% 9225 RECEPTACLE LOADC10KVA 7220 220.44 100.00% 7200 RECEPTACLE LOADS 10KVA 0 220.44 50.00% 0 MULTI - OUTLET ASSLY. 1440 220.14H 100.00% 1440 CONTINUOUS RECEPTACLE LOAD 720 220.14L 125.00% 1440 SPECIAL LOADS 6400 220.10 100.00% 6400 HEATING OR AIR COND. 10000 220.60 100.00% 10000 MOTOR LOADS 1260 220.50 100.00% 1261 LARGEST MOTOR 1260 430.24 25.00% 315 TOTALS VA: 36,456 KVA: 37 MIN. AMPS © 480 VOLTS: 44 SERVICE SIZE (AMPS) W/25% SPARE CAPACITY: 55 SECURITY AND DATA SYSTEMS INSTALLED HERE. LANDLORD'S RELOCATED FUSED DISCONNECT LA -18 TEL /DATA LB -4 LOCATION OF -TELEPHONE BACKBOARD. SEE POWER PLAN NOTE # 9 Power Plan E-2) y 11 2 I 4 INTERCEPT AND EXTEND EXISTING 200 AMP, 277/480 VOLT 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE ELECTRICAL SERVICE TO NEW LOCATION SHOWN. MATCH EXISTING INCOMING WIRING TO DISCONNECT. RELOCATE DISCONNECT TO NEW LOCATION SHOWN. • 3 #4 AWG PHASE /NEUTRAL 1 1110 AWG GROUND 1" CONDUIT Power Riser Diagram E -2 NOT TO SCALE RISER DIAGRAM NOTES: *1 *4 *5 IC CONNECTIO WATER H ABOVE T B -1 AREA LA -30 LA -8 LB -1 EGRESS CORR. SEE POWER iro AUDIOMETRIC EXAv1 SUITE �±1 OF - TER EILING IN LA -8 N NOTE #10 I D \\ TOILET ROOM / F N / LB-11 LA -24 LA -27 BREAK 1 r ROOM KEP 1 LA -28 LA-8 Sacts I SEE PLAN J I i = _ - NOT ##5 Lockers EF 1 AUDIOMETRIC EXAM SUITE LA -22 EXHAUST FANS ARE PART OF COMBO LIGHT FIXTURE, BY E.C.. LB -7 OFFICE 90" AFF ill 411 LA -8 - 1 9•I� Ell LA -29 f1 �rl■ -ii: 0 CONSUL ! A TIO LB9 C' LB -5 1' -4" SALES r LA -20 22 LB- 6 GRX 104 MME ` PAC DI- • 72" AFF G E -1. DEMO G.L. III 0 CASHWRAP d A -20 10'' ! 10" LA -14 LA -12 IG . f. INTERACTIVE LB -2 54" AFF ft LA -22 LOUNG LA -22 74" PLAN II SEE POWER PLAN NOTE #8 LA -15 VIA TC 1 INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SIGN I r ' ESTAURANT -SIMULATION ROOV db LA 22 r i I r I !r LA -16 t i PANEL "LA" PANEL "LB" TRANSFORMER LTG. RELAY PNL. 8 FEET 14,335 aic EXISTING - 1 I 200A -3P I ` \ L i 60 -AF L_ `_4 INSTALL NEW CURRENT LIMITING FUSES 12,963 aic 45 KVA XFMR * 2 4 #1/0 AWG PHASE /NEUTRAL 1 #6 AWG GROUND 2" CONDUIT SPHI 4,551 aic PANEL "LA "; SEE SCHEDULE THIS SHEET 4,394 aic *4 30A-1P 25AF *5 4,289 aic * 60 AMP FEEDER TO TRANSFORMER IS BASED UPON 14,335 aic and 20' OF THHN IN STEEL EMT TRANSFORMER PRIMARY. *3 45kVA TRANSFORMER BASED UPON 2.7% IMPEDANCE. 150 AMP TRANSFORMER SECONDARY IS BASED UPON 20' OF #1/0 COPPER THHN IN STEEL EMT. 60 AMP FEEDER TO PANEL "LB" IS BASED UPON 20' OF #4 COPPER THHN IN STEEL EMT. LB ( 3 \ LA -42 PANEL "LB"; SEE SCHEDULE THIS SHEET L 4. FAULT CURRENT CALCULATIONS BASED UPON THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: 200 AMP FEEDER TO SPACE BY LANDLORD IS 250kcmil aluminum MC cable. The Mall tells us that there is 18,433 at their switchboard and 14,335 at this tenant space. J LIGHTING RELAY PANEL; SEE SCHEDULE THIS SHEET 4 #4 AWG PHASE /NEUTRAL 1 #10 AWG GROUND 1 1/4" CONDUIT 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO BALANCE LOAD AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE, MAX. 10% IMBALANCE BETWEEN PHASES. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL BREAKERS AS REQUIRED FOR NEW INSTALLATION. 2. E.C. SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND CAPACITY WITHIN TENANT SPACE PRIOR TO BID. E.C. SHALL VERIFY THAT ALL EQUIPMENT IS IN GOOD WORKING ORDER AND WILL MEET ALL GOVERNING CODES. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY BROUGHT TO THE TENANTS ATTENTION. 3. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE NEW EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED TO MEET LANDLORD AND TENANT DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS. LA- 31,33,35 SEE POWER PLAN NOTE #15 60A -3P 35AF EXISTING 200 AMP, 277/480 VOLT, ELECTRIC SERVICE FROM MALL ELECTRICAL ROOM. 32 #10 AWG PHASE /NEUTRAL 2 #10 AWG GROUND 2" CONDUIT TERMINATE CONDUITS AT JUNCTION BOX FLUSH IN WALL AT 18" AFF. TRENCH FLOOR FOR (2) 1" CONDUITS TO CASHWRAP (1- SPARE). SEE DWG TD -1 FOR ADDITIONAL CONDUITS TO CASHWRAP FOR LOW VOLTAGE WIRING. AUDIOMETRIC EXAM SUITE E -2 7. RESERVED. 74" AFF; SEE --/ POWER PLAN NOTE #3 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED AND INSTALLED BY LANDLORD'S CONTRACTOR AT TENANT'S EXPENSE. Power Plan Notes: LA 12 14 GRX RS232 INTERFACE SEE DIAGRAM ON DWG E -1. FIRE ALARM WORK TO BE PERFORMED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. ENGINEERED DRAWINGS TO BE SUBMITTED SEPARATELY. 68" AFF; SEE PLAN NOTE #4 LA- 4 NOTE: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF ALL DEVICES BEING INSTALLED BEHIND FIXTURES TO ENSURE THAT DEVICES ARE LOCATED AT CUTOUTS IN BACK OF FIXTURE. 1. COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. THE CONDUITS FOR TEMPERATURE CONTROLS TO BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 3. OUTLETS BEHIND PLASMA DISPLAY IN THE DEMO ROOM AND LOUNGE SHALL BE CLOCK TYPE, MOUNTED 74" AFF. 4. OUTLETS BEHIND PLASMA DISPLAY IN THE RESTAURANT ROOM SHALL BE CLOCK TYPE, MOUNTED 68" AFF. 5. PROVIDE AND INSTALL SIX (6) FEET OF WIREMOLD #2000 OR APPROVED EQUAL WIREMOLD WITH NEMA 5 -15R RECEPTACLES 6" OC. MOUNT AT 48" AFF (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) AT STOCKROOM FIXTURE. 6. HARD DECK ON THIS PROJECT IS 17' -6" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. ANY SUSPENDED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED WITH THIS IN MIND. 8. JUNCTION BOX FLUSH MOUNTED FOR STORE FRONT SIGN. SEE ARCH. DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. VERIFY LOCATION WITH SIGN INSTALLER. 9. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR DOORBELL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. 10. A CLEARANCE OF 36" MUST BE MAINTAINED IN FRONT OF ALL ELECTRICAL PANELS AT ALL TIMES. 11. RESERVED. 12. RESERVED. 13. VERIFY EXACT FIELD LOCATIONS ALONG WITH ACTUAL POWER REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC UNIT PRIOR TO PURCHASING AND INSTALLING ANY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 14. OBTAIN HVAC EQUIPMENT DATA SHEETS. VERIFY POWER REQUIREMENTS. IF POWER IS INSUFFICIENT, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY, PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 15. SIZE FUSES PER HVAC MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. E- General Notes: 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF ALL OUTLETS IN THE FIELD. 3. PROVIDE AND INSTALL PLASTER RINGS ON ALL FLUSH OUTLETS, SWITCH AND FIXTURE BOXES. 8. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT ANY AND ALL ELECTRICAL WORK BY LANDLORD IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND LOCAL WIRE INSPECTOR AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL INSTALLATION WIRING ETC. 9. ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 18 "AFF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 11. ALL CONDUIT AND FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SYSTEMS SHALL HAVE A SEPARATE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. 13. ALL WIRING SHALL BE COPPER, # 12 AWG MINIMUM. NON- METALLIC SHEATHED CABLE SHALL NOT BE USED. 14. ALL FIRE ALARM WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT (BY OTHERS). 2 g 125 VOLT, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, 20 AMP., DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. "2" DENOTES CIRCUIT NUMBER. 2 /9 ' GF 0 E- W --1 S a SLV1 SD D ❑� AFF GF WP SP 12 14 LA 2. LOW VOLTAGE WIRING, TEMPERATURE CONTROLS AND THERMOSTAT WIRING MAY BE RUN EXPOSED. ALL EXPOSED CABLE RUNS IN THE CEILING SPACE SHALL BE TYPE FPLP (FIRE RATED PLENUM CABLE) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE 760 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. ALL CABLES SHOULD BE NEATLY TIED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. 4. ALL ELECTRICAL WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT (EMT). MC CABLE PERMITTED ONLY WHERE CONCEALED AND APPROVED BY CODE. 5. SEE DRAWING E -1 FOR SPECIFICATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 6. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ONE GREEN # 6 AWG COPPER GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN 1/2" CONDUIT TO BUILDING STEEL AND CLAMP WITH BRONZE GROUND CLAMP FOR TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD. 7. LOW VOLTAGE WIRING (TELEPHONE, DATA, DOOR BUZZER, ETC.) IS PERMITTED TO BE INSTALLED AS PLENUM RATED CABLE, ONLY WHERE PROPERLY SUPPORTED. TYPE NM CABLE IS NOT PERMITTED. 12. THE SPACE ABOVE THE DROPPED CEILINGS IS BEING USE AS A RETURN AIR PLENUM. ALL WIRING ABOVE DROPPED CEILINGS SHALL BE PLENUM RATED. 10. ALL PANELBOARD CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE SWITCH DUTY RATED. ADDITIONALLY, 2 AND 3 POLE BREAKERS SHALL BE HACR RATED AS WELL. D Symbol Legend: 125 VOLT, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, 20 AMP., SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE. "2" DENOTES CIRCUIT NUMBER. 125 VOLT, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, 20 AMP., DUPLEX RECEPTACLES, DOUBLE DUPLEX. 125 VOLT, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, 20 AMP., DUPLEX MOUNTED ABOVE COUNTER. 125 VOLT, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, 20 AMP., DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. EQUIPPED WITH INTEGRAL GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER. 125 VOLT, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, 20 AMP., DUPLEX CEILING RECEPTACLE. 125 VOLT, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, 20 AMP., DUPLEX FLUSH, FLOOR RECEPTACLE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS. WIREMOLD WITH RECEPTACLE AS NOTED SINGLE POLE TOGGLE SWITCH SUBSCRIPT DENOTES FIXTURE CONTROLLED LU I RON LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHING STATION. SEE SPECIFICATIONS. DIMMER SWITCH LUTRON NT -600, RATING AS REQUIRED, PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR DENOTES NEW WIRING OR DEVICES DENOTES EXISTING WIRING OR DEVICES LUTRON FEED THROUGH, RELAY TYPE CONTROL PANEL 120Y/208 VOLT, 3 PHASE PANELBOARD JUNCTION AND /OR PULL BOX. SERVICE SWITCH, 20 AMP, 125 VOLT DISCONNECT SWITCH, UNFUSED. DISCONNECT SWITCH, FUSED. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTERLINE OF DEVICE (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER WEATHERPROOF TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSER LUTRON LOW VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSOR, CEILING MOUNTED. SEE SPECIFICATIONS. DOOR BUZZER SYSTEM PUSHBUTTON DOOR BUZZER & TRANSFORMER HOMERUN TO PANEL "LA" FOR CIRCUIT #'s 12 & 14. EACH 120 VOLT CIRCUIT SHALL HAVE IT'S OWN NEUTRAL, NO NETWORKS. HOMERUN TO PANEL "LA" FOR 3 PHASE -- -go-- LA -2,4,6 EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE 3 POLE BREAKER PER SCHEDULE. * oS - Mi o w W o ce w * * EIVED TUKWIL A 1 ? 2008 CENTER 'ARAV PERill '.4 r 6 U, z 0 U, ce w CO 0 Z < x5a oft Gin 1-I- n^ CD 0 � 7 cj 0 g to 2 ea 0 as rr 0 00 00 Co N yJ C SHEET NUMBER E -2 SHEET 18 OF 18